Skip to content

P
Postgres FD Implementation
Commit dbdb80ba authored by Bruce Momjian's avatar Bruce Momjian
Browse files
Options

Remove 0.96 for update to 0.98

parent c60ecd8f
Show whitespace changes
Inline Side-by-side
Showing with 0 additions and 22966 deletions
src/bin/pgaccess/Makefile deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Makefile
# Makefile for pgaccess
#
# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
#
# IDENTIFICATION
# $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/bin/pgaccess/Attic/Makefile,v 1.2 1999/09/20 22:28:11 scrappy Exp $
#
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SRCDIR= ../..
include $(SRCDIR)/Makefile.global
.PHONY: all clean
all clean:
.PHONY: install
install: pgaccess.tcl
$(INSTALL) $(INSTL_EXE_OPTS) pgaccess.tcl $(BINDIR)/pgaccess
src/bin/pgaccess/README deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright (c) 1994-7 Regents of the University of California
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement
is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this
paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY FOR
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING
LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS
DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS
ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS TO
PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
PGACCESS 0.98 29 August 1999
================================
I dedicate this program to my little daughters Ana-Maria and Emilia and to my
wife for their understanding. I hope they will forgive me for spending so many
time far from them.
1. How to INSTALL ?
You will need a Tcl/Tk package, at least Tcl 7.6 and Tk 4.2, recommended
Tcl/Tk 8.x
For Unix users, unpack the pgaccess-xxx.tar.gz archieve in you preferred
directory (usually /usr/local).
Check where your "wish" program is and modify (if needed) the file
/usr/local/pgaccess/pgaccess and set variables PGACCESS_HOME and
PATH_TO_WISH to the appropriate directories.
Include the /usr/local/pgaccess directory into your PATH or make a
symbolic link to it wherever you want (in PATH directories).
Example:
$ ln -s /usr/local/pgaccess/pgaccess /usr/bin/pgaccess
You will find also some documentation and FAQ in the doc directory.
2. Usage
You run it with the command:
pgaccess [database]
[database] is optional.
3. Bug reporting
First of all : operating system, PostgreSQL version,Tcl/Tk version.
A more detailed story of what have you done when error occurred.
Tcl/Tk stops usually with a error message and there is a button there
"Stack Trace" and if you press it, you will see a detailed information
about the procedure containing the error. Please send it to me.
Some information about table structure, no. of fields, records would
be also good.
===========================================================================
You would find always the latest version at http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess
Please feel free to e-mail me with any suggestion or bug description
that will help to improve it.
Constantin Teodorescu <teo@flex.ro>
src/bin/pgaccess/copyright.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.03 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.30 i586) [Netscape]">
<TITLE>PgAccess - Copyright notice</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
<TT>---------------------------------------------------------------------------</TT>
<BR><TT></TT>&nbsp;
<BR><TT></TT>&nbsp;<TT></TT>
<P><TT>Copyright (c) 1994-7 Regents of the University of California</TT><TT></TT>
<P><TT>Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
its</TT>
<BR><TT>documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written
agreement</TT>
<BR><TT>is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and
this</TT>
<BR><TT>paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.</TT><TT></TT>
<P><TT>IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY
PARTY FOR</TT>
<BR><TT>DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING</TT>
<BR><TT>LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS</TT>
<BR><TT>DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE</TT>
<BR><TT>POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</TT><TT></TT>
<P><TT>THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,</TT>
<BR><TT>INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY</TT>
<BR><TT>AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER
IS</TT>
<BR><TT>ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
TO</TT>
<BR><TT>PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.</TT>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/demo/formdemo.sql deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
CREATE SEQUENCE "cities_id_seq" start 7 increment 1 maxvalue 2147483647 minvalue 1 cache 1 ;
SELECT nextval ('cities_id_seq');
CREATE TABLE "pga_queries" (
"queryname" character varying(64),
"querytype" character,
"querycommand" text,
"querytables" text,
"querylinks" text,
"queryresults" text,
"querycomments" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_forms" (
"formname" character varying(64),
"formsource" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_scripts" (
"scriptname" character varying(64),
"scriptsource" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_reports" (
"reportname" character varying(64),
"reportsource" text,
"reportbody" text,
"reportprocs" text,
"reportoptions" text);
CREATE TABLE "phonebook" (
"name" character varying(32),
"phone_nr" character varying(16),
"city" character varying(32),
"company" bool,
"continent" character varying(16));
CREATE TABLE "pga_layout" (
"tablename" character varying(64),
"nrcols" int2,
"colnames" text,
"colwidth" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_schema" (
"schemaname" character varying(64),
"schematables" text,
"schemalinks" text);
REVOKE ALL on "pga_schema" from PUBLIC;
GRANT ALL on "pga_schema" to PUBLIC;
CREATE TABLE "cities" (
"id" int4 DEFAULT nextval('"cities_id_seq"') NOT NULL,
"name" character varying(32) NOT NULL,
"prefix" character varying(16) NOT NULL);
REVOKE ALL on "cities" from PUBLIC;
GRANT UPDATE,DELETE,SELECT,RULE on "cities" to "fane";
GRANT ALL on "cities" to "liviu";
CREATE FUNCTION "getcityprefix" (int4 ) RETURNS varchar AS 'select prefix from cities where id = $1 ' LANGUAGE 'SQL';
COPY "pga_queries" FROM stdin;
Query that can be saved as view S select * from phonebook where continent='usa' \N \N \N \N
\.
COPY "pga_forms" FROM stdin;
Phone book pb 28 {FS {}} 444x307+284+246 {label label1 {33 10 68 28} {} Name {} label1 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry name_entry {87 9 227 27} {} entry2 DataSet(.pb.qs,name) name_entry sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label3 {33 37 73 52} {} Phone {} label3 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry entry4 {87 36 195 54} {} entry4 DataSet(.pb.qs,phone_nr) entry4 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label5 {33 64 78 82} {} City {} label5 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry entry6 {87 63 195 81} {} entry6 DataSet(.pb.qs,city) entry6 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {query qs {3 6 33 33} {} query7 {} qs flat {} {} 1 n} {button button8 {174 177 246 203} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ setSQL "select oid,* from phonebook where name ~* '$what' order by name"\
\ open\
\ set nrecs [getRowCount]\
\ updateDataSet\
\ fill .pb.allnames name\
\ bind .pb.allnames <ButtonRelease-1> {\
\ set ancr [.pb.allnames curselection]\
\ if {$ancr!=""} {\
\ \ DataControl(.pb.qs)::moveTo $ancr\
\ \ DataControl(.pb.qs)::updateDataSet\
\ }\
\ }\
}} {Start search} {} button8 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button9 {363 276 433 300} {DataControl(.pb.qs)::close\
DataControl(.pb.qs)::clearDataSet\
set nrecs {}\
set what {}\
destroy .pb\
} Exit {} button9 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button10 {291 237 313 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ moveFirst\
\ updateDataSet\
}\
} |< {} button10 ridge #000092 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button11 {324 237 346 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ movePrevious\
\ updateDataSet\
}\
} << {} button11 ridge #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button12 {348 237 370 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ moveNext\
\ updateDataSet\
}} >> {} button12 ridge #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button13 {381 237 403 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ moveLast\
\ updateDataSet\
}\
} >| {} button13 ridge #000088 #d9d9d9 2 n} {checkbox checkbox14 {33 87 126 105} {} {Is it a company ?} DataSet(.pb.qs,company) checkbox14 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio usa {63 108 201 120} {} U.S.A. DataSet(.pb.qs,continent) usa flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio europe {63 126 204 141} {} Europe DataSet(.pb.qs,continent) europe flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio africa {63 144 210 159} {} Africa DataSet(.pb.qs,continent) africa flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry entry18 {129 180 169 198} {} entry18 what entry18 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label19 {108 219 188 234} {} {records found} {} label19 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label20 {90 219 105 234} {} { } nrecs label20 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label21 {3 252 33 267} {} OID= {} label21 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label22 {39 252 87 267} {} { } pbqs(oid) label22 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button23 {9 276 79 300} {set oid {}\
catch {set oid $DataSet(.pb.qs,oid)}\
if {[string trim $oid]!=""} {\
sql_exec noquiet "update phonebook set name='$DataSet(.pb.qs,name)', phone_nr='$DataSet(.pb.qs,phone_nr)',city='$DataSet(.pb.qs,city)',company='$DataSet(.pb.qs,company)',continent='$DataSet(.pb.qs,continent)' where oid=$oid"\
} else {\
tk_messageBox -title Error -message "No record is displayed!"\
}\
\
} Update {} button23 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button24 {210 276 280 300} {set thisname $DataSet(.pb.qs,name)\
if {[string trim $thisname] != ""} {\
\ sql_exec noquiet "insert into phonebook values (\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,name)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,phone_nr)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,city)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,company)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,continent)'\
\ )"\
\ tk_messageBox -title Information -message "A new record has been added!"\
} else {\
\ tk_messageBox -title Error -message "This one doesn't have a name?"\
}\
\
} {Add record} {} button24 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button25 {141 276 204 300} {DataControl(.pb.qs)::clearDataSet\
# clearcontrols stillinitialise\
# incorectly booleans controls to {}\
# so I force it to 'f' (false)\
set DataSet(.pb.qs,company) f\
focus .pb.name_entry} {Clear all} {} button25 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {listbox allnames {249 6 435 231} {} listbox26 {} allnames sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label27 {33 252 90 267} {} {} DataSet(.pb.qs,oid) label27 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label28 {3 182 128 197} {} {Find name containing} {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n}
Full featured form full 21 {FS {set entrydemo {nice}\
set color {no color selected}}} 377x418+50+130 {label label1 {3 396 165 411} {} {Status line} {} {} sunken #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {label label2 {171 396 369 411} {} {Grooved status line} {} {} groove #000098 #d9d9d9 2 f} {label label3 {108 9 270 31} {} { Full featured form} {} {} ridge #000000 #d9d9d9 4 {Times 16 bold italic}} {button button4 {15 210 144 243} {.full.lb insert end {it's} a nice demo form} {Java style button} {} {} groove #6161b6 #d9d9d9 2 b} {label label5 {15 42 115 58} {} {Java style label} {} {} flat #6161b6 #d9d9d9 1 b} {entry entry6 {123 39 279 60} {} entry6 entrydemo {} groove #000000 #fefefe 2 {Courier 13}} {listbox lb {12 69 147 201} {} listbox8 {} {} ridge #000000 #ffffc8 2 n} {button button9 {18 264 39 282} {} 1 {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button10 {48 264 68 282} {} 2 {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button11 {78 264 234 282} {} {and other hidden buttons} {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {text txt {153 69 372 201} {} text12 {} {} sunken #000000 #d4ffff 1 n} {button button13 {150 210 369 243} {.full.txt tag configure bold -font {Helvetica 12 bold}\
.full.txt tag configure italic -font {Helvetica 12 italic}\
.full.txt tag configure large -font {Helvetica -14 bold}\
.full.txt tag configure title -font {Helvetica 12 bold italic} -justify center\
.full.txt tag configure link -font {Helvetica -12 underline} -foreground #000080\
.full.txt tag configure code -font {Courier 13}\
.full.txt tag configure warning -font {Helvetica 12 bold} -foreground #800000\
\
# That't the way help files are written\
\
.full.txt delete 1.0 end\
.full.txt insert end {Centered title} {title} "\
\
You can make different " {} "portions of text bold" {bold} " or italic " {italic} ".\
Some parts of them can be written as follows" {} "\
SELECT * FROM PHONEBOOK" {code} "\
You can also change " {} "colors for some words " {warning} "or underline them" {link} } {Old style button} {} {} raised #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {checkbox checkbox14 {48 297 153 309} {} different {} {} flat #00009c #d9d9d9 1 b} {checkbox checkbox15 {48 321 156 336} {} {fonts and} {} {} flat #cc0000 #d9d9d9 1 i} {checkbox checkbox16 {48 345 156 360} {} colors {} {} flat #00b600 #dfb2df 1 f} {radio radio17 {207 297 330 315} {} {red , rosu , rouge} color red flat #9c0000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio radio18 {207 321 324 333} {} {green , verde , vert} color green flat #009000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio radio19 {207 345 327 363} {} {blue , albastru, bleu} color blue flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label selcolor {210 369 345 384} {} {} color {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button21 {285 258 363 285} {destroy .full} Exit {} {} raised #7c0000 #dfdbb8 1 b}
Working with Tables namespace f3 13 {3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13} 377x263+59+127 {radio usa {36 24 138 36} {} USA selcont} {radio europe {36 45 141 60} {} Europe selcont} {radio africa {36 66 147 81} {} Africa selcont} {label label6 {9 99 339 114} {} {Select one of the above continents and press} {}} {button button7 {270 93 354 117} {Tables::open phonebook "continent='$selcont'" $selorder} {Show them} {}} {button button9 {66 189 312 213} {Tables::design phonebook} {Show me the phonebook table structure} {}} {button button10 {141 228 240 252} {destroy .f3} {Close the form} {}} {button button11 {93 141 282 165} {Tables::open phonebook "company=true"} {Show me only the companies} {}} {radio name {183 24 261 36} {} {Order by name} selorder} {radio phone_nr {183 45 267 57} {} {Order by phone number} selorder}
The simplest form mf 5 {FS {set thename {}}} 306x136+82+146 {label label {42 45 99 60} {} Name {} label flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 {Helvetica 12 bold italic}} {entry ename {120 42 219 63} {} entry2 thename ename sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {button button3 {6 96 108 129} {set thename Teo} {Set the name} {} button3 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button4 {192 96 300 129} {destroy .mf} {Close the form} {} button4 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button5 {114 96 186 129} {set thename {}} {Clear it} {} button5 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n}
A simple demo form asdf 14 {FS {set color none}} 370x310+50+75 {label label1 {15 36 99 57} {} {Selected color} {} label1 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {entry entry2 {111 36 225 54} {} entry2 color entry2 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1} {radio red {249 21 342 36} {} {Red as cherry} color red flat #900000 #d9d9d9 1} {radio green {249 45 342 60} {} {Green as a melon} color green flat #008800 #d9d9d9 1} {radio blue {249 69 342 84} {} {Blue as the sky} color blue flat #00008c #d9d9d9 1} {button button6 {45 69 198 99} {set color spooky} {Set a weird color} {} button6 ridge #0000b0 #dfbcdf 2} {label label7 {24 129 149 145} {} {The checkbox's value} {} label7 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {entry entry8 {162 127 172 145} {} entry8 cbvalue entry8 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1} {checkbox checkbox9 {180 126 279 150} {} {Check me :-)} cbvalue checkbox9 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {button button10 {219 273 366 303} {destroy .asdf} {Close that simple form} {} button10 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {button button11 {219 237 366 267} {Forms::open "Phone book"} {Open my phone book} {} button11 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {listbox lb {12 192 162 267} {} listbox12 {} lb sunken #000000 #fefefe 1} {button button13 {12 156 162 186} {.asdf.lb insert end red green blue cyan white navy black purple maroon violet} {Add some information} {} button13 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {button button14 {12 273 162 303} {.asdf.lb delete 0 end} {Clear this listbox} {} button14 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1}
Working with listboxes f2 5 {FS {set thestudent ""}} 257x263+139+147 {listbox lb {6 6 246 186} {} listbox1 {} lb sunken #000000 #ffffd4 1} {button button2 {9 234 124 258} {# Populate the listbox with some data\
#\
\
foreach student {John Bill Doe Gigi} {\
\ .f2.lb insert end $student\
}\
\
\
\
# Binding the event left button release to the\
# list box\
\
bind .f2.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {\
\ set idsel [.f2.lb curselection]\
\ if {$idsel!=""} {\
\ \ set thestudent [.f2.lb get $idsel]\
\ }\
}\
\
# Cleaning the variable thestudent\
\
set thestudent {}} {Show students} {} button2 groove #000000 #d9d9d9 2} {button button3 {132 234 247 258} {destroy .f2} {Close the form} {} button3 groove #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {label label4 {9 213 119 228} {} {You have selected} {} label4 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {label label5 {129 213 219 228} {} {} thestudent label5 flat #00009a #d9d9d9 1}
Invoices inv 0 {FS {frame .inv.f\
place .inv.f -x 5 -y 100 -width 500 -height 300\
set wn [Tables::getNewWindowName]\
Tables::createWindow .inv.f\
set PgAcVar(mw,.inv.f,updatable) 0\
set PgAcVar(mw,.inv.f,layout_found) 0\
set PgAcVar(mw,.inv.f,layout_name) ""\
Tables::selectRecords .inv.f "select * from cities"\
}} 631x439+87+84
\.
COPY "pga_scripts" FROM stdin;
How are forms keeped inside ? Tables::open pga_forms\
\
\
\
Opening a table with filters Tables::open phonebook "name ~* 'e'" "name desc"\
\
\
Autoexec Mainlib::tab_click Forms\
Forms::open {Full featured form}\
\
\
\.
COPY "pga_reports" FROM stdin;
My phone book phonebook set PgAcVar(report,tablename) "phonebook" ; set PgAcVar(report,y_rpthdr) 21 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_pghdr) 47 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_detail) 66 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_pgfoo) 96 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_rptfoo) 126 ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 10 35 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {name} -tags {t_l mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 10 52 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {name} -tags {f-name t_f rg_detail mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 141 36 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {city} -tags {t_l mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 141 51 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {city} -tags {f-city t_f rg_detail mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 231 35 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {phone_nr} -tags {t_l mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 231 51 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {phone_nr} -tags {f-phone_nr t_f rg_detail mov ro} \N \N
\.
COPY "phonebook" FROM stdin;
FIAT 623463445 t europe
Gelu Voican 01-32234 Bucuresti f europe
Radu Vasile 01-5523423 Bucuresti f europe
MUGADUMBU SRL +92 534662634 Cairo t africa
Jimmy Page 66323452 f europe
IBM 623346234 \N t usa
John Doe +44 35 2993825 Washington f usa
Bill Clinton +44 35 9283845 New York f usa
Monica Levintchi +44 38 5234526 Dallas f usa
Bill Gates +42 64 4523454 Los Angeles f usa
COMPAQ 623462345 \N t usa
SUN 784563253 \N t usa
DIGITAL 922644516 \N t usa
Frank Zappa 6734567 Montreal f usa
Constantin Teodorescu +40 39 611820 Braila f europe
Ngbendu Wazabanga 34577345 f africa
Mugabe Kandalam 7635745 f africa
Vasile Lupu 52345623 Bucuresti f europe
Gica Farafrica +42 64 4523454 Los Angeles f usa
Victor Ciorbea 634567 Bucuresti f europe
\.
COPY "pga_layout" FROM stdin;
pga_forms 2 formname formsource 82 713
Usaisti 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
q1 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
view_saved_from_that_query 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
phonebook 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 105 80 66 104
Query that can be saved as view 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
pg_database 4 datname datdba encoding datpath 150 150 150 150
pg_language 5 lanname lanispl lanpltrusted lanplcallfoid lancompiler 150 150 150 150 150
cities 3 id name prefix 60 150 150
3 id name prefix 125 150 150
3 id name prefix 150 150 150
3 id name prefix 150 150 150
3 id name prefix 150 150 150
\.
COPY "pga_schema" FROM stdin;
Simple schema cities 10 10 phonebook 201.0 84.0 {cities name phonebook city}
\.
COPY "cities" FROM stdin;
3 Braila 4039
4 Galati 4036
5 Dallas 5362
6 Cairo 9352
1 Bucuresti 4013
7 Montreal 5325
\.
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX "cities_id_key" on "cities" using btree ( "id" "int4_ops" );
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/api.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h2>
PgAccess developer API</h2>
<hr>
<br>Starting with PgAccess 0.98 I am planning to make available a complete
API for the PgAccess developers. I plan to make PgAccess not just an administrative
tool, but also a tool for easy build of small applications.
<p>That's why PgAccess 0.98 has been internally restructured, every main
module of PgAccess has became a namespace (see Tcl namespaces) in order&nbsp;
to hide the variables and internal procedures to the user. Also, all the
global variables that have been used before were grouped under a single
big associative array called <b>PgAcVar</b> (PgAccess variables) so they
should not interfere with user defined global variables.
<br>&nbsp;
<br>&nbsp;
<p><b><font size=+1>Global variables available</font></b>
<br>&nbsp;
<center><table BORDER=0 WIDTH="100%" NOSAVE >
<tr NOSAVE>
<td ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE><b>PgAcVar</b></td>
<td>The main global associative array that hold together various information
needed by PgAccess. User should <b><font color="#FF0000">NOT</font></b>
alter it under any circumstances.</td>
</tr>
<tr NOSAVE>
<td VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE><b>CurrentDB</b></td>
<td>The handler of the current opened database. Can be used for database
operations as selects or command execution.</td>
</tr>
<tr NOSAVE>
<td ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE><b>Messages</b></td>
<td NOSAVE>The associative array that holds the translation for the current
language. Loaded from the appropriate language file from lib/languages
directory</td>
</tr>
<tr NOSAVE>
<td ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE><b>PGACCESS_HOME</b></td>
<td>Keep the system directory of PgAccess root installation</td>
</tr>
</table></center>
<br>&nbsp;
<p><b><font size=+1>Window naming convention</font></b>
<p>Every toplevel window defined by PgAccess has the following naming convention.
Every window name starts with <tt>.pgaw</tt> (PgAccess window) followed
by a colon and a name. <i>Example:</i>
<blockquote><tt>.pgaw:User , .pgaw:About , .pgaw:ImportExport</tt></blockquote>
<b><font size=+1>Namespaces available</font></b>
<p>For every tab from the main database window there is a namespace defined
(Tables, Queries, Views, Functions, Sequences, Reports, Forms, Scripts,
Users, Schema). Every namespace has by default the following&nbsp; procedures:
<ul>
<li>
<tt>new</tt>&nbsp; , no parameter needed</li>
<li>
<tt>open</tt> , need a single parameter, the object name</li>
<li>
<tt>design</tt> , need a single parameter, the object name</li>
</ul>
You can use these procedures if you want to produce the same efects as
clicking on the desired tab and then on the "New", "Open" or "Design" buttons
from the main database window.
<br><i>Example:</i>
<blockquote><tt>Tables::open "customers"</tt>
<br><tt>Queries::open "Invoices received"</tt>
<br><tt>Forms::open "Add new invoice"</tt></blockquote>
The <tt>Tables::open</tt> procedure accepts two optional parameters, filter
and order.
<br><i>Example:</i>
<blockquote><tt>Tables::open "phonebook" "name ~* 'joe'" "age desc"</tt></blockquote>
will open a table view window with predefined filter "name ~* 'joe'" and
ordered by descending age.
<p>There is also a special namespace called Database.&nbsp; Here are some
procedures and functions defined for this namespace available to the user:
<br>&nbsp;
<table BORDER NOSAVE >
<tr BGCOLOR="#FFCCFF" NOSAVE>
<td NOSAVE><b>Name</b></td>
<td NOSAVE><b>Parameters</b></td>
<td><b>Type</b></td>
<td><b>Returns</b></td>
<td NOSAVE><b>Description</b></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><b>vacuum</b></td>
<td>none</td>
<td>procedure</td>
<td>nothing</td>
<td>vacuums the current database</td>
</tr>
<tr ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE>
<td><b>getTablesList</b></td>
<td>none</td>
<td>function</td>
<td>list</td>
<td NOSAVE>returns the list of tables from the current database</td>
</tr>
<tr ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE>
<td><b>executeUpdate</b></td>
<td>sqlcmd</td>
<td>function</td>
<td>integer</td>
<td NOSAVE>execute the sqlcmd command on the current database returning
1 if no errors ocurred or 0 if the command failed</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p><b><font size=+1>Global functions available</font></b>
<br>&nbsp;
<table BORDER NOSAVE >
<tr BGCOLOR="#99FFCC" NOSAVE>
<td><b>Name</b></td>
<td><b>Parameters</b></td>
<td NOSAVE><b>Description</b></td>
</tr>
<tr ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE>
<td><b>setCursor</b></td>
<td>type</td>
<td NOSAVE>Set the cursor for all PgAccess windows, type of cursor can
be WAIT or CLOCK or WATCH for the hourglass , anything else (or none) to
return to the normal cursor shape</td>
</tr>
<tr ALIGN=LEFT VALIGN=TOP NOSAVE>
<td><b>parameter</b></td>
<td>msg</td>
<td NOSAVE>Shows a modal input dialog with the msg message, wait for user
to enter the data and returns it as a string</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><b>showError</b></td>
<td>msg</td>
<td>Shows a modal dialog window with an error message</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</table>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/contents.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
<base target="right">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#00FFFF">
<img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="main.html">What is PgAccess?</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="whatsnew.html">What's new?</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="features.html">Features</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="screenshots.html">Screenshots</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="faq.html">FAQ</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="documentation.html">Documentation</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="todo.html">To-Do list</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="download.html">Download</a>
<br>&nbsp;
<p><br>
<center>
<p><a href="http://www.linux.org"><img SRC="linux1.gif" BORDER=0 ></a></center>
<p><b>Other links</b>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="http://www.postgresql.org">PostgreSQL</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="http://www.neuron.com/stewart/vtcl/index.html">Visual Tcl</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="http://www.scriptics.com">Tcl/Tk</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="http://www.linux.org">Linux</a>
<br><img SRC="ball.gif" ><a href="http://www.java.ro/vtclava/index.html">vTcLava</a>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/copyright.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.03 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.30 i586) [Netscape]">
<TITLE>PgAccess - Copyright notice</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
<TT>---------------------------------------------------------------------------</TT>
<BR><TT></TT>&nbsp;
<BR><TT></TT>&nbsp;<TT></TT>
<P><TT>Copyright (c) 1994-7 Regents of the University of California</TT><TT></TT>
<P><TT>Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
its</TT>
<BR><TT>documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written
agreement</TT>
<BR><TT>is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and
this</TT>
<BR><TT>paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.</TT><TT></TT>
<P><TT>IN NO EVENT SHALL THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE TO ANY
PARTY FOR</TT>
<BR><TT>DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING</TT>
<BR><TT>LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE AND ITS</TT>
<BR><TT>DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE</TT>
<BR><TT>POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</TT><TT></TT>
<P><TT>THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES,</TT>
<BR><TT>INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY</TT>
<BR><TT>AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER
IS</TT>
<BR><TT>ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA HAS NO OBLIGATIONS
TO</TT>
<BR><TT>PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS.</TT>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/documentation.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h2>
Documentation</h2>
<hr WIDTH="100%">
<p>Still need to be written. Some information can be found in the help
included in the main program.
<p>Jim Lemon &lt;Jim.Lemon@uts.EDU.AU> has started writing a <a href="tutorial/index.html">tutorial</a>.
Thought it is based on earlier versions than 0.98 it is a beginning after
all, isn't it ?
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/download.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h2>
Download</h2>
<hr>
<br>The primary site for PgAccess downloads is:
<ul><a href="ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess">ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess</a>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess/pgaccess-0.98.tar.gz">Unix tar.gz
file</a></li>
<li>
<a href="ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess/pgaccess-0.98.zip">Windows .zip
file</a></li>
</ul>
</ul>
<p>Another one (just with a little bit faster, try this one first) would
be :
<ul><a href="ftp://speedy.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess">ftp://speedy.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess</a>
<ul>
<li>
<a href="ftp://speedy.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess/pgaccess-0.98.tar.gz">Unix tar.gz
file</a></li>
<li>
<a href="ftp://speedy.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess/pgaccess-0.98.zip">Windows .zip
file</a></li>
</ul>
</ul>
<br>&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/faq.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.12 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h2>
PgAccess - FAQ</h2>
<hr>
<br><b>1. When I run PgAccess I got a message complaining about the crypt
library! What should I do?</b>
<blockquote>Versions of PostgreSQL prior to 6.5.1 couldn't reliably detect
the presence of the crypt library on RedHat 5.x systems. That's why the
libpgtcl library does not include reference to crypt. You will need to
get a proper copy of libpgtcl.so library or to compile one. Go to the postgresql
source directory into src/interfaces/libpgtcl and edit Makefile adding
-lcrypt to the end of the line SHLIB_LINKS. Make clean and make again.
Your libpgtcl.so is now prepare to run PgAccess. I strongly recommend you
to upgrade to PostgreSQL 6.5.1 where this problem has been solved.</blockquote>
<b>2. I cannot connect to a database from another machine</b>
<blockquote>There may be two problems here. First of all, PgAccess running
on the localhost is using two PostgreSQL dependent libraries, libpq and
libpgtcl. Each of them are compiled for a specific PostgreSQL version.
If the PostgreSQL version running on your server is different you might
experience problems. The other problem is related to access rights. On
the PostgreSQL server, in data directory there is a file pg_hba.conf that
will grant access rights to users based on host authentication. Ask your
database administrator to check if your workstation is listed there with
the appropriate access rights. Try for the beginning the 'trust' mode,
allowing full access to the databases.</blockquote>
<b>3. I am experiencing core dumps when trying to run PgAccess. Is PgAccess
broken?</b>
<blockquote>No. There were NEVER reported crashes because of PgAccess.
All of them were related to bad libraries usage. The most frequent was
the installing of a new PostgreSQL on a RedHat 5.x server where the postgresql-clients
rpm still exists. So, PgAccess was trying to use the old libpgtcl.so library
suitable for an older version of PostgreSQL. Before installing a new PostgreSQL
(either by compiling it ot by rpm packages) remove ANY TRACE of old PostgreSQL.
PgAccess is fully relying on libpgtcl library in order to get access to
the database so when you are experiencing that kind of problems, double-check
libpq and libpgtcl libraries.</blockquote>
<b>4. When I try to run PgAccess I get the following error : Application
initialization failed: couldn't connect to display ""</b>
<blockquote>That kind of error was reported on some Linux RedHat 5.x systems
when user has su - to root and tried to run PgAccess. Some unknown errors
in login scripts are not defining the DISPLAY environment and the wish
application cannot connect to the X display. Try typing <tt>export DISPLAY=localhost:0.0</tt>
and run PgAccess again.</blockquote>
<b>5. Cannot run PgAccess on a Windows machine.</b>
<blockquote>In order to use PgAccess on Windows you must have installed
two libraries libpq.dll and libpgtcl.dll suitable for your Tcl/Tk package
and your PostgreSQL server. Note that libraries that work with Tcl/Tk 8.0.x
won't work with Tcl/Tk 8.1.x and libraries that work with 6.4.2 backend
won't work with 6.5.x. So, you must properly identify your Tcl/Tk package
version and your PostgreSQL version and download from the Downloads section
(or pick from the win32/dll directory of PgAccess distribution) the right
files. Copy them into your Windows/System directory and try again. Also,
you should be able to access over the network the machine running the PostgreSQL
server (try ping-ing it) and have the proper access rights to the database.</blockquote>
<b>6. How much costs PgAccess?</b>
<blockquote>PgAccess is a free tool. You won't have to pay anything in
order to use it. It is protected by the following <a href="copyright.html">copyright</a>
as PostgreSQL is. I cannot guarantee technical support but I will try to
answer to your questions as much as I can.</blockquote>
<b>7. I want to translate PgAccess messages for xxx language. What should
I do?</b>
<blockquote>In the PgAccess distribution in lib/languages directory there
are files with messages translated for different languages. Copy one of
them and name it after your native language and then start editing it translating
all the messages. Save it into the same directory and that's all. Don't
forget to send me a copy in order to include it into the standard distribution.</blockquote>
<p><br><b>8. I am receiving the following error: <tt>message invalid command
name "namespace" while executing "namespace eval Mainlib</tt>&nbsp; ..."</b>
<blockquote>That means 100% that you have an older version of Tcl/Tk that
don't recognize namespaces command. Please upgrade to Tcl/Tk 8.0.x minimum</blockquote>
<br>&nbsp;
<br>&nbsp;
<br>&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/features.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<b>Tables</b>
<br>- opening multiple tables for viewing, max. n records (changed by preferences
menu)
<br>- column resizing, dragging the vertical grid line (better in table
space rather than in the table header)
<br>- text wrap in cells - layout saved for every table
<br>- import/export to external files (SDF,CSV)
<br>- filter capabilities (enter filter like (price>3.14)
<br>- sort order capabilities (enter manually the sort field(s))
<br>- editing in place
<br>- improved table generator assistant
<br>- improved field editing
<br><b>Queries</b>
<br>- define , edit and stores "user defined queries"
<br>- store queries as views
<br>- execution of queries with optional user input parameters ( select
* from invoices where year=[parameter "Year of selection"] )
<br>- viewing of select type queries result
<br>- query deleting and renaming
<br>- visual query builder with drag &amp; drop capabilities. For any of
you who had installed the Tcl/Tk plugin for Netscape Navigator, you can
see it at work <a href="qbtclet.html">clicking here</a>
<br><b>Sequences</b>
<br>- defines sequences, delete them and inspect them
<br><b>Functions</b>
<br>- define, inspect and delete functions in SQL, plpgsql and pgtcl languages
<br><b>Reports</b>
<br>- design and display simple reports from tables
<br>- fields and labels, font changing, style and size
<br>- saves and loads report description from database
<br>- show report previews, sample postscript output file
<br><b>Forms</b>
<br>- open user defined forms
<br>- form design module available
<br>- query widget available, controls bound to query results
<br>- <a href="forms.html">click here</a> for a description of forms and
how they can be used
<br><b>Scripts</b>
<br>- define, modify and call user defined scripts
<br><b>Users</b>
<br>- define and modify user information
<p><b><a href="api.html">PgAccess API</a></b> for developing small applications
<br>&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/formdemo.sql deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
\connect - teo
CREATE SEQUENCE "cities_id_seq" start 7 increment 1 maxvalue 2147483647 minvalue 1 cache 1 ;
SELECT nextval ('cities_id_seq');
CREATE TABLE "pga_queries" (
"queryname" character varying(64),
"querytype" character,
"querycommand" text,
"querytables" text,
"querylinks" text,
"queryresults" text,
"querycomments" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_forms" (
"formname" character varying(64),
"formsource" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_scripts" (
"scriptname" character varying(64),
"scriptsource" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_reports" (
"reportname" character varying(64),
"reportsource" text,
"reportbody" text,
"reportprocs" text,
"reportoptions" text);
CREATE TABLE "phonebook" (
"name" character varying(32),
"phone_nr" character varying(16),
"city" character varying(32),
"company" bool,
"continent" character varying(16));
CREATE TABLE "pga_layout" (
"tablename" character varying(64),
"nrcols" int2,
"colnames" text,
"colwidth" text);
CREATE TABLE "pga_schema" (
"schemaname" character varying(64),
"schematables" text,
"schemalinks" text);
REVOKE ALL on "pga_schema" from PUBLIC;
GRANT ALL on "pga_schema" to PUBLIC;
CREATE TABLE "cities" (
"id" int4 DEFAULT nextval('"cities_id_seq"') NOT NULL,
"name" character varying(32) NOT NULL,
"prefix" character varying(16) NOT NULL);
CREATE FUNCTION "getcityprefix" (int4 ) RETURNS varchar AS 'select prefix from cities where id = $1 ' LANGUAGE 'SQL';
COPY "pga_queries" FROM stdin;
Query that can be saved as view S select * from phonebook where continent='usa' \N \N \N \N
\.
COPY "pga_forms" FROM stdin;
Working with Tables namespace f3 13 {3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13} 377x263+59+127 {radio usa {36 24 138 36} {} USA selcont} {radio europe {36 45 141 60} {} Europe selcont} {radio africa {36 66 147 81} {} Africa selcont} {label label6 {9 99 339 114} {} {Select one of the above continents and press} {}} {button button7 {270 93 354 117} {Tables::open phonebook "continent='$selcont'" $selorder} {Show them} {}} {button button9 {66 189 312 213} {Tables::design phonebook} {Show me the phonebook table structure} {}} {button button10 {141 228 240 252} {destroy .f3} {Close the form} {}} {button button11 {93 141 282 165} {Tables::open phonebook "company=true"} {Show me only the companies} {}} {radio name {183 24 261 36} {} {Order by name} selorder} {radio phone_nr {183 45 267 57} {} {Order by phone number} selorder}
A simple demo form asdf 14 {FS {set color none}} 370x310+50+75 {label label1 {15 36 99 57} {} {Selected color} {} label1 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {entry entry2 {111 36 225 54} {} entry2 color entry2 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1} {radio red {249 21 342 36} {} {Red as cherry} color red flat #900000 #d9d9d9 1} {radio green {249 45 342 60} {} {Green as a melon} color green flat #008800 #d9d9d9 1} {radio blue {249 69 342 84} {} {Blue as the sky} color blue flat #00008c #d9d9d9 1} {button button6 {45 69 198 99} {set color spooky} {Set a weird color} {} button6 ridge #0000b0 #dfbcdf 2} {label label7 {24 129 149 145} {} {The checkbox's value} {} label7 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {entry entry8 {162 127 172 145} {} entry8 cbvalue entry8 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1} {checkbox checkbox9 {180 126 279 150} {} {Check me :-)} cbvalue checkbox9 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {button button10 {219 273 366 303} {destroy .asdf} {Close that simple form} {} button10 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {button button11 {219 237 366 267} {Forms::open "Phone book"} {Open my phone book} {} button11 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {listbox lb {12 192 162 267} {} listbox12 {} lb sunken #000000 #fefefe 1} {button button13 {12 156 162 186} {.asdf.lb insert end red green blue cyan white navy black purple maroon violet} {Add some information} {} button13 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {button button14 {12 273 162 303} {.asdf.lb delete 0 end} {Clear this listbox} {} button14 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1}
Working with listboxes f2 5 {FS {set thestudent ""}} 257x263+139+147 {listbox lb {6 6 246 186} {} listbox1 {} lb sunken #000000 #ffffd4 1} {button button2 {9 234 124 258} {# Populate the listbox with some data\
#\
\
foreach student {John Bill Doe Gigi} {\
\ .f2.lb insert end $student\
}\
\
\
\
# Binding the event left button release to the\
# list box\
\
bind .f2.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {\
\ set idsel [.f2.lb curselection]\
\ if {$idsel!=""} {\
\ \ set thestudent [.f2.lb get $idsel]\
\ }\
}\
\
# Cleaning the variable thestudent\
\
set thestudent {}} {Show students} {} button2 groove #000000 #d9d9d9 2} {button button3 {132 234 247 258} {destroy .f2} {Close the form} {} button3 groove #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {label label4 {9 213 119 228} {} {You have selected} {} label4 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1} {label label5 {129 213 219 228} {} {} thestudent label5 flat #00009a #d9d9d9 1}
The simplest form mf 5 {FS {set thename {}}} 306x136+82+146 {label label {42 45 99 60} {} Name {} label flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 {Helvetica 12 bold italic}} {entry ename {120 42 219 63} {} entry2 thename ename sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {button button3 {6 96 108 129} {set thename Teo} {Set the name} {} button3 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button4 {192 96 300 129} {destroy .mf} {Close the form} {} button4 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button5 {114 96 186 129} {set thename {}} {Clear it} {} button5 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n}
Full featured form full 21 {FS {set entrydemo {nice}\
set color {no color selected}}} 377x418+50+130 {label label1 {3 396 165 411} {} {Status line} {} {} sunken #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {label label2 {171 396 369 411} {} {Grooved status line} {} {} groove #000098 #d9d9d9 2 f} {label label3 {108 9 270 31} {} { Full featured form} {} {} ridge #000000 #d9d9d9 4 {Times 16 bold italic}} {button button4 {15 210 144 243} {.full.lb insert end {it's} a nice demo form} {Java style button} {} {} groove #6161b6 #d9d9d9 2 b} {label label5 {15 42 115 58} {} {Java style label} {} {} flat #6161b6 #d9d9d9 1 b} {entry entry6 {123 39 279 60} {} entry6 entrydemo {} groove #000000 #fefefe 2 {Courier 13}} {listbox lb {12 69 147 201} {} listbox8 {} {} ridge #000000 #ffffc8 2 n} {button button9 {18 264 39 282} {} 1 {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button10 {48 264 68 282} {} 2 {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button11 {78 264 234 282} {} {and other hidden buttons} {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {text txt {153 69 372 201} {} text12 {} {} sunken #000000 #d4ffff 1 n} {button button13 {150 210 369 243} {.full.txt tag configure bold -font {Helvetica 12 bold}\
.full.txt tag configure italic -font {Helvetica 12 italic}\
.full.txt tag configure large -font {Helvetica -14 bold}\
.full.txt tag configure title -font {Helvetica 12 bold italic} -justify center\
.full.txt tag configure link -font {Helvetica -12 underline} -foreground #000080\
.full.txt tag configure code -font {Courier 13}\
.full.txt tag configure warning -font {Helvetica 12 bold} -foreground #800000\
\
# That't the way help files are written\
\
.full.txt delete 1.0 end\
.full.txt insert end {Centered title} {title} "\
\
You can make different " {} "portions of text bold" {bold} " or italic " {italic} ".\
Some parts of them can be written as follows" {} "\
SELECT * FROM PHONEBOOK" {code} "\
You can also change " {} "colors for some words " {warning} "or underline them" {link} } {Old style button} {} {} raised #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {checkbox checkbox14 {48 297 153 309} {} different {} {} flat #00009c #d9d9d9 1 b} {checkbox checkbox15 {48 321 156 336} {} {fonts and} {} {} flat #cc0000 #d9d9d9 1 i} {checkbox checkbox16 {48 345 156 360} {} colors {} {} flat #00b600 #dfb2df 1 f} {radio radio17 {207 297 330 315} {} {red , rosu , rouge} color red flat #9c0000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio radio18 {207 321 324 333} {} {green , verde , vert} color green flat #009000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio radio19 {207 345 327 363} {} {blue , albastru, bleu} color blue flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label selcolor {210 369 345 384} {} {} color {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button21 {285 258 363 285} {destroy .full} Exit {} {} raised #7c0000 #dfdbb8 1 b}
Phone book pb 28 {FS {}} 444x307+284+246 {label label1 {33 10 68 28} {} Name {} label1 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry name_entry {87 9 227 27} {} entry2 DataSet(.pb.qs,name) name_entry sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label3 {33 37 73 52} {} Phone {} label3 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry entry4 {87 36 195 54} {} entry4 DataSet(.pb.qs,phone_nr) entry4 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label5 {33 64 78 82} {} City {} label5 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry entry6 {87 63 195 81} {} entry6 DataSet(.pb.qs,city) entry6 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {query qs {3 6 33 33} {} query7 {} qs flat {} {} 1 n} {button button8 {174 177 246 203} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ setSQL "select oid,* from phonebook where name ~* '$what' order by name"\
\ open\
\ set nrecs [getRowCount]\
\ updateDataSet\
\ fill .pb.allnames name\
\ bind .pb.allnames <ButtonRelease-1> {\
\ set ancr [.pb.allnames curselection]\
\ if {$ancr!=""} {\
\ \ DataControl(.pb.qs)::moveTo $ancr\
\ \ DataControl(.pb.qs)::updateDataSet\
\ }\
\ }\
}} {Start search} {} button8 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button9 {363 276 433 300} {DataControl(.pb.qs)::close\
DataControl(.pb.qs)::clearDataSet\
set nrecs {}\
set what {}\
destroy .pb\
} Exit {} button9 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button10 {291 237 313 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ moveFirst\
\ updateDataSet\
}\
} |< {} button10 ridge #000092 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button11 {324 237 346 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ movePrevious\
\ updateDataSet\
}\
} << {} button11 ridge #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button12 {348 237 370 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ moveNext\
\ updateDataSet\
}} >> {} button12 ridge #000000 #d9d9d9 2 n} {button button13 {381 237 403 257} {namespace eval DataControl(.pb.qs) {\
\ moveLast\
\ updateDataSet\
}\
} >| {} button13 ridge #000088 #d9d9d9 2 n} {checkbox checkbox14 {33 87 126 105} {} {Is it a company ?} DataSet(.pb.qs,company) checkbox14 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio usa {63 108 201 120} {} U.S.A. DataSet(.pb.qs,continent) usa flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio europe {63 126 204 141} {} Europe DataSet(.pb.qs,continent) europe flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {radio africa {63 144 210 159} {} Africa DataSet(.pb.qs,continent) africa flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {entry entry18 {129 180 169 198} {} entry18 what entry18 sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label19 {108 219 188 234} {} {records found} {} label19 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label20 {90 219 105 234} {} { } nrecs label20 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label21 {3 252 33 267} {} OID= {} label21 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label22 {39 252 87 267} {} { } pbqs(oid) label22 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button23 {9 276 79 300} {set oid {}\
catch {set oid $DataSet(.pb.qs,oid)}\
if {[string trim $oid]!=""} {\
sql_exec noquiet "update phonebook set name='$DataSet(.pb.qs,name)', phone_nr='$DataSet(.pb.qs,phone_nr)',city='$DataSet(.pb.qs,city)',company='$DataSet(.pb.qs,company)',continent='$DataSet(.pb.qs,continent)' where oid=$oid"\
} else {\
tk_messageBox -title Error -message "No record is displayed!"\
}\
\
} Update {} button23 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button24 {210 276 280 300} {set thisname $DataSet(.pb.qs,name)\
if {[string trim $thisname] != ""} {\
\ sql_exec noquiet "insert into phonebook values (\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,name)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,phone_nr)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,city)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,company)',\
\ \ '$DataSet(.pb.qs,continent)'\
\ )"\
\ tk_messageBox -title Information -message "A new record has been added!"\
} else {\
\ tk_messageBox -title Error -message "This one doesn't have a name?"\
}\
\
} {Add record} {} button24 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {button button25 {141 276 204 300} {DataControl(.pb.qs)::clearDataSet\
# clearcontrols stillinitialise\
# incorectly booleans controls to {}\
# so I force it to 'f' (false)\
set DataSet(.pb.qs,company) f\
focus .pb.name_entry} {Clear all} {} button25 raised #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {listbox allnames {249 6 435 231} {} listbox26 {} allnames sunken #000000 #fefefe 1 n} {label label27 {33 252 90 267} {} {} DataSet(.pb.qs,oid) label27 flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n} {label label28 {3 182 128 197} {} {Find name containing} {} {} flat #000000 #d9d9d9 1 n}
\.
COPY "pga_scripts" FROM stdin;
How are forms keeped inside ? Tables::open pga_forms\
\
\
\
Opening a table with filters Tables::open phonebook "name ~* 'e'" "name desc"\
\
\
Autoexec Mainlib::tab_click Forms\
Forms::open {Full featured form}\
\
\
\.
COPY "pga_reports" FROM stdin;
My phone book phonebook set PgAcVar(report,tablename) "phonebook" ; set PgAcVar(report,y_rpthdr) 21 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_pghdr) 47 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_detail) 66 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_pgfoo) 96 ; set PgAcVar(report,y_rptfoo) 126 ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 10 35 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {name} -tags {t_l mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 10 52 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {name} -tags {f-name t_f rg_detail mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 141 36 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {city} -tags {t_l mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 141 51 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {city} -tags {f-city t_f rg_detail mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 231 35 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {phone_nr} -tags {t_l mov ro} ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text 231 51 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -anchor nw -text {phone_nr} -tags {f-phone_nr t_f rg_detail mov ro} \N \N
\.
COPY "phonebook" FROM stdin;
FIAT 623463445 t europe
Gelu Voican 01-32234 Bucuresti f europe
Radu Vasile 01-5523423 Bucuresti f europe
MUGADUMBU SRL +92 534662634 Cairo t africa
Jimmy Page 66323452 f europe
IBM 623346234 \N t usa
John Doe +44 35 2993825 Washington f usa
Bill Clinton +44 35 9283845 New York f usa
Monica Levintchi +44 38 5234526 Dallas f usa
Bill Gates +42 64 4523454 Los Angeles f usa
COMPAQ 623462345 \N t usa
SUN 784563253 \N t usa
DIGITAL 922644516 \N t usa
Frank Zappa 6734567 Montreal f usa
Constantin Teodorescu +40 39 611820 Braila f europe
Ngbendu Wazabanga 34577345 f africa
Mugabe Kandalam 7635745 f africa
Vasile Lupu 52345623 Bucuresti f europe
Gica Farafrica +42 64 4523454 Los Angeles f usa
Victor Ciorbea 634567 Bucuresti f europe
\.
COPY "pga_layout" FROM stdin;
pga_forms 2 formname formsource 82 713
Usaisti 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
q1 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
view_saved_from_that_query 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
phonebook 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 105 80 66 104
Query that can be saved as view 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
cities 3 id name prefix 150 150 150
\.
COPY "pga_schema" FROM stdin;
Simple schema cities 10 10 phonebook 201.0 84.0 {cities name phonebook city}
\.
COPY "cities" FROM stdin;
3 Braila 4039
4 Galati 4036
5 Dallas 5362
6 Cairo 9352
1 Bucuresti 4013
7 Montreal 5325
\.
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX "cities_id_key" on "cities" using btree ( "id" "int4_ops" );
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/forms.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body text="#000000" bgcolor="#FEFEDF" link="#0000EF" vlink="#51188E" alink="#FF0000">
<h1>
FORMS</h1>
<hr WIDTH="100%">
<p>This version (0.97) of PgAccess has changed the form API : variable
handling, query results interface and control bindings naming convention.
Please read it carefully, download the database demo and practice a while
before trying to design your own forms.
<p>For the moment, it has only some basic widgets : labels, entries, buttons
, listboxes , checkboxes and radiobuttons.
<p>Also there is a pseudo data control widget that allows you yo have access
to a query results.
<p><b>How do you generate widgets :</b>
<ol>
<li>
select a widget from the toolbox by clicking the appropriate radiobutton</li>
<li>
move to the canvas , point with the mouse at the desired location and click
the mouse button to begin</li>
<li>
keeping the mouse-button pressed move the mouse in order to draw a rectangle
that will hold the widget</li>
<li>
release the mouse-button</li>
</ol>
In the rectangle that you have designed it will appear the selected object.
<br>Move now to the attribute window to change some of its properties.
<p>Renaming, resizing items are possible (for the moment) only by modifying
appropriate parameters in attribute window. You <b>must </b>press Enter
in the edit field after changing a value in order to be accepted.
<p>You can also move items by dragging them or delete them by pressing
Del key after selecting them.
<p>In attribute window, there are some fields named <b><tt><font size=+1>Command
</font></tt></b>and
<b><tt><font size=+1>Variable</font></tt></b>.
<p>The field <b><tt><font size=+1>Command </font></tt></b>have meaning
only for Button widgets and holds the command that will be invoked when
the button is pressed.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The field <b><tt><font size=+1>Variable </font></tt></b>have
meaning only for EditField , Label widgets , checkboxes and radiobuttons
and it is the name of the global variable that will hold the value for
that widget. For checkboxes the values are <b>t</b> and <b>f</b> (from
true and false) in order to simplify binding to logical data fields (PgAccess
0.82 used 0 and 1).
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; For radiobuttons, it is usual to assign the same
variable to the same radiobuttons within the same group. That variable
will contain the name of the widget of the radiobutton that has been pressed.
Let's presume that you have entered 3 radiobuttons named red, green and
blue, all of them having the same variable named color. If you will press
them, they will assign their names to global variable.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In order to make a simple test, put an entry field
and set it's variable to <b>v1</b> and a button who's command is "set v1
whisky". Press the button "Test form" and click on the button. In that
entry should appear whisky.
<br>Another test is defining in Script module a script called "My first
script" having the following commands:
<br><tt><font size=+1>tk_messageBox -title Warning -message "This is my
first message!"</font></tt>
<br>and then define a button who's command is <b><tt><font size=+1>execute_script
"My first script"</font></tt></b>.
<br>&nbsp;
<h2>
Database manipulation</h2>
Let's presume that our form have the internal name <b><tt>mf </tt></b>(<b>m</b>y
<b>f</b>orm). Don't forget that the Tk window names could not start with
an uppercase letter.
<br>The window will be referred inside the Tcl/Tk source as <b><tt>.mf</tt></b>
<br>If you want to close the form in run-time you have to issue the command
<b><tt>destroy
.mf</tt></b>
<p>Also, any widget created inside this window (form) will have the name
prefixed by <b><tt>.mf ,</tt></b>so we will have <b><tt>.mf.button1</tt></b>
or <b><tt>.mf.listbox1</tt></b> .
<p>We can name the data control widget <b><tt>dc</tt></b> for example.
The fully qualified name for that "virtual widget" will be <b><tt>.mf.dc</tt></b>
then. A new namespace called <b><tt>DataControl(.mf.dc)</tt></b> will be
automatically defined.
<br>The <b><tt>Command </tt></b>property of the data control widget must
contain the SQL command that will be executed.
<br>When the form will be in run-time, automatically you will have access
to the following procedures and functions from the namespace:
<p><b><tt>open</tt></b> - opens the connection and execute the query (returns
nothing)
<br><b><tt>setSQL newsql</tt></b> - set the command query that will be
executed at the next <b><tt>open</tt></b>
<br><b><tt>getRowCount</tt></b> - returns the number of records of the
result set
<br><b><tt>getRowIndex </tt></b>- returns the current record number inside
the result set
<br><b><tt>getFieldList</tt></b> - returns a Tcl list containing the fields
names from the current result set
<br><b><tt>moveFirst</tt></b> - move the cursor to the first record in
the recordset
<br><b><tt>moveLast</tt></b><tt> , <b>moveNext</b> , <b>movePrevious</b></tt>-
moves the cursor there
<br><b><tt>moveTo newrecno</tt></b> - move the cursor to that new record
number (first is 0)
<br><b><tt>updateDataSet</tt></b> - update the variables inside the designed
form that have a particular name (I'll explain later)
<br><b><tt>clearDataSet</tt></b> - clear the associated DataSet variables
<br><tt><b>fill listbox field</b> </tt>- fill the named listbox (whole
widget name as <b><tt>.mf.listbox1</tt></b>) with the all the values of
that field from the current result set
<br><b><tt>close</tt></b> - close the result set (<b><font color="#FF0000">if
you don't close it, you will loose some memory</font></b>)
<p>These procedures and functions should be called in the normal Tcl namespace
mode as in the following example:
<p><tt>DataControl(.mf.dc)::setSQL "select * from phonebook"</tt>
<br><tt>DataControl(.mf.dc)::open</tt>
<br><tt>set nrecs [DataControl(.mf.dc)::getRowCount]</tt>
<p>If you complaint about writting to many DataControl(...) you can include
many commands into a single namespace eval as in the following example
:
<p><tt>namespace eval DataControl(.mf.dc) {</tt>
<br><tt>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; setSQL "select * from phonebook"</tt>
<br><tt>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; open</tt>
<br><tt>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; set nrecs [getRowCount]</tt>
<br><tt>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; moveLast</tt>
<br><tt>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; updateDataSet</tt>
<br><tt>}</tt>
<p>It's no need to close a query-result set if you want to assign it a
new SQL command and open it again. That will be done automatically releasing
the memory used for the last result set.
<br>Opening a new <b>DataControl</b> will automatically position the current
row index of the result set on the first row (index 0) and will define
a new global associative array named <b>DataSet</b> that will hold data
from the current row. The key into that array will be the fully qualified
name of the data control widget followed by a comma and the name of every
field in the selected rows.
<p><i>Example:</i>
<br><tt>DataSet(.mf.dc,name)</tt>
<br><tt>DataSet(.mf.dc,city)</tt>
<p>If you want to bound some controls to the fields of the recordset, you
will have to name their associate variable like that :
<p><b><tt>DataSet(.mf.dc,salary)</tt></b> to get the "salary" field , or
<b><tt>DataSet(.mf.dc,name)</tt></b> to get the "name" field. Using the
data control procedures <b><tt>DataControl(.mf.dc)::moveNext</tt></b> or
movePrevious will automatically update the <b><tt>DataSet(.mf.dc,...)</tt></b>
array so the database information from entries in the form will be refreshed.
<br>&nbsp;
<p>Here it is a dumped <b><a href="formdemo.sql">sample database</a></b>
that contains a demo database. What should you do ?
<br>Shift-click the above URL in order to download that tiny file (4 Kb).
Create a empty database and <b><tt>psql yourdatabase &lt;formdemo.sql</tt></b>
<p>You should find a single table called "phonebook" a form called "Phone
book" and another "A simple demo form".
<p>First of all enter and view the phonebook table in table view. Note
the fields and their values.
<br>Open the "Phone book" form and enter a letter (a, e or i) in the field
to the left of "Find" button then press Find. It's fine to enter one letter
in order to get more records in query result. You will get information
about the number of records selected, in the listbox you will see all the
values of field "name" from the current data set. Use buttons to move to
first, next, previous or last record within the record set.
<p>In order to add a new record, press the "New" button in order to get
new, clean entries. Fill them with your data and press "Add new" button.
A new phonebook record will be added. Also, if you want to update a record,
change it's values in the displayed fields after finding it and press "Update"
button. The values will be updated in the database BUT NOT IN THE CURRENT
QUERY RESULT . If you want to see them modified, make a new query trying
to find it again.
<p><font color="#000080">Before using the results from a query you should
know that the information that has been retrieved could be found only in
your computer client memory. It has <b>no live connection</b> to the data
from the database. That's why it isn't possible to develop a simple update
function as interface to that query-result widget. More than that : a query
result could be obtained from a SQL command that return a non-updatable
data set !!! For example fields gathered from multiple tables or summary
fields. It isn't just simple to make an automatic update procedure. The
programmer must know how to make the update or the append procedure, sometimes
using key fields to point to the desired record or an OID. There are examples
in the demo database in "Phone book" form. It may be possible that in the
future, I will develop another pseudo-widget describing a table. It would
be more simple than to implement an update or append or even a delete procedure.</font>
<p>There is in the demo database also another simple form called "A simple
demo form". It will show you how to handle variables from checkboxes, radiobuttons,
how to use listboxes, open another forms and so on. I think they will help
you.
<p>In order to avoid naming user defined forms with&nbsp; a particular
name of another PgAccess form, I would recommend naming them as udf0, udf1
(user defined form 0 , 1 )
<p>
<hr WIDTH="25%">
<p>Please feel free to send me your opinion at <b>teo@flex.ro</b> on forms
designing and usage.
<p><b><font size=+1>KEEP IN MIND !&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
THE FORM API MAY CHANGE IN ORDER TO BE MORE SIMPLE AND BETTER!</font></b>
<br><b><font size=+1>SEND ME YOUR WISHES, YOUR IDEAS, YOUR OPINIONS !</font></b>
<br><b><font size=+1>ALSO ... DON'T BLAME ME IF YOU WILL HAVE TO RE-DESIGN
YOUR OLD FORMS DUE TO SOME INCOMPATIBILITIES WITH NEWER PGACCESS VERSIONS.</font></b>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/index.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>PgAccess</TITLE>
<FRAMESET COLS="200,*" border=0 framespacing=0 frameborder=no>
<FRAME NAME="left" scrolling="none" src="contents.html">
<FRAME NAME="right" scrolling="nonw" src="main.html">
</FRAMESET>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/irix.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>PgAccess on Irix</TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.33 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>INSTALLING PgAccess UNDER IRIX 5.3.
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
<P><B><FONT COLOR="#000080">This HOWO-TO make PgAccess working under Irix
is written by Stuart Rison</FONT></B></P>
<P>These are the steps that I had to follow to get pgaccess to run on an
INDIGO2 running postgreSQL 6.3.2 under IRIX 5.3. I make no guarantee whatsoever
that the same step will work for others but at least it should point you
in the right direction. Also, I am a biologist by training so I only got
pgaccess working by fudging (that is, trial and error) this means that
some of the steps may be unnecessary (e.g. compiling $postgreSQL_source/src/interfaces/libpgtcl
as both a shared and static library) and they certainly haven't been optimised
(I know nothing about compiler switches etc.).</P>
<P><B>1) Requirements:</B></P>
<UL>
<P>You will need:</P>
<UL>
<LI>postgreSQL source (http://www.postgresql.org)</LI>
<LI>tcl8.0 source (http://www.tclconsortium.org/)</LI>
<LI>tk8.0 source (http://www.tclconsortium.org/)</LI>
<LI>pgaccess source (http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess)</LI>
</UL>
</UL>
<P><B>2) Installation:</B></P>
<P>a) tcl/tk:</P>
<UL>
<P>You must first install tcl and then tk (in that order). I just used
./configure, no switches and gmake. Their installation should be trouble
free. Then you must move headers and libraries to the right places so:</P>
<P>Header files: both tcl and tk have a header file (tcl.h and tk.h). The
tcl.h file is in $tcl_source_dir/generic and the tk.h file is in $tk_source_dir/generic;
both should be copied to /usr/local/include.</P>
<P>Libraries: compilation (with cc) of tcl and tk yield libraries libtcl8.0.a
and libtk8.0.a in $source_dir/unix. Both should be copied to /usr/local/lib.</P>
</UL>
<P>b) postgreSQL:</P>
<UL>
<P>Make sure you have a fully patched postgreSQL source. If your ./configure
says it can't load 'IRIX' settings then you most probably will need to
patch ./configure.</P>
<P>Configure using ./configure with the following switches: ./configure
--with-includes=/usr/local/include</P>
<P>--with-libraries=/usr/local/lib --with-tcl [this and previous line as
one]</P>
<P>Then make, make install as usual</P>
</UL>
<P>c) Compiling libpgtcl:</P>
<UL>
<P>The source for libpgtcl is in $postgreSQL_directory/src/interfaces/libpgsql.</P>
<P>I do this twice. Once with just gmake. This produces a static library
libpgtcl.a which I leave where it is (I don't know what to do with it but
it may just come in handy). The I modify Makefile manually with a text
editor. Essentially I modify two line:</P>
<P>before:</P>
<P># Shared library stuff</P>
<P>install-shlib-dep := shlib :=</P>
<P>after:</P>
<P># Shared library stuff</P>
<P>install-shlib-dep := install-shlib shlib := libpgtcl.so.1</P>
<P>Then gmake -f Makefile_modified. This creates two shared (.so) libraries:
libpgtcl.so and libpgtcl.so.1. I can't tell the difference between them
so I copied them both to /usr/lib/.</P>
</UL>
<P>d) running pgaccess:</P>
<UL>
<P>Uncompress pgaccess (usually with gunzip and tar). So long as 'wish'
(a binary produced when compiling tk8.0) is somewhere in your path, you
should be able to run pgaccess with:</P>
<P>wish -f $pgaccess_dir/pgaccess.tcl [postgreSQL_database_name]</P>
</UL>
<P>e) et voila!</P>
<P><B>3) Concluding remarks:</B></P>
<UL>
<P>As I stated at the start of this document, following the procedure indicated
above worked for me. I am sure, however, that a few of the steps are unnecessary/non-optimised/stupid
etc. If any Unix (IRIX) boffin is reading this and you spot anything you
would like to comment/correct etc. please e-mail me (stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk).
Also, if you just have questions and think I might help, please contact
me at the same e-mail.</P>
<P>Finally, I can accept no responsibility if these steps don't work for
you or if it all goes horribly wrong and you 'damage' your computer trying
them. Let common sense prevail!</P>
</UL>
<P>Good luck</P>
<P>Stuart Rison LICR University College London London W1P 8BT<BR>
<A HREF="mailto:stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk">stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk</A></P>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/maillist.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE></TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<P>The mailing list for PgAccess is : &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><TT>pgsql-interfaces@postgresql.org</TT></B></P>
<P>If you have some questions regarding PgAccess you should mail to this
address. I will also answer to messages addresed directly to me but it
would be better to post your messages here because it might be possible
to get an answer quickly from another user of PgAccess.</P>
<P>
<HR WIDTH="100%"></P>
<P>To subscribe please send a mail message to&nbsp;:</P>
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>pgsql-interfaces-request@postgresql.org
</FONT></TT></B>&nbsp;</P>
<P>having a single line in the body message :&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>subscribe</FONT></TT></B></P>
<P>In a couple of minutes , if everything is ok, you must receive something
like that :</P>
<P>
<HR WIDTH="100%"></P>
<P><TT>Welcome to the pgsql-interfaces mailing list!</TT></P>
<P><TT>Please save this message for future reference. Thank you.</TT></P>
<P><TT>If you ever want to remove yourself from this mailing list, you
can send mail to &lt;Majordomo@hub.org&gt; with the following command in
the body of your email message:</TT></P>
<P><TT>unsubscribe pgsql-interfaces yourname@yourdomain</TT></P>
<TT></TT>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/main.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.12 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h1>
PgAccess
<hr WIDTH="100%"></h1>
A free graphical database management tool for <a href="http://www.postgresql.org">PostgreSQL</a>.
PgAccess has been written by <a href="mailto:teo@flex.ro">Constantin Teodorescu</a>
using Visual Tcl, the best tool for developing Tcl/Tk applications I've
ever seen.
<p><b>Last version</b>
<br>Last stable version is 0.98 , released on 29 August 1999. Read <a href="whatsnew.html">what's
new</a> in 0.98.
<p><b>Portability issues</b>
<br>PgAccess is available for every platform where PostgreSQL was ported
and where a Tcl/Tk package is available. PgAccess has been reported running
on :
<br>- Linux
<br>- FreeBSD
<br>- Solaris
<br>- HPUX
<br>- Irix
<br>- Windows 95,98,NT
<p>PgAccess needs Tcl/Tk versions 8.0.x and higher thought PgAccess. For
win32 platforms there are some special DLL's that have to be downloaded
and installed, more information <a href="win32.html">here</a>.
<p>PgAccess is protected by the following <a href="copyright.html">copyright</a>.
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/old_index.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
<title>PgAccess - a Tcl/Tk PostgreSQL interface</title>
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<h1>
PgAccess - a free database management tool for <a href="http://www.postgreSQL.org">PostgreSQL</a></h1>
<hr>
<li>
Download the last version of PgAccess <a href="pgaccess-0.96.tar.gz">(press
shift and click this link) (tar.gz file)</a>&nbsp; or&nbsp;&nbsp; <a href="pgaccess.zip">this
one (zip file for Windows)</a></li>
<center>
<p><br>Latest stable version of PgAccess is 0.97 , released 16 August 1999
!
<p><font size=+2>PgAccess 0.93 and higher will not work from the beginning
with PostgreSQL 6.3.x !!</font>
<br><font size=+2>Read <a href="pg93patch.html">here</a> how to apply a
simple patch in order to make it work !</font></center>
<b><font color="#000000"><font size=+2></font></font></b>
<center><table BORDER=2 NOSAVE >
<tr NOSAVE>
<td NOSAVE><b><font color="#FF0000"><font size=+2>NEW</font></font></b></td>
<td NOSAVE><b><font color="#000000"><font size=+2>International version
(english, french, italian, romanian)</font></font></b></td>
</tr>
<tr NOSAVE>
<td NOSAVE><b><font color="#FF0000"><font size=+2>NEW</font></font></b></td>
<td><b><font size=+2>Context sensitive Help</font></b></td>
</tr>
</table></center>
<center>
<p>Precompiled libpgtcl and libpq binaries and dll's for i386 are <a href="ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess">here
</a>!!!</center>
<h3>
<font color="#000080">Installation problems</font></h3>
<ul>
<li>
Some problems related with locale special characters could be solved by
this <a href="specialchars.html">simple patch</a></li>
<li>
I think that there were some problems loading libpgtcl library. I invite
you to read a <a href="index.html#libpgtcl">special section concerning
libpgtcl</a></li>
<li>
For Silicon Graphics Indigo computers, Irix operating system, there is
a <a href="irix.html">HOWTO make PgAccess to work</a></li>
</ul>
<h3>
<font color="#191970">What does PgAccess now!</font></h3>
Here are some screenshots from PgAccess windows : <a href="pic-pga-1.gif">Main
window </a>, <a href="pic-pga-2.gif">table builder </a>, <a href="pic-pga-4.gif">table(query)
view </a>, <a href="pic-pga-3.gif">visual query builder </a>.
<p><b>Tables</b>
<br>- opening multiple tables for viewing, max. n records (changed by preferences
menu)
<br>- column resizing, dragging the vertical grid line (better in table
space rather than in the table header)
<br>- text wrap in cells - layout saved for every table
<br>- import/export to external files (SDF,CSV)
<br>- filter capabilities (enter filter like (price>3.14)
<br>- sort order capabilities (enter manually the sort field(s))
<br>- editing in place
<br>- improved table generator assistant
<br>- improved field editing
<br><b>Queries</b>
<br>- define , edit and stores "user defined queries"
<br>- store queries as views
<br>- execution of queries with optional user input parameters ( select
* from invoices where year=[parameter "Year of selection"] )
<br>- viewing of select type queries result
<br>- query deleting and renaming
<br>- visual query builder with drag &amp; drop capabilities. For any of
you who had installed the Tcl/Tk plugin for Netscape Navigator, you can
see it at work <a href="qbtclet.html">clicking here</a>
<br><b>Sequences</b>
<br>- defines sequences, delete them and inspect them
<br><b>Functions</b>
<br>- define, inspect and delete functions in SQL, plpgsql and pgtcl languages
<br><b>Reports</b>
<br>- design and display simple reports from tables
<br>- fields and labels, font changing, style and size
<br>- saves and loads report description from database
<br>- show report previews, sample postscript output file
<br><b>Forms</b>
<br>- open user defined forms
<br>- form design module available
<br>- query widget available, controls bound to query results
<br>- <a href="forms.html">click here</a> for a description of forms and
how they can be used
<br><b>Scripts</b>
<br>- define, modify and call user defined scripts
<br><b>Users</b>
<br>- define and modify user information
<p>Here is <a href="pga-rad.html">a special section concerning forms and
scripts</a> .
<p>This program is protected by the following <a href="copyright.html">copyright</a>
<p>If you have any comment, suggestion for improvements, please feel free
to e-mail to : <a href="mailto:teo@flex.ro">teo@flex.ro</a>
<p><b><font color="#FF1493"><font size=+2>Mailing list for PgAccess </font></font></b><a href="maillist.html">Here
you will find how to subscribe to this mailing list</a>.
<p>
<hr>
<h1>
More information about libpgtcl - downloads</h1>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Also, you will need the PostgreSQL to Tcl interface
library, lined as a Tcl/Tk 'load'-able module. It is called libpgtcl and
the source is located in the PostgreSQL directory /src/interfaces/libpgtcl.
Specifically, you will need a libpgtcl library that is 'load'-able from
Tcl/Tk.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This is technically different from
an ordinary PostgreSQL loadable object file, because libpgtcl is a collection
of object files. Under Linux, this is called libpgtcl.so.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; One of the solutions is to remove from the
source the line containing <b>load libpgtcl.so </b>and to load pgaccess.tcl
not with wish, but with pgwish (or wishpg) that wish that was linked with
libpgtcl library! I do not recommend this one.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If you have installed RedHat 5.x, you should
get the last distribution kit of PostgreSQL and compile it from scratch.
RedHat 5.x is using some new versions of libraries and you have to compile
and install again at least <b>libpq </b>and <b><tt>libpgtcl </tt></b>libraries.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PostgreSQL 6.4 release has a minor bug. I does not
include by default the crypt lib when compiling libpgtcl. So, you will
need to manually add a -lcrypt to SHLIB line in Makefile in src/interfaces/libpgtcl
and then make clean and make again. The new libpgtcl.so library is properly
configured to run pgaccess.
<br>&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/pg93patch.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.5 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.36 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body text="#000000" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" link="#0000FF" vlink="#FF0000" alink="#000088">
<h1>
PgAccess 0.93 patch to make it work with PostgreSQL 6.3.x
<hr WIDTH="100%"></h1>
<p><br>PgAccess 0.93 is working fine with PostgreSQL 6.4.x due to some
changes in libpgtcl !
<p>There is a small patch that you have to make in order to make it work
with 6.3.x !
<p>Replace in procedure <tt>wpg_exec</tt> the following line:
<p><tt>set pgsql(errmsg) [pg_result $pgsql(res) -error]</tt>
<p>with this one :
<p><tt>set pgsql(errmsg) "NO ERROR INFORMATION SUPPLIED"</tt>
<p>And it will work fine! In some error cases, you will not get the appropriate
error message from libpgtcl.
<p>&nbsp;<a href="index.html">Back</a>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/pga-rad.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.04 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>
PgAccess - Scripts and Forms&nbsp;
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
Beginning with 0.70 version, I have introduced in PgAccess two new modules
for operating with scripts and forms.
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp; This would give to PgAccess the power of creating application
directly into PgAccess, defining new modules, procedures, forms and possibly
making it a rapid development tool for PostgreSQL. The "scripts" and "forms"
modules are using two new tables called pga_forms and pga_scripts. PgAccess
take care of creating them if user is opening a new database and grant
ALL permissions on them to PUBLIC.
<BR>&nbsp;
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; Of course, when Designing a script, a simple text editor
is opened and text is saved as is in pga_scripts table. When "designing"
a form, a "form editor" that would be very similar with "Visual Tcl" is
invoked.
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp; This mechanism and the extremely versatile scripting mode
of Tcl/Tk would give PgAccess a great power for creating end user application
using PostgreSQL. The most important thing is that the user could call
procedures and functions that I have used for building up PgAccess !
<H3>
Forms</H3>
&nbsp;&nbsp; Forms are used for creating windows and placing widgets inside
it. When PgAccess interpret them, a new window appear, with buttons as
defined that could call "user defined scripts", "user defined procedures"
or "internal PgAccess procedures".
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; Forms can hold all the widgets allowed in Tcl/Tk , buttons,
check-boxes, radio-buttons, list-boxes, frames, canvases, etc. With these
forms, you can control your application so PgAccess would become just a
"shell", a startup point for you applications. See the&nbsp; <A HREF="forms.html">special
section concerning forms.</A>
<H3>
Scripts</H3>
&nbsp;&nbsp; Scripts are normal Tcl/Tk code that is interpreted by Tcl/Tk.
You can define your own procedures inside a script called "Library" for
example. You can call your procedures from within another script, from
another procedure.
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; The most important thing is that you have total access
to the PgAccess core of functions and procedures used by me in building
PgAccess as an application. Just write <B><TT><FONT COLOR="#000080">open_table
"Your sample table"</FONT></TT></B> and you'll see the result.
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; If you are writing a script called "Autoexec" then it
will be executed every time the database is opened. You can put inside
different commands that you want to be executed such as : running scripts
that would define your own procedures such as <B><TT><FONT COLOR="#000080">execute_script
"My own procedure library"</FONT></TT></B> or open a form with <B><TT><FONT COLOR="#000080">open_form
"Main window with menu buttons"</FONT></TT></B> , and so on.
<P>
<HR WIDTH="100%">
<BR>Remember : I'm waiting your messages at <A HREF="mailto:teo@flex.ro">teo@flex.ro</A>
<P>
<HR WIDTH="50%">
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/qbtclet.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html>
<title> Visual Query Builder in Tcl/Tk </title>
<body bgcolor=white>
<h1> Visual Query Builder</h1>
<hr>
This visual query builder is included in <a href='http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess'>
PgAccess</a>, a visual interface to
<a href='http://www.postgreSQL.org'> PostgreSQL</a> written entirely in
vTcl , (Visual Tcl).
<p align="center">
<embed src="qbtclet.tcl" width=590 height=485>
</p>
<br>
Visual Query Designer demo<br>
Click <a href='qbtclet.tar.gz'>here</a> to download the source </a>
created by Constantin Teodorescu with vTcl (visual Tcl), teo@flex.ro
<hr>
Facitilies<br>
- drag and drop selection of fields<br>
- drag and drop fields from a table to another do create links<br>
- move table position by dragging<br>
- point and click any link or table then press delete to delete them<br>
- modify sort order by clicking on (unsorted)<br>
- enter filter conditions as criteria (>2000 , ='item')<br>
- easy panning of table and result panels<br>
- show SQL command<br>
<br>
If you want to use it for your database, modify ql_read_struct in order to read
your table structure.
<br>
Feel free to use, modify or copy this software for non-commercial purposes.<br>
In any other case, please contact me.
<br>
FLEX Consulting Braila, ROMANIA is able to deliver high end interfaces
and any other commercial products written in Tcl/Tk just like that you have seen.
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/qbtclet.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
#################################
# GLOBAL VARIABLES
#
global qlvar;
global widget;
#################################
# USER DEFINED PROCEDURES
#
proc init {argc argv} {
global qlvar
set qlvar(yoffs) 360
set qlvar(xoffs) 50
set qlvar(reswidth) 150
}
init $argc $argv
proc main {argc argv} {
}
proc show_message {usrmsg} {
global msg
set msg $usrmsg
after 2000 {set msg {}}
}
proc ql_delete_object {} {
global qlvar
# Checking if there
set obj [.c find withtag hili]
if {$obj==""} return
if {[ql_get_tag_info $obj link]=="s"} {
# if {[tk_messageBox -title WARNING -icon question -message "Remove link ?" -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
show_message "Deleting the link from tables ..."
set linkid [ql_get_tag_info $obj lkid]
set qlvar(links) [lreplace $qlvar(links) $linkid $linkid]
.c delete links
ql_draw_links
} else {
set tablename [ql_get_tag_info $obj tab]
if {$tablename==""} return
# if {[tk_messageBox -title WARNING -icon question -message "Remove table $tablename from query ?" -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
show_message "Deleting table from query ..."
for {set i [expr [llength $qlvar(restables)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
if {$tablename==[lindex $qlvar(restables) $i]} {
set qlvar(resfields) [lreplace $qlvar(resfields) $i $i]
set qlvar(restables) [lreplace $qlvar(restables) $i $i]
set qlvar(rescriteria) [lreplace $qlvar(rescriteria) $i $i]
}
}
for {set i [expr [llength $qlvar(links)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
set thelink [lindex $qlvar(links) $i]
if {($tablename==[lindex $thelink 0]) || ($tablename==[lindex $thelink 2])} {
set qlvar(links) [lreplace $qlvar(links) $i $i]
}
}
.c delete tab$tablename
.c delete links
ql_draw_links
ql_draw_res_panel
}
}
proc ql_dragit {w x y} {
global draginfo
if {"$draginfo(obj)" != ""} {
set dx [expr $x - $draginfo(x)]
set dy [expr $y - $draginfo(y)]
if {$draginfo(is_a_table)} {
set taglist [.c gettags $draginfo(obj)]
set tabletag [lindex $taglist [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^tab"]]
$w move $tabletag $dx $dy
ql_draw_links
} else {
$w move $draginfo(obj) $dx $dy
}
set draginfo(x) $x
set draginfo(y) $y
}
}
proc ql_dragstart {w x y} {
global draginfo
catch {unset draginfo}
set draginfo(obj) [$w find closest $x $y]
if {[ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) r]=="ect"} {
# If it'a a rectangle, exit
set draginfo(obj) {}
return
}
. configure -cursor hand1
.c raise $draginfo(obj)
set draginfo(table) 0
if {[ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) table]=="header"} {
set draginfo(is_a_table) 1
.c itemconfigure [.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.c dtag [.c find withtag hili] hili
.c addtag hili withtag $draginfo(obj)
.c itemconfigure hili -fill blue
} else {
set draginfo(is_a_table) 0
}
set draginfo(x) $x
set draginfo(y) $y
set draginfo(sx) $x
set draginfo(sy) $y
}
proc ql_dragstop {x y} {
global draginfo qlvar
. configure -cursor top_left_arrow
set este {}
catch {set este $draginfo(obj)}
if {$este==""} return
# Re-establish the normal paint order so
# information won't be overlapped by table rectangles
# or link linkes
.c lower $draginfo(obj)
.c lower rect
.c lower links
set qlvar(panstarted) 0
if {$draginfo(is_a_table)} {
set draginfo(obj) {}
.c delete links
ql_draw_links
return
}
.c move $draginfo(obj) [expr $draginfo(sx)-$x] [expr $draginfo(sy)-$y]
if {($y>$qlvar(yoffs)) && ($x>$qlvar(xoffs))} {
# Drop position : inside the result panel
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$qlvar(xoffs)]
set newfld [.c itemcget $draginfo(obj) -text]
set tabtag [ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) tab]
set col [expr int(($x-$qlvar(xoffs)-$resoffset)/$qlvar(reswidth))]
set qlvar(resfields) [linsert $qlvar(resfields) $col $newfld]
set qlvar(ressort) [linsert $qlvar(ressort) $col unsorted]
set qlvar(rescriteria) [linsert $qlvar(rescriteria) $col {}]
set qlvar(restables) [linsert $qlvar(restables) $col $tabtag]
ql_draw_res_panel
} else {
# Drop position : in the table panel
set droptarget [.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]
set targettable {}
foreach item $droptarget {
set targettable [ql_get_tag_info $item tab]
set targetfield [ql_get_tag_info $item f-]
if {($targettable!="") && ($targetfield!="")} {
set droptarget $item
break
}
}
# check if target object isn't a rectangle
if {[ql_get_tag_info $droptarget rec]=="t"} {set targettable {}}
if {$targettable!=""} {
# Target has a table
# See about originate table
set sourcetable [ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) tab]
if {$sourcetable!=""} {
# Source has also a tab .. tag
set sourcefield [ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) f-]
if {$sourcetable!=$targettable} {
lappend qlvar(links) [list $sourcetable $sourcefield $targettable $targetfield $draginfo(obj) $droptarget]
ql_draw_links
}
}
}
}
# Erase information about onbject beeing dragged
set draginfo(obj) {}
}
proc ql_draw_links {} {
global qlvar
.c delete links
set i 0
foreach link $qlvar(links) {
# Compute the source and destination right edge
set sre [lindex [.c bbox tab[lindex $link 0]] 2]
set dre [lindex [.c bbox tab[lindex $link 2]] 2]
# Compute field bound boxes
set sbbox [.c bbox [lindex $link 4]]
set dbbox [.c bbox [lindex $link 5]]
# Compute the auxiliary lines
if {[lindex $sbbox 2] < [lindex $dbbox 0]} {
# Source object is on the left of target object
set x1 $sre
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1+10] $y1 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 [lindex $dbbox 0]
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.c create line [expr $x2-10] $y2 $x2 $y2 -tags {links} -width 3
.c create line [expr $x1+10] $y1 [expr $x2-10] $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
} else {
# source object is on the right of target object
set x1 [lindex $sbbox 0]
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1-10] $y1 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 $dre
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.c create line $x2 $y2 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -width 3 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}]
.c create line [expr $x1-10] $y1 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
}
incr i
}
.c lower links
.c bind links <Button-1> {ql_link_click %x %y}
}
proc ql_draw_lizzard {} {
global qlvar
ql_read_struct
.c delete all
set posx 20
for {set it 0} {$it<$qlvar(ntables)} {incr it} {
ql_draw_table $it
# set posy 10
# set tablename $qlvar(tablename$it)
# .c create text $posx $posy -text $tablename -anchor nw -tags [subst {tab$tablename f-oid mov tableheader}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
# incr posy 16
# foreach fld $qlvar(tablestruct$it) {
# .c create text $posx $posy -text $fld -anchor nw -tags [subst {f-$fld tab$tablename mov}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
# incr posy 14
# }
# set reg [.c bbox tab$tablename]
# .c create rectangle [lindex $reg 0] [lindex $reg 1] [lindex $reg 2] [lindex $reg 3] -fill #EEEEEE -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
# .c create line [lindex $reg 0] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] [lindex $reg 2] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
# set posx [expr $posx+40+[lindex $reg 2]-[lindex $reg 0]]
}
.c lower rect
.c create line 0 $qlvar(yoffs) 10000 $qlvar(yoffs) -width 3
.c create rectangle 0 $qlvar(yoffs) 10000 5000 -fill #FFFFFF
for {set i [expr 15+$qlvar(yoffs)]} {$i<500} {incr i 15} {
.c create line $qlvar(xoffs) $i 10000 $i -fill #CCCCCC -tags {resgrid}
}
for {set i $qlvar(xoffs)} {$i<10000} {incr i $qlvar(reswidth)} {
.c create line $i [expr 1+$qlvar(yoffs)] $i 10000 -fill #cccccc -tags {resgrid}
}
# Make a marker for result panel offset calculations (due to panning)
.c create line $qlvar(xoffs) $qlvar(yoffs) $qlvar(xoffs) 500 -tags {resmarker resgrid}
.c create rectangle 0 $qlvar(yoffs) $qlvar(xoffs) 5000 -fill #EEEEEE -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 1+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Field: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 16+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Table: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 31+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Sort: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 46+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Criteria: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c bind mov <Button-1> {ql_dragstart %W %x %y}
.c bind mov <B1-Motion> {ql_dragit %W %x %y}
bind . <ButtonRelease-1> {ql_dragstop %x %y}
bind . <Button-1> {qlc_click %x %y %W}
bind . <B1-Motion> {ql_pan %x %y}
bind . <Key-Delete> {ql_delete_object}
set qlvar(resfields) {}
set qlvar(ressort) {}
set qlvar(rescriteria) {}
set qlvar(restables) {}
set qlvar(critedit) 0
set qlvar(links) {}
set qlvar(linktodelete) {}
}
proc ql_draw_res_panel {} {
global qlvar
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$qlvar(xoffs)]
.c delete resp
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} {incr i} {
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr 1+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text [lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i] -anchor nw -fill navy -tags {resf resp} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr 16+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text [lindex $qlvar(restables) $i] -anchor nw -tags {resp rest} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr 31+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text [lindex $qlvar(ressort) $i] -anchor nw -tags {resp sort} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
if {[lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $i]!=""} {
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr $qlvar(yoffs)+46+15*0] -anchor nw -text [lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $i] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags [subst {resp cr-c$i-r0}]
}
}
.c raise reshdr
.c bind sort <Button-1> {ql_swap_sort %W %x %y}
}
proc ql_draw_table {it} {
global qlvar
set posy 10
set allbox [.c bbox rect]
if {$allbox==""} {set posx 10} else {set posx [expr 20+[lindex $allbox 2]]}
set tablename $qlvar(tablename$it)
.c create text $posx $posy -text $tablename -anchor nw -tags [subst {tab$tablename f-oid mov tableheader}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
incr posy 16
foreach fld $qlvar(tablestruct$it) {
.c create text $posx $posy -text $fld -anchor nw -tags [subst {f-$fld tab$tablename mov}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
incr posy 14
}
set reg [.c bbox tab$tablename]
.c create rectangle [lindex $reg 0] [lindex $reg 1] [lindex $reg 2] [lindex $reg 3] -fill #EEEEEE -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
.c create line [lindex $reg 0] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] [lindex $reg 2] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
}
proc ql_get_tag_info {obj prefix} {
set taglist [.c gettags $obj]
set tagpos [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^$prefix"]
if {$tagpos==-1} {return ""}
set thattag [lindex $taglist $tagpos]
return [string range $thattag [string length $prefix] end]
}
proc ql_link_click {x y} {
global qlvar
set obj [.c find closest $x $y 1 links]
if {[ql_get_tag_info $obj link]!="s"} return
.c itemconfigure [.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.c dtag [.c find withtag hili] hili
.c addtag hili withtag $obj
.c itemconfigure $obj -fill blue
}
proc ql_pan {x y} {
global qlvar
set panstarted 0
catch {set panstarted $qlvar(panstarted) }
if {!$panstarted} return
set dx [expr $x-$qlvar(panstartx)]
set dy [expr $y-$qlvar(panstarty)]
set qlvar(panstartx) $x
set qlvar(panstarty) $y
if {$qlvar(panobject)=="tables"} {
.c move mov $dx $dy
.c move links $dx $dy
.c move rect $dx $dy
} else {
.c move resp $dx 0
.c move resgrid $dx 0
.c raise reshdr
}
}
proc ql_read_struct {} {
global qlvar
set qlvar(ntables) 3
set qlvar(tablename0) Facturi
set qlvar(tablename1) Nommat
set qlvar(tablename2) Incasari
set qlvar(tablestruct0) [list factura client valoare tva]
set qlvar(tablestruct1) [list cod denumire pret greutate procent_tva]
set qlvar(tablestruct2) [list data valoare nrdoc referinta]
}
proc ql_show_sql {} {
global qlvar
set sqlcmd "select "
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} {incr i} {
if {$sqlcmd!="select "} {set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd, "}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd[lindex $qlvar(restables) $i].[lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i]"
}
set tables {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$qlvar(ntables)} {incr i} {
lappend tables $qlvar(tablename$i)
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd from [join $tables ,] "
set sup1 {}
if {[llength $qlvar(links)]>0} {
set sup1 "where "
foreach link $qlvar(links) {
if {$sup1!="where "} {set sup1 "$sup1 and "}
set sup1 "$sup1 ([lindex $link 0].[lindex $link 1]=[lindex $link 2].[lindex $link 3])"
}
}
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} {incr i} {
set crit [lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $i]
if {$crit!=""} {
if {$sup1==""} {set sup1 "where "}
if {[string range $sup1 0 4]=="where"} {set sup1 "$sup1 and "}
set sup1 "$sup1 ([lindex $qlvar(restables) $i].[lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i]$crit) "
}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd $sup1"
set sup2 {}
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(ressort)]} {incr i} {
set how [lindex $qlvar(ressort) $i]
if {$how!="unsorted"} {
if {$how=="Ascending"} {set how asc} else {set how desc}
if {$sup2==""} {set sup2 " order by "} else {set sup2 "$sup2,"}
set sup2 "$sup2 [lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i] $how "
}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd $sup2"
set qlvar(sql) $sqlcmd
#tk_messageBox -message $sqlcmd
.c delete sqlpage
.c create rectangle 0 0 2000 [expr $qlvar(yoffs)-1] -fill #ffffff -tags {sqlpage}
.c create text 10 10 -text $sqlcmd -anchor nw -width 550 -tags {sqlpage} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
.c bind sqlpage <Button-1> {.c delete sqlpage}
}
proc ql_swap_sort {w x y} {
global qlvar
set obj [$w find closest $x $y]
set taglist [.c gettags $obj]
if {[lsearch $taglist sort]==-1} return
set cum [.c itemcget $obj -text]
if {$cum=="unsorted"} {
set cum Ascending
} elseif {$cum=="Ascending"} {
set cum Descending
} else {
set cum unsorted
}
set col [expr int(($x-$qlvar(xoffs))/$qlvar(reswidth))]
set qlvar(ressort) [lreplace $qlvar(ressort) $col $col $cum]
.c itemconfigure $obj -text $cum
}
proc qlc_click {x y w} {
global qlvar
set qlvar(panstarted) 0
if {$w==".c"} {
set canpan 1
if {$y<$qlvar(yoffs)} {
if {[llength [.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]]!=0} {set canpan 0}
set qlvar(panobject) tables
} else {
set qlvar(panobject) result
}
if {$canpan} {
. configure -cursor hand1
set qlvar(panstartx) $x
set qlvar(panstarty) $y
set qlvar(panstarted) 1
}
}
set isedit 0
catch {set isedit $qlvar(critedit)}
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$qlvar(xoffs)]
if {$isedit} {
set qlvar(rescriteria) [lreplace $qlvar(rescriteria) $qlvar(critcol) $qlvar(critcol) $qlvar(critval)]
.c delete cr-c$qlvar(critcol)-r$qlvar(critrow)
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$qlvar(critcol)*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr $qlvar(yoffs)+46+15*$qlvar(critrow)] -anchor nw -text $qlvar(critval) -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags [subst {resp cr-c$qlvar(critcol)-r$qlvar(critrow)}]
set qlvar(critedit) 0
}
catch {destroy .entc}
if {$y<[expr $qlvar(yoffs)+46]} return
if {$x<[expr $qlvar(xoffs)+5]} return
set col [expr int(($x-$qlvar(xoffs)-$resoffset)/$qlvar(reswidth))]
if {$col>=[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} return
set nx [expr $col*$qlvar(reswidth)+8+$qlvar(xoffs)+$resoffset]
set ny [expr $qlvar(yoffs)+76]
# Get the old criteria value
set qlvar(critval) [lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $col]
entry .entc -textvar qlvar(critval) -borderwidth 0 -background #FFFFFF -highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
place .entc -x $nx -y $ny -height 14
focus .entc
bind .entc <Button-1> {set qlvar(panstarted) 0}
set qlvar(critcol) $col
set qlvar(critrow) 0
set qlvar(critedit) 1
}
proc Window {args} {
global vTcl
set cmd [lindex $args 0]
set name [lindex $args 1]
set newname [lindex $args 2]
set rest [lrange $args 3 end]
if {$name == "" || $cmd == ""} {return}
if {$newname == ""} {
set newname $name
}
set exists [winfo exists $newname]
switch $cmd {
show {
if {$exists == "1" && $name != "."} {wm deiconify $name; return}
if {[info procs vTclWindow(pre)$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow(pre)$name $newname $rest"
}
if {[info procs vTclWindow$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow$name $newname $rest"
}
if {[info procs vTclWindow(post)$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow(post)$name $newname $rest"
}
}
hide { if $exists {wm withdraw $newname; return} }
iconify { if $exists {wm iconify $newname; return} }
destroy { if $exists {destroy $newname; return} }
}
}
set base ""
bind $base <B1-Motion> {
ql_pan %x %y
}
bind $base <Button-1> {
qlc_click %x %y %W
}
bind $base <ButtonRelease-1> {
ql_dragstop %x %y
}
bind $base <Key-Delete> {
ql_delete_object
}
canvas $base.c \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -relief ridge \
-takefocus 0 -width 295
label $base.msg -textvar msg -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
button $base.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command ql_draw_lizzard \
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text {Paint demo tables}
button $base.showbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command ql_show_sql \
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text {Show SQL}
###################
# SETTING GEOMETRY
###################
place $base.c \
-x 5 -y 30 -width 578 -height 425 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b2 \
-x 5 -y 5 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.showbtn \
-x 130 -y 5 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.msg \
-x 5 -y 460 -width 578 -anchor nw
main $argc $argv
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/screenshots.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.12 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h3>
Image gallery
<hr WIDTH="100%"></h3>
<ul>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="mainwindow.gif">Main window</a> 9 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="newtable.gif">Creating a new table</a> 9 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="permissions.gif">Table access control</a> 10 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="addindex.gif">Adding a new index</a> 12 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="vdesigner.gif">The visual query designer</a> 16 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="function.gif">Working with functions</a> 10 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="forms.gif">Form designer</a> 19 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="newuser.gif">User management</a> 4 Kb</li>
<li>
&nbsp;<a href="help.gif">Help</a> 7 Kb</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/specialchars.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Special locale characters</TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>Special locale characters and PgAccess
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
<P>The problem is related with some special characters used in different
countries because PgAccess did not use fonts with `-ISO8859-1' encoding
-- </P>
<P>The sollution was proposed by H.P.Heidinger ( hph@hphbbs.ruhr.de) and
it's very simple.</P>
<P>If you look into PgAccess, you will find fonts declared as follows :</P>
<P><TT>$ grep -e '-font' -i pgaccess.tcl<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \</TT></P>
<P>It should be something like: -adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1</P>
<P>You can achieve this by running the following script :</P>
<P><TT>#!/bin/sh<BR>
cp pgaccess.tcl pgaccess.tcl-org<BR>
cat pgaccess.tcl |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\ /\-iso8859\-1\ /g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\}/\-iso8859\-1}/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\]/\-iso8859\-1]/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*$/\-iso8859\-1/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-Clean\-/\-Fixed\-/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/clean/fixed/g' &gt;pgaccess.iso<BR>
mv pgaccess.iso pgaccess.tcl<BR>
chmod +x pgaccess.tcl</TT></P>
<P>The final version of PgAccess (1.0) will let the user decide what fonts
will be used through a &quot;preferences&quot; dialog window.</P>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/todo.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h2>ToDo List</h2><hr>
- Finish the report generator module<br>
- Enhance the form designer<br>
- Enhance the scripts module<br>
- Translations in other languages<br>
<br>
Please send any suggestions by mail to <a href="mailto:teo@flex.ro">Constantin Teodorescu</a>.
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/index.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html><head><title>PgAccess - a Tcl/Tk interface for PostgreSQL</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess - a Tcl/Tk interface for PostgreSQL</h1>
<hr>
<a name="intro">
<ul><li><a href="intro.html">Introduction</a>
<ul><li><a href="intro.html#whatpga">What is PgAccess?</a>
<li><a href="intro.html#helppga">How to get help with PgAccess</a>
</ul>
<a name="start">
<li><a href="start.html">Getting Started</a>
<ul><li><a href="start.html#getpga">How to get PgAccess</a>
<li><a href="start.html#uncpga">How to uncompress PgAccess</a>
<li><a href="start.html#putpga">Putting PgAccess where it will be found</a>
<li><a href="start.html#startpga">Starting PgAccess</a>
<li><a href="irix.html">Installing PgAccess under IRIX 5.3</a>
</ul>
<a name="problems">
<li><a href="problems.html">Common Initial Problems</a>
<ul><li><a href="problems.html#connfail">Connection failure</a>
<li><a href="problems.html#nonuser">User not defined</a>
<li><a href="problems.html#libpg">libpgtcl not found</a>
<li><a href="problems.html#spchar">Locale specific characters</a>
<li><a href="problems.html#pg63">Problems with PostgreSQL 6.3.x</a>
</ul>
<li><a href="tut.html">PgAccess tutorial</a>
<ul><li><a href="tut_user.html">User Administration</a>
<li><a href="tut_new.html">Creating a table</a>
<li><a href="tut_edit.html">Editing a table</a>
<li><a href="tut_sel1.html">Querying - SELECT</a>
</ul>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/intro.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess - Introduction</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess - Introduction</h1>
<a name="whatpga"><h2>What is PgAccess?</h2>
PgAccess is a graphical user interface for the PostgreSQL database management
system written in the Tcl/Tk scripting language by Constantin Teodorescu. It
allows the user to interact with PostgreSQL in a manner similar to many PC
database applications, with menu choices and graphical tools like buttons.
This means that the user can avoid the basic command line interface for most
common tasks. PgAccess doesn't change the way PostgreSQL operates, just makes
it easier to use for those familiar with graphical interfaces.<p>
Obviously, you <u>must</u> have PostgreSQL installed and running, and Tcl/Tk on
your system before you can use PgAccess.<p>
PgAccess is an "open source" application. The source code is available to the
user, and may be modified by the user. The user can fix a bug, or change the
way a function operates. You may not want to get that involved with the
programming, but you have the option to do so. If you feel you have made an
improvement to the program, you are encouraged to share it with other users.<p>
If you are not familiar with how open source software can be altered and
redistributed, please read <a href="copyright.html">this</a>.<p>
<a name="helppga"><h2>How to get help with PgAccess</h2>
The mailing list for PgAccess is: <b>pgsql-interfaces@postgresql.org</b><p>
If you have any questions regarding PgAccess you should subscribe to this
list in the following way:<p>
First subscribe to the list by sending an email message to:<p>
<samp>pgsql-interfaces-request@postgresql.org</samp><p>
Send a single line in the body of the message as follows:<p>
<samp>subscribe</samp><p>
In a short time you should receive a message beginning like this:<p>
<samp>Welcome to the pgsql-interfaces mailing list!<br>
...</samp><p>
This will contain instructions on how to remove yourself from the mailing
list, so save that message. You may only want to ask a few questions and then
stop receiving messages.<p>
You may also email <a href="mailto:teo@flex.ro">Constantin Teodorescu</a>
directly, although writing to a mailing list with many correspondents will often
produce a quicker answer.<p>
<a href="index.html#intro">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/irix.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>PgAccess on Irix</TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.33 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>INSTALLING PgAccess UNDER IRIX 5.3.
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
<P><B><FONT COLOR="#000080">This HOWO-TO make PgAccess working under Irix
is written by Stuart Rison</FONT></B></P>
<P>These are the steps that I had to follow to get pgaccess to run on an
INDIGO2 running postgreSQL 6.3.2 under IRIX 5.3. I make no guarantee whatsoever
that the same step will work for others but at least it should point you
in the right direction. Also, I am a biologist by training so I only got
pgaccess working by fudging (that is, trial and error) this means that
some of the steps may be unnecessary (e.g. compiling $postgreSQL_source/src/interfaces/libpgtcl
as both a shared and static library) and they certainly haven't been optimised
(I know nothing about compiler switches etc.).</P>
<P><B>1) Requirements:</B></P>
<UL>
<P>You will need:</P>
<UL>
<LI>postgreSQL source (http://www.postgresql.org)</LI>
<LI>tcl8.0 source (http://www.tclconsortium.org/)</LI>
<LI>tk8.0 source (http://www.tclconsortium.org/)</LI>
<LI>pgaccess source (http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess)</LI>
</UL>
</UL>
<P><B>2) Installation:</B></P>
<P>a) tcl/tk:</P>
<UL>
<P>You must first install tcl and then tk (in that order). I just used
./configure, no switches and gmake. Their installation should be trouble
free. Then you must move headers and libraries to the right places so:</P>
<P>Header files: both tcl and tk have a header file (tcl.h and tk.h). The
tcl.h file is in $tcl_source_dir/generic and the tk.h file is in $tk_source_dir/generic;
both should be copied to /usr/local/include.</P>
<P>Libraries: compilation (with cc) of tcl and tk yield libraries libtcl8.0.a
and libtk8.0.a in $source_dir/unix. Both should be copied to /usr/local/lib.</P>
</UL>
<P>b) postgreSQL:</P>
<UL>
<P>Make sure you have a fully patched postgreSQL source. If your ./configure
says it can't load 'IRIX' settings then you most probably will need to
patch ./configure.</P>
<P>Configure using ./configure with the following switches: ./configure
--with-includes=/usr/local/include</P>
<P>--with-libraries=/usr/local/lib --with-tcl [this and previous line as
one]</P>
<P>Then make, make install as usual</P>
</UL>
<P>c) Compiling libpgtcl:</P>
<UL>
<P>The source for libpgtcl is in $postgreSQL_directory/src/interfaces/libpgsql.</P>
<P>I do this twice. Once with just gmake. This produces a static library
libpgtcl.a which I leave where it is (I don't know what to do with it but
it may just come in handy). The I modify Makefile manually with a text
editor. Essentially I modify two line:</P>
<P>before:</P>
<P># Shared library stuff</P>
<P>install-shlib-dep := shlib :=</P>
<P>after:</P>
<P># Shared library stuff</P>
<P>install-shlib-dep := install-shlib shlib := libpgtcl.so.1</P>
<P>Then gmake -f Makefile_modified. This creates two shared (.so) libraries:
libpgtcl.so and libpgtcl.so.1. I can't tell the difference between them
so I copied them both to /usr/lib/.</P>
</UL>
<P>d) running pgaccess:</P>
<UL>
<P>Uncompress pgaccess (usually with gunzip and tar). So long as 'wish'
(a binary produced when compiling tk8.0) is somewhere in your path, you
should be able to run pgaccess with:</P>
<P>wish -f $pgaccess_dir/pgaccess.tcl [postgreSQL_database_name]</P>
</UL>
<P>e) et voila!</P>
<P><B>3) Concluding remarks:</B></P>
<UL>
<P>As I stated at the start of this document, following the procedure indicated
above worked for me. I am sure, however, that a few of the steps are unnecessary/non-optimised/stupid
etc. If any Unix (IRIX) boffin is reading this and you spot anything you
would like to comment/correct etc. please e-mail me (stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk).
Also, if you just have questions and think I might help, please contact
me at the same e-mail.</P>
<P>Finally, I can accept no responsibility if these steps don't work for
you or if it all goes horribly wrong and you 'damage' your computer trying
them. Let common sense prevail!</P>
</UL>
<P>Good luck</P>
<P>Stuart Rison LICR University College London London W1P 8BT<BR>
<A HREF="mailto:stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk">stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk</A></P>
<a href="index.html#start">Back to index</a>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/newref.txt deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
Cassileth, BR~Unorthodox Cancer Medicine~Cancer Investigation~~1986~4~6~591-598
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/problems.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess - Common Problems</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>Common Problems with PgAccess</h1>
<a name="connfail"><h2>Connection failure</h2>
One of the most common initial problems is the message:<p>
<samp>Error connecting database<br>
Connection to database failed<br>
connectDB() failed: Is the<br>
postmaster running and<br>
accepting TCP/IP (with -i)<br>
connections at 'localhost' on<br>
port '5432'?</samp><p>
This usually occurs because the "postmaster" (the postgreSQL backend) was not
started with the <samp>-i</samp> option. Usually just adding <samp>-i</samp> to
the command line that starts the postmaster and restarting will fix this.<p>
If you have installed the prewritten script to start <b>postgreSQL</b>
automatically, this option is (currently) commented out:<p>
<samp># PGOPTS="-i"</samp><p>
just remove the hash and space and comment out the "blank" option above:<p>
<samp>PGOPTS=""</samp><p>
<a name="nonuser"><h2>User not defined</h2>
Initially, <b>postgreSQL</b> only has one user, <samp>postgres</samp>, and any
other user who starts up PgAccess will get the message:<p>
<samp>Error connecting database<br>
Connection to database failed<br>
FATAL 1: SetUserId: user<br>
'jim' is not in 'pg_shadow'</samp><p>
See <b>User Administration</b> in the <b>PgAccess tutorial</b> for a description
of how to create users.<p>
<a name="libpg"><h2>libpgtcl not found</h2>
PgAccess requires a library of functions named <samp>libpgtcl</samp>. This
should be available with the postgreSQL distribution, and is usually placed in
the correct location when installing postgreSQL. First check that there is a
file named <samp>libpgtcl.so</samp> (perhaps with a number appended - or
<samp>libpgtcl.dll</samp> on Windows systems) on your
system. If not, you will have to download and perhaps compile this library.<p>
<samp>ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess</samp><p>
is one place that you can download precompiled libpgtcl libraries for
PgAccess.<p>
<a name="spchar">
<h2>Locale specific characters</h2>
This problem occurs with some special characters used in different
countries because PgAccess did not use fonts with `-ISO8859-1' encoding.<p>
One solution was proposed by H.P.Heidinger ( hph@hphbbs.ruhr.de) and
is very simple.<p>
If you look in the file pgaccess.tcl, you will find the fonts declared in
this manner:<p>
<TT>$ grep -e '-font' -i pgaccess.tcl<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<br>
...</TT></P>
The font declarations should be altered to:<p>
<tt>-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1<br>
...</tt><p>
That is, inserting an asterisk between the first pair of hyphens, and changing
the final two asterisks to <samp>iso8859</samp> and <samp>1</samp>
respectively.<p>
You can alter the source code by running the following script :
<P><TT>#!/bin/sh<BR>
cp pgaccess.tcl pgaccess.tcl-org<BR>
cat pgaccess.tcl |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\ /\-iso8859\-1\ /g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\}/\-iso8859\-1}/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\]/\-iso8859\-1]/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*$/\-iso8859\-1/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-Clean\-/\-Fixed\-/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/clean/fixed/g' &gt;pgaccess.iso<BR>
mv pgaccess.iso pgaccess.tcl<BR>
chmod +x pgaccess.tcl</TT><P>
The final version of PgAccess (1.0) will let the user decide what fonts
will be used through a &quot;preferences&quot; dialog window.</p>
<a name="pg63">
<h2>Problem with PostgreSQL 6.3.x</h2>
PgAccess 0.93 and later may have problems working with PostgreSQL 6.3.x.
Changes in libpgtcl have been made to remove these, but if you are
using PostgreSQL 6.3.x, this patch will allow you to get around the problems.<p>
In the procedure <tt>wpg_exec</tt> change the following line:<p>
<tt>set pgsql(errmsg) [pg_result $pgsql(res) -error]</tt><p>
to this:<p>
<tt>set pgsql(errmsg) "NO ERROR INFORMATION SUPPLIED"</tt><p>
and the program will work. The only disadvantage is that with some error
conditions, you will not get the appropriate error message from libpgtcl.<p>
<a href="index.html#problems">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/start.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess - Getting Started</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess - Getting Started</h1>
<a name="getpga"><h2>How to get PgAccess</h2>
If you have this HTML help system, you have probably already downloaded
PgAccess. If not, or you wish to download the latest version, it is available
from the URL:<p>
<samp>http://www.flex.ro</samp><p>
The home page will contain instructions on which files to download for your
operating system. Download the file to a directory where the program will
eventually reside (see below).<p>
<a name="uncpga"><h2>How to uncompress PgAccess</h2>
PgAccess, like most applications available for download, is usually downloaded
in compressed format to save download time. You must uncompress these files in
order to use the application.<p>
<h3>UNIX (Linux, BSD, IRIX, Solaris, etc.)</h3>
The files will be compressed using "gzip" and packaged using "tar", and have
filenames like this:<p>
<samp>pgaccess-n.nn.tar.gz</samp><p>
Note that "n.nn" will be the version number in an actual file.<p>
First decide where you want to have the program. A typical location on UNIX
systems is <samp>/usr/local/src/&lt;name&gt;</samp>, where &lt;name&gt; is the name of
the program. To use this location, download or move the "tar.gz" file to the
directory <samp>/usr/local/src</samp>. Change to that directory, and
uncompress the file with the command:<p>
<samp>tar -zxvf pgaccess-n.nn.tar.gz</samp><p>
You should see the files listed as they are uncompressed and placed in the new
directory, and now have a directory named:<p>
<samp>/usr/local/src/pgaccess</samp><p>
In that directory will be all of the files that were packaged in the downloaded
file. When you have PgAccess working, you can delete the file with the ".tar"
or ".tar.gz" extension.
<h3>Windows</h3>
The files will be compressed so that "WinZip" will uncompress the package. Just
open the file with "WinZip" and the program files will be extracted.<p>
<a name="putpga"><h2>Putting PgAccess where it will be found</h2>
<h3>UNIX</h3>
In order to run PgAccess easily, the program file "pgaccess.tcl" should be in a
location on the "PATH" of the system. You can find out what the PATH is by
entering:<p>
<samp>echo $PATH<br>
/sbin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin:/usr/local/bin:./:/usr/local/pgsql/bin
</samp><p>
Usually the directory <samp>/usr/local/bin</samp> will be in your PATH, and that
is a fairly common place to put programs like PgAccess. Other common
directories in the PATH are <samp>/usr/bin</samp> and <samp>/usr/sbin</samp>.
Simply move the file "pgaccess.tcl" to the directory where you want it.<p>
<h3>Windows</h3>
You will usually link PgAccess to an icon, so just specify the full path to the
program when you create the icon.
<a name=startpga"><h2>Starting PgAccess</h2>
The easiest way to start PgAccess is to simply invoke the program by name:<p>
<samp>pgaccess.tcl</samp><p>
If the program has been placed in a directory listed in the PATH, the PgAccess
window should appear.<p>
<h3>Starting from a menu</h3>
Most users will want to link the program to a menu or icon so that it can be
started using the mouse or other pointing device. Here is a method that will
work on most Linux X-Windows systems. Create a file named "pgaccess" in the directory
<samp>/etc/X11/wmconfig</samp> with the following contents:<p>
<samp>pgaccess name "PgAccess"<br>
pgaccess description "postgreSQL frontend"<br>
pgaccess mini-icon "mini-pgaccess.xpm"<br>
pgaccess group "Applications"<br>
pgaccess exec "pgaccess.tcl &"</samp><p>
This assumes that you have an "Applications" sub-menu. You may prefer
"Programs" or some other place. Also, you will have to create the
"mini-pgaccess.xpm" icon if you want it to appear. You can edit an existing
icon from the <samp>/usr/share/icons/mini</samp> directory in XPaint and rename
it. When you next start an X-Windows session, there should be a "PgAccess" item
on the menu that you have chosen. Clicking on this item should start
PgAccess.<p>
<a href="index.html#start">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/tut.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess - Tutorial</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess - Tutorial</h1>
<a name="admin"><h2>User Administration</h2>
The procedure for setting up <b>postgreSQL</b> usually results in a single user
named <samp>postgres</samp>. In order for anyone else to use <b>postgreSQL</b>,
users must be added. The program <samp>createuser</samp> accomplishes this.
First become the PostgreSQL administrator (usually <samp>postgres</samp>):<p>
<samp>su postgres</samp><p>
Then create a new user:<p>
<samp>createuser jim<br>
Enter user's postgres ID or RETURN to use unix user ID: 500 -&gt;<br>
Is user "jim" allowed to create databases (y/n) y<br>
Is user "jim" a superuser? (y/n) n<br>
createuser: jim was successfully added</samp><p>
You can use either the UNIX user ID or the postgres ID to identify users. See
the <b>postgreSQL</b> documentation in the "admin" section for a fuller
account of users and groups.<p>
To remove users, use the <samp>destroyuser</samp> command in the same way.<p>
<img src="screen1.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<a name="basic"><h2>Basic use of PgAccess</h2>
<h3>Creating a database</h3>
At the right is the window you should see when PgAccess starts up. The first
task for most users will be to create a database.<p>
Press the <em>New</em> button to bring up the window shown below. This will
allow you to specify the structure of the new table. It is important to note
that if you haven't specified a database when starting up PgAccess, this table
will be created in the database named <samp>&lt;username&gt;</samp>, your
username.<p>
Assume that you want to create a table with entries describing bibliographic
references in the field of chemistry. Choose a table name, such as
<samp>chemref</samp> that will be easy to recall and find in a list. Enter the
table name in the first input field.<p>
When you already have tables in a database, you can use the <em>Inherits</em>
button to toggle a list of existing tables to inherit characteristics of another
table. In this example, there should be no previous tables to use.<p>
Enter each field, giving it a name, field type and size, if the field type does
not imply the size. That is, if your first field was to be a sequence number,
and you selected <em>int2</em> as the field type, you would not have to specify
a field size. However, if your second field was to contain the author of the
reference, and was a <em>varchar</em> type, you would have to specify how many
characters would be allowed in the field.<p>
As you enter each field, click the <em>Add field</em> button to add it to the
list at the right side of the window. You can change the position of fields
using the <em>Move field up</em> and <em>Move field down</em> buttons, or delete
a field if you decide it isn't what you wanted. When you are finished
specifying fields, press the <em>Create table</em> button.<p>
<img src="newtable.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<a href="index.html#tut">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/tut_edit.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess Tutorial</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess Tutorial - Editing a table</h1>
<img src="sel_tbl.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<h2>Adding records</h2>
Once you have a table, you can begin to add entries to it. In the main
PgAccess window, when you click the <em>Tables</em> button, you should see the
new table appear in the list of tables. Highlighting the table name by clicking
on it and clicking on the <em>Open</em> button will open that table in another
window, as shown below.<p>
The most straighforward way to add records to a table is to type the information
directly into the fields. Two records have been entered in the table shown. As
is common with this user interface, clicking the mouse while the pointer is in a
field will allow keyboard entry to that field. This type of entry is adequate
when the information arrives infrequently in small parcels, for instance in
keeping a table of contact information about other researchers. However, what
do you do when someone emails you the entire reference list for their doctoral
dissertation?<p>
This is best handled using the SQL <em>COPY</em> command.
First, the information will have to be massaged into shape in what is called a
'flat' ASCII file. This is simply a text file in which each line is a record,
and each field in each record is separated by a <em>delimiter</em> such as a
tilde (~). The fields will have to be in the same order as those in your table,
and there will have to be the same number of fields in each record as are in the
table, otherwise you may get unexpected data or no data at all. Say you produce
a text file named <samp>newref.txt</samp> that starts like this:<p>
<samp>Cassileth, BR~Unorthodox Cancer Medicine~Cancer Investigation~~1986~4~6~591-598
<br>...</samp><p>
Notice that there are two consecutive tildes to allow for the fact that this
particular entry doesn't have anything in the <b>Editor</b> field.
You can then perform a <em>Query</em> as follows:<p>
<samp>COPY psyref FROM '/home/jim/newref.txt' USING DELIMITERS
'~';</samp><p>
This will read the records from <samp>newref.txt</samp> and insert them into the
table <samp>psyref</samp>. See the PostgreSQL documentation under the headings
<br><b>Tutorial|The Query Language|Populating a Class with Instances</b><p>
<img src="addref.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<a href="index.html#tut">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/tut_new.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess Tutorial</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess Tutorial - Creating a table</h1>
<img src="screen1.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<h2>Creating a table</h2>
At the right is the window you should see when PgAccess starts up. The first
task for most users will be to create a database. Notice the 'buttons' at the
left of the main window. Clicking on these allows you to see the names of
different <em>objects</em> that are stored in your database, which should be
empty at the moment.<p>
Click the <em>Tables</em> and <em>New</em> buttons to bring up the window shown
below. This will allow you to specify the structure of the new table. It is
important to note that if you haven't specified a database when starting up
PgAccess, this table will be created in the database named
<samp>&lt;username&gt;</samp>, your username.<p>
Assume that you want to create a table with entries describing bibliographic
references in the field of psychology. Choose a table name, such as
<samp>psyref</samp> that will be easy to recall and find in a list. Enter the
table name in the first input field.<p>
When you already have tables in a database, you can use the <em>Inherits</em>
button to toggle a list of existing tables to inherit characteristics of another
table. In this example, there should be no previous tables to use.<p>
Enter each field, giving it a name, field type and size, if the field type does
not imply the size. That is, if your first field was to be a sequence number,
and you selected <em>int2</em> as the field type, you would not have to specify
a field size. However, if your second field was to contain the author of the
reference, and was a <em>varchar</em> type, you would have to specify how many
characters would be allowed in the field.<p>
As you enter each field, click the <em>Add field</em> button to add it to the
list at the right side of the window. You can change the position of fields
using the <em>Move field up</em> and <em>Move field down</em> buttons, or delete
a field if you decide it isn't what you wanted. When you are finished
specifying fields, press the <em>Create table</em> button.<p>
<img src="newtable.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<a href="index.html#tut">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/tut_sel1.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess Tutorial</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess Tutorial - SELECT</h1>
<img src="altern_q.jpg" border=1 align=right>
<h2>What is a query?</h2>
<em>Query</em> is the term for an SQL command which will perform an operation
on a table. It is sometimes confusing to newcomers, as some of the operations
seem to have nothing to do with querying in the common sense of <em>asking</em>.
As we saw in the previous section, a <em>query</em> can simply copy
records from an ASCII file to a table.<p>
The PostgreSQL documentation has a complete list of <em>queries</em> that can be
used. We'll start with the common task of selecting records with certain
characteristics.<p>
<h2>Selecting records</h2>
<img src="altern_v.jpg" border=1 align=right>
Suppose that I want to know all of the references in the sample table
<em>psyref</em> for which the word "alternative" appeared in the title.<p>
By clicking <em>Query</em>, then <em>New</em>, a <b>Query builder</b> window will
appear. Clicking in the area below the buttons will allow the user to enter an
SQL <em>query</em>. The specification of the <em>query</em> must be exact or
PostgreSQL will return an error message.<p>
The <em>query</em> shown will <b>SELECT</b> those records from <em>psyref</em>
that contain the word "alternative" anywhere in the <em>title</em> field. The
'*' indicates that all of the fields are to be returned. You might only want to
return, for instance, the <em>author</em> field if you were only interested in
which authors had used that word in the title of their work.<p>
At the right is the record that fulfils these conditions, displayed in the
<b>Table viewer</b>. If you wanted to save this query for use again,
clicking the <em>Save query definition</em> button will do so. You will then
see <em>altern</em> listed under <em>Queries</em> when you return to the main
window. By clicking the <em>Save this query as a view</em> tickbox in the
<b>Query builder</b>, the result of your query will be saved as a
<em>View</em> which you can access from <em>Views</em> in the main window.
Click the <em>Close</em> button to leave the <b>Query builder</b>.<p>
<a href="index.html#tut">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/tutorial/tut_user.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html><head><title>PgAccess Tutorial</title></head>
<body bgcolor="#C0C0C0">
<h1>PgAccess Tutorial - User Administration</h1>
While user administration is really not a part of the PgAccess program, it is
such a basic operation that a brief description is given here.
<h2>Creating users</h2>
The procedure for setting up <b>postgreSQL</b> usually results in a single user
named <samp>postgres</samp>. In order for anyone else to use <b>postgreSQL</b>,
users must be added. The program <samp>createuser</samp> accomplishes this.
First become the PostgreSQL administrator (usually <samp>postgres</samp>):<p>
<samp>su postgres</samp><p>
Then create a new user:<p>
<samp>createuser jim<br>
Enter user's postgres ID or RETURN to use unix user ID: 500 -&gt;<br>
Is user "jim" allowed to create databases (y/n) y<br>
Is user "jim" a superuser? (y/n) y<br>
createuser: jim was successfully added</samp><p>
You can use either the UNIX user ID or the postgres ID to identify users. See
the <b>postgreSQL</b> documentation in the "admin" section for a fuller
account of users and groups.<p>
The reason for using the command line to create the first user (other than
<em>postgres</em>) is that <em>postgres</em> may not have X-Window permission.
You can also create users using <b>PgAccess</b> if you are created as a
<em>superuser</em> as shown in the example above.<p>
<h2>Removing users</h2>
To remove users, use the <samp>destroyuser</samp> command in the same way.<p>
<a href="index.html#tut">Back to index</a>
</body></html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/whatsnew.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<b>29 August 1999</b> - PgAccess 0.98 has been released!
<ul>
<li>
international version (romanian, french, italian translations available)
in separate files (japanese translation now possible)</li>
<li>
context sensitive help, complete help for SQL commands</li>
<li>
geometry changes for many forms</li>
<li>
form designer enhancements (widget icons , new attribute window style,
form startup script)</li>
<li>
ability to inspect PostgreSQL system tables (preferences)</li>
<li>
enhanced table design window, table permissions</li>
<li>
distribution archive changes</li>
<li>
unified internal global variables</li>
<li>
unified internal window naming conventions</li>
<li>
usage of Tcl namespaces for all modules</li>
<li>
PgAccess developer <a href="api.html">API</a></li>
<li>
web site enhancements</li>
</ul>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/doc/html/win32.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.61 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.2.11 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FEFEDF">
<h2>
PgAccess on Win32</h2>
<hr>In order to run PgAccess on a Win32 workstation you should follow the
following steps:
<ol>
<li>
download and install a Tcl/Tk package from <a href="http://www.scriptics.com">Scriptics</a>
(8.0.x or 8.1.x)</li>
<li>
install PgAccess package</li>
<li>
check the Tcl/Tk version that you have</li>
<li>
check the PostgreSQL version installed on your database server machine</li>
<li>
get from win32/dll directory the appropriate libraries suitable for your
Tcl/Tk version and PostgreSQL version and copy them into your Windows/System
directory renaming them as libpq.dll and libpgtcl.dll</li>
<li>
check if your win32 workstation is able to see your database server (ping
yourdatabaseserver)</li>
<li>
ask your database administrator to verify if your win32 workstation has
access rights to the database (pg_hba.conf)</li>
</ol>
<p><br>You should be able to run PgAccess.
<br>&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/formdemo.sql deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
CREATE TABLE "pga_queries" ("queryname" varchar(64), "querytype" char(1), "querycommand" "text");
CREATE TABLE "pga_forms" ("formname" varchar(64), "formsource" "text");
CREATE TABLE "pga_scripts" ("scriptname" varchar(64), "scriptsource" "text");
CREATE TABLE "pga_reports" ("reportname" varchar(64), "reportsource" "text", "reportbody" "text", "reportprocs" "text", "reportoptions" "text");
CREATE TABLE "phonebook" ("name" varchar(32), "phone_nr" varchar(16), "city" varchar(32), "company" "bool", "continent" char(16));
CREATE TABLE "pga_layout" ("tablename" varchar(64), "nrcols" "int2", "colnames" "text", "colwidth" "text");
COPY "pga_queries" FROM stdin;
Query that can be saved as view S select * from phonebook where continent='usa'
\.
COPY "pga_forms" FROM stdin;
A simple demo form asdf 14 {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14} 377x315+170+155 {label label1 {15 36 99 57} {} {Selected color} {}} {entry entry2 {111 36 225 54} {} entry2 color} {radio red {249 21 342 36} {} {Red as cherry} color} {radio green {249 45 342 60} {} {Green as a melon} color} {radio blue {249 69 342 84} {} {Blue as the sky} color} {button button6 {45 69 198 99} {set color spooky} {Set a weird color} {}} {label label7 {24 129 138 147} {} {The checkbox's value} {}} {entry entry8 {162 129 172 147} {} entry8 cbvalue} {checkbox checkbox9 {180 126 279 150} {} {Check me :-)} cbvalue} {button button10 {219 273 366 303} {destroy .asdf} {Close that simple form} {}} {button button11 {219 237 366 267} {open_form "Phone book"} {Open my phone book} {}} {listbox lb {12 192 162 267} {} listbox12 {}} {button button13 {12 156 162 186} {.asdf.lb insert end red green blue cyan white navy black purple maroon violet} {Add some information} {}} {button button14 {12 273 162 303} {.asdf.lb delete 0 end} {Clear this listbox} {}}
Phone book pb 26 {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26} 444x310+284+246 {label label1 {33 12 63 30} {} Name {}} {entry name_entry {87 9 217 30} {} entry2 pbqs(name)} {label label3 {33 39 73 54} {} Phone {}} {entry entry4 {87 36 195 57} {} entry4 pbqs(phone_nr)} {label label5 {33 66 78 84} {} City {}} {entry entry6 {87 63 195 84} {} entry6 pbqs(city)} {query qs {3 6 33 33} {} query7 {}} {button button8 {126 177 198 203} {.pb.qs:setsql "select oid,* from phonebook where name ~* '$what' order by name"\
.pb.qs:open\
set nrecs [.pb.qs:nrecords]\
.pb.qs:updatecontrols\
.pb.qs:fill .pb.allnames name\
bind .pb.allnames <ButtonRelease-1> {\
set ancr [.pb.allnames curselection]\
if {$ancr!=""} {\
\ .pb.qs:moveto $ancr\
\ .pb.qs:updatecontrols\
}\
}} Find {}} {button button9 {159 276 229 302} {.pb.qs:close\
.pb.qs:clearcontrols\
set nrecs {}\
set what {}\
destroy .pb\
} Exit {}} {button button10 {102 249 124 269} {.pb.qs:movefirst\
.pb.qs:updatecontrols\
} |< {}} {button button11 {129 249 151 269} {.pb.qs:moveprevious\
.pb.qs:updatecontrols\
} << {}} {button button12 {156 249 178 269} {.pb.qs:movenext\
.pb.qs:updatecontrols} >> {}} {button button13 {183 249 205 269} {.pb.qs:movelast\
.pb.qs:updatecontrols\
} >| {}} {checkbox checkbox14 {33 87 126 105} {} {Is it a company ?} pbqs(company)} {radio usa {63 108 201 120} {} U.S.A. pbqs(continent)} {radio europe {63 126 204 141} {} Europe pbqs(continent)} {radio africa {63 144 210 159} {} Africa pbqs(continent)} {entry entry18 {30 180 117 198} {} entry18 what} {label label19 {108 219 188 234} {} {records found} {}} {label label20 {90 219 105 234} {} { } nrecs} {label label21 {3 252 33 267} {} OID= {}} {label label22 {39 252 87 267} {} { } pbqs(oid)} {button button23 {9 276 79 302} {set oid {}\
catch {set oid $pbqs(oid)}\
if {[string trim $oid]!=""} {\
sql_exec noquiet "update phonebook set name='$pbqs(name)', phone_nr='$pbqs(phone_nr)',city='$pbqs(city)',company='$pbqs(company)',continent='$pbqs(continent)' where oid=$oid"\
} else {\
tk_messageBox -title Error -message "No record is displayed!"\
}\
\
} Update {}} {button button24 {84 276 154 302} {set thisname {}\
catch {set thisname $pbqs(name)}\
if {[string trim $thisname]!=""} {\
sql_exec noquiet "insert into phonebook values ('$pbqs(name)','$pbqs(phone_nr)','$pbqs(city)','$pbqs(company)','$pbqs(continent)')"\
tk_messageBox -title Information -message "A new record has been added!"\
} else {\
tk_messageBox -title Error -message "This one doesn't have a name ?\
}\
\
} {Add new} {}} {button button25 {168 111 231 135} {.pb.qs:clearcontrols\
# clearcontrols stillinitialise\
# incorectly booleans controls to {}\
# so I force it to 'f' (false)\
set pbqs(company) f\
focus .pb.name_entry} New {}} {listbox allnames {246 12 432 240} {} listbox26 {}}
\.
COPY "pga_scripts" FROM stdin;
How are forms keeped inside ? open_table pga_forms\
\
\.
COPY "pga_reports" FROM stdin;
\.
COPY "phonebook" FROM stdin;
IBM 623346234 \N t usa
John Doe +44 35 2993825 Washington f usa
Bill Clinton +44 35 9283845 New York f usa
Monica Levintchi +44 38 5234526 Dallas f usa
Bill Gates +42 64 4523454 Los Angeles f usa
COMPAQ 623462345 \N t usa
SUN 784563253 \N t usa
DIGITAL 922644516 \N t usa
FIAT 623463445 \N t europe
MUGADUMBU +92 534662634 \N t africa
Frank Zappa 6734567 Montreal f usa
Jimmy Page 66323452 f europe
Constantin Teodorescu +40 39 611820 Braila f europe
Ngbendu Wazabanga 34577345 f africa
Victor Ciorbea 634567 Bucuresti f europe
Mugabe Kandalam 7635745 f africa
\.
COPY "pga_layout" FROM stdin;
pga_forms 2 formname formsource 82 713
phonebook 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 105 80 66 85
Usaisti 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
q1 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
view_saved_from_that_query 5 name phone_nr city company continent 150 150 150 150 150
\.
src/bin/pgaccess/forms.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.04 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFEBCD" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>
FORMS</H1>
<HR WIDTH="100%">
<P>This version (0.83) of PgAccess has changed a little the visual form
builder introduced since 0.82 version : variable handling, query results
interface and control bindings naming convention. Please read it carefully,
download the database demo and practice a while before trying to design
your own forms.
<P>For the moment, it has only some basic widgets : labels, entries, buttons
, listboxes , checkboxes and radiobuttons.
<P>Also there is a pseudo query widget that allows you yo have access to
a query results.
<P><B>How do you generate widgets :</B>
<OL>
<LI>
select a widget from the toolbox by clicking the appropriate radiobutton</LI>
<LI>
move to the canvas , point with the mouse at the desired location and click
the mouse button to begin</LI>
<LI>
keeping the mouse-button pressed move the mouse in order to draw a rectangle
that will hold the widget</LI>
<LI>
release the mouse-button</LI>
</OL>
In the rectangle that you have designed it will appear the selected object.
<BR>Move now to the attribute window to change some of its properties.
<P>Renaming, resizing items are possible (for the moment) only by modifying
appropriate parameters in attribute window. You <B>must </B>press Enter
in the edit field after changing a value in order to be accepted.
<P>You can also move items by dragging them or delete them by pressing
Del key after selecting them.
<P>In attribute window, there are some fields named <B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>Command
</FONT></TT></B>and <B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>Variable</FONT></TT></B>.
<P>The field <B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>Command </FONT></TT></B>have meaning
only for Button widgets and holds the command that will be invoked when
the button is pressed.
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The field <B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>Variable </FONT></TT></B>have
meaning only for EditField , Label widgets , checkboxes and radiobuttons
and it is the name of the global variable that will hold the value for
that widget. For checkboxes the values are <B>t</B> and <B>f</B> (from
true and false) in order to simplify binding to logical data fields (PgAccess
0.82 used 0 and 1).
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; For radiobuttons, it is usual to assign the same
variable to the same radiobuttons within the same group. That variable
will contain the name of the widget of the radiobutton that has been pressed.
Let's presume that you have entered 3 radiobuttons named red, green and
blue, all of them having the same variable named color. If you will press
them, they will assign their names to global variable.
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In order to make a simple test, put an entry field
and set it's variable to <B>v1</B> and a button who's command is "set v1
whisky". Press the button "Test form" and click on the button. In that
entry should appear whisky.
<BR>Another test is defining in Script module a script called "My first
script" having the following commands:
<BR><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>tk_messageBox -title Warning -message "This is my
first message!"</FONT></TT>
<BR>and then define a button who's command is <B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>execute_script
"My first script"</FONT></TT></B>.
<H2>
Database manipulation</H2>
Let's presume that our form have the internal name <B><TT>mf </TT></B>(my
form). He will be referred inside the Tcl/Tk source as <B><TT>.mf</TT></B>
<BR>If you want to close the form in run-time you have to issue the command
<B><TT>destroy .mf</TT></B>
<P>Also, any widget will have the name prefixed by <B><TT>.mf&nbsp;</TT></B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
We will have <B><TT>.mf.button1</TT></B> or <B><TT>.mf.listbox1</TT></B>
.
<P>We can name the query widget <B><TT>qry</TT></B> for example. The complete
name will be <B><TT>.mf.qry</TT></B> then.
<BR>The <B><TT>Command </TT></B>property of the query widget must contain
the SQL command that will be executed.
<BR>When the form will be in run-time, automatically you will have access
to the following procedures and functions :
<P><B><TT>.mf.qry:open</TT></B> - opens the connection and execute the
query (returns nothing)
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:setsql newsql</TT></B> - set the command query that
will be executed at the next <B><TT>.mf.qry:open</TT></B>
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:nrecords</TT></B> - returns the number of records in
the selected query
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:crtrecord </TT></B>- returns the current record number
inside the query result
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:fields</TT></B> - returns a list of the fields in the
result set
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:movefirst</TT></B> - move the cursor to the first record
in the recordset
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:movelast</TT></B><TT> , <B>.mf.qry:movenext</B> , <B>.mf.qry:moveprevious</B>
</TT>- moves the cursor there
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:moveto newrecno</TT></B> - move the cursor to that new
record number (first is 0)
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:updatecontrols</TT></B> - update the variables inside
the designed form that have a particular name (I'll explain later)
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:clearcontrols</TT></B> - clear the variables inside
the designed form binded to a query result
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:fill listbox field</TT></B><TT> </TT>- fill the named
listbox (whole widget name as <B><TT>.mf.listbox1</TT></B>) with the all
the values of that field in the current queryresult
<BR><B><TT>.mf.qry:close</TT></B> - close the connection (<B><FONT COLOR="#FF0000">if
you don't close the query result, you will loose some memory</FONT></B>)
<P>It's no need to close a query-result if you want to assign it a new
SQL command and open it again. That will be done automatically.
<P>If you want to bound some controls to the fields of the recordset, you
will have to name their associate variable like that :
<P><B><TT>mfqry(salary)</TT></B> to get the "salary" field , or <B><TT>mfqry(name)</TT></B>
to get the "name" field. So, you take the internal name of the form (without
the leading point) and merge it with the query-widget name and you will
get a associative array name. The values are given using the field name
as a key in this associative array.
<BR><B><FONT COLOR="#FF0000">* WARNING *</FONT></B> The naming style has
been changed from 0.82 version of PgAccess and I cannot guarantee that
it not be changed again in the future. I'm just trying to make it as simple
it could be. The old style naming convention had some incompatibilities
with Tcl/Tk syntax.
<P><B><FONT SIZE=+1><FONT COLOR="#9400D3">QUESTION</FONT> : </FONT></B>Do
you think that it would be more clear if the above functions and procedures
regarding a query-widget would be named in a similar manner as binded variable
controls ? That mean, <B><TT>mfqry:open</TT></B> and <B><TT>mfqry:updatecontrols</TT></B>
instead of <B><TT>.mf.qry:open</TT></B> and <B><TT>.mf.qry:updatecontrols</TT></B>
?
<P>The only advantage of <B><TT>.mf.qry:open</TT></B> is that is much closer
to the Tk method of referring objects within a window and it may give to
the programmer the feeling that he is using a object-oriented widget. Since
I cannot use further for naming binded variables a similar manner (<B><TT>.mf.qry.salary)</TT></B>
it might be possible to abandon that naming convention .
<P>Here it is a dumped <B><A HREF="formdemo.sql">sample database</A></B>
that contains a demo database. What should you do ?
<BR>Shift-click the above URL in order to download that tiny file (4 Kb).
Create a empty database and <B><TT>psql yourdatabase &lt;formdemo.sql</TT></B>
<P>You should find a single table called "phonebook" a form called "Phone
book" and another "A simple demo form".
<P>First of all enter and view the phonebook table in table view. Note
the fields and their values.
<BR>Open the "Phone book" form and enter a letter (a, e or i) in the field
to the left of "Find" button then press Find. It's fine to enter one letter
in order to get more records in query result. You will get information
about the number of records selected, in the listbox you will see all the
values of field "name" from the current data set. Use buttons to move to
first, next, previous or last record within the record set.
<P>In order to add a new record, press the "New" button in order to get
new, clean entries. Fill them with your data and press "Add new" button.
A new phonebook record will be added. Also, if you want to update a record,
change it's values in the displayed fields after finding it and press "Update"
button. The values will be updated in the database BUT NOT IN THE CURRENT
QUERY RESULT . If you want to see them modified, make a new query trying
to find it again.
<P><FONT COLOR="#000080">Before using the results from a query you should
know that the information that has been retrieved could be found only in
your computer client memory. It has <B>no live connection</B> to the data
from the database. That's why it isn't possible to develop a simple update
function as interface to that query-result widget. More than that : a query
result could be obtained from a SQL command that return a non-updatable
data set !!! For example fields gathered from multiple tables or summary
fields. It isn't just simple to make an automatic update procedure. The
programmer must know how to make the update or the append procedure, sometimes
using key fields to point to the desired record or an OID. There are examples
in the demo database in "Phone book" form. It may be possible that in the
future, I will develop another pseudo-widget describing a table. It would
be more simple than to implement an update or append or even a delete procedure.</FONT>
<P>There is in the demo database also another simple form called "A simple
demo form". It will show you how to handle variables from checkboxes, radiobuttons,
how to use listboxes, open another forms and so on. I think they will help
you.
<P>In order to avoid naming user defined forms with&nbsp; a particular
name of another PgAccess form, I would recommend naming them as udf0, udf1
(user defined form 0 , 1 )
<P>
<HR WIDTH="25%">
<P>Please feel free to send me your opinion at <B>teo@flex.ro</B> on forms
designing and usage.
<P><B><FONT SIZE=+1>KEEP IN MIND !&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
THE FORM API WILL CHANGE IN ORDER TO BE MORE SIMPLE AND BETTER!&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
SEND ME YOUR WISHES, YOUR IDEAS, YOUR OPINIONS !</FONT></B>
<BR><B><FONT SIZE=+1>ALSO ... DON'T BLAME ME IF YOU WILL HAVE TO RE-DESIGN
YOUR OLD FORMS DUE TO SOME INCOMPATIBILITIES WITH NEWER PGACCESS VERSIONS.</FONT></B>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/index.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.5 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.36 i586) [Netscape]">
<title>PgAccess - a Tcl/Tk PostgreSQL interface</title>
</head>
<body bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<h1>
PgAccess - a free database management tool for <a href="http://www.postgreSQL.org">PostgreSQL</a></h1>
<hr>
<li>
Download the last version of PgAccess <a href="pgaccess-0.96.tar.gz">(press
shift and click this link) (tar.gz file)</a>&nbsp; or&nbsp;&nbsp; <a href="pgaccess.zip">this
one (zip file for Windows)</a></li>
<p><br>
<center>
<p>Latest stable version of PgAccess is 0.96 , released 9 March 1999
!
<p><font size=+2>PgAccess 0.93 and higher will not work from the begining
with PostgreSQL 6.3.x !!<br>
Read <a href="pg93patch.html">here</a> how to apply a simple patch in order
to make it work !</font>
<br>&nbsp;
<p><font size=+2><b><font color="#FF0000">NEW *</font></b> <b><font color="#FF0000">NEW
*</font></b></font><b><font color="#FF0000">&nbsp;</font><font color="#000000"><font size=+1>
==> </font><font size=+2>Microsoft Windows compatible version</font></font></b>
<p>&nbsp; <b><font color="#FF0000">NEW *</font></b> ==== > <b>PostgreSQL
user management, multiple table views</b>,. <b>Query parameters</b> (see
section Queries below)
<p>Precompiled libpgtcl and libpq binaries and dll's for i386 are <a href="ftp://ftp.flex.ro/pub/pgaccess">here
</a>!!!</center>
<h3>
<font color="#000080">Installation problems</font></h3>
<ul>
<li>
Some problems related with locale special characters could be solved by
this <a href="specialchars.html">simple patch</a></li>
<li>
I think that there were some problems loading libpgtcl library. I invite
you to read a <a href="index.html#libpgtcl">special section concerning
libpgtcl</a></li>
<li>
For Silicon Graphics Indigo computers, Irix operating system, there is
a <a href="irix.html">HOWTO make PgAccess to work</a></li>
</ul>
<h3>
<font color="#191970">What does PgAccess now!</font></h3>
Here are some screenshots from PgAccess windows : <a href="pic-pga-1.gif">Main
window </a>, <a href="pic-pga-2.gif">table builder </a>, <a href="pic-pga-4.gif">table(query)
view </a>, <a href="pic-pga-3.gif">visual query builder </a>.
<p><b>Tables</b>
<br>- opening multiple tables for viewing, max. n records (changed by preferences
menu)
<br>- column resizing, dragging the vertical grid line (better in table
space rather than in the table header)
<br>- text wrap in cells - layout saved for every table
<br>- import/export to external files (SDF,CSV)
<br>- filter capabilities (enter filter like (price>3.14)
<br>- sort order capabilities (enter manually the sort field(s))
<br>- editing in place
<br>- improved table generator assistant
<br>- improved field editing
<br><b>Queries</b>
<br>- define , edit and stores "user defined queries"
<br>- store queries as views
<br>- execution of queries with optional user input parameters ( select
* from invoices where year=[parameter "Year of selection"] )
<br>- viewing of select type queries result
<br>- query deleting and renaming
<br>- visual query builder with drag &amp; drop capabilities. For any of
you who had installed the Tcl/Tk plugin for Netscape Navigator, you can
see it at work <a href="qbtclet.html">clicking here</a>
<br><b>Sequences</b>
<br>- defines sequences, delete them and inspect them
<br><b>Functions</b>
<br>- define, inspect and delete functions in SQL language
<br><b>Reports</b>
<br>- design and display simple reports from tables
<br>- fields and labels, font changing, style and size
<br>- saves and loads report description from database
<br>- show report previews, sample postscript output file
<br><b>Forms</b>
<br>- open user defined forms
<br>- form design module available
<br>- query widget available, controls bound to query results
<br>- <a href="forms.html">click here</a> for a description of forms and
how they can be used
<br><b>Scripts</b>
<br>- define, modify and call user defined scripts
<br><b>Users</b>
<br>- define and modify user parameters
<p>Here is <a href="pga-rad.html">a special section concerning forms and
scripts</a> .
<p>This program is protected by the following <a href="copyright.html">copyright</a>
<p>If you have any comment, suggestion for improvements, please feel free
to e-mail to : <a href="mailto:teo@flex.ro">teo@flex.ro</a>
<p><b><font color="#FF1493"><font size=+2>Mailing list for PgAccess </font></font></b><a href="maillist.html">Here
you will find how to subscribe to this mailing list</a>.
<p>
<hr>
<h1>
More information about libpgtcl - downloads</h1>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Also, you will need the PostgreSQL to Tcl interface
library, lined as a Tcl/Tk 'load'-able module. It is called libpgtcl and
the source is located in the PostgreSQL directory /src/interfaces/libpgtcl.
Specifically, you will need a libpgtcl library that is 'load'-able from
Tcl/Tk.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; This is technically different from
an ordinary PostgreSQL loadable object file, because libpgtcl is a collection
of object files. Under Linux, this is called libpgtcl.so.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; One of the solutions is to remove from the
source the line containing <b>load libpgtcl.so </b>and to load pgaccess.tcl
not with wish, but with pgwish (or wishpg) that wish that was linked with
libpgtcl library! I do not recommend this one.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If you have installed RedHat 5.x, you should
get the last distribution kit of PostgreSQL and compile it from scratch.
RedHat 5.x is using some new versions of libraries and you have to compile
and install again at least <b>libpq </b>and <b><tt>libpgtcl </tt></b>libraries.
<p>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PostgreSQL 6.4 release has a minor bug. I does not
includ by default the crypt lib when compiling libpgtcl. So, you will need
to manually add a -lcrypt to SHLIB line in Makefile in src/interfaces/libpgtcl
and then make clean and make again. The new libpgtcl.so library is properly
configured to run pgaccess.
<br>&nbsp;
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/irix.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>PgAccess on Irix</TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.33 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>INSTALLING PgAccess UNDER IRIX 5.3.
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
<P><B><FONT COLOR="#000080">This HOWO-TO make PgAccess working under Irix
is written by Stuart Rison</FONT></B></P>
<P>These are the steps that I had to follow to get pgaccess to run on an
INDIGO2 running postgreSQL 6.3.2 under IRIX 5.3. I make no guarantee whatsoever
that the same step will work for others but at least it should point you
in the right direction. Also, I am a biologist by training so I only got
pgaccess working by fudging (that is, trial and error) this means that
some of the steps may be unnecessary (e.g. compiling $postgreSQL_source/src/interfaces/libpgtcl
as both a shared and static library) and they certainly haven't been optimised
(I know nothing about compiler switches etc.).</P>
<P><B>1) Requirements:</B></P>
<UL>
<P>You will need:</P>
<UL>
<LI>postgreSQL source (http://www.postgresql.org)</LI>
<LI>tcl8.0 source (http://www.tclconsortium.org/)</LI>
<LI>tk8.0 source (http://www.tclconsortium.org/)</LI>
<LI>pgaccess source (http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess)</LI>
</UL>
</UL>
<P><B>2) Installation:</B></P>
<P>a) tcl/tk:</P>
<UL>
<P>You must first install tcl and then tk (in that order). I just used
./configure, no switches and gmake. Their installation should be trouble
free. Then you must move headers and libraries to the right places so:</P>
<P>Header files: both tcl and tk have a header file (tcl.h and tk.h). The
tcl.h file is in $tcl_source_dir/generic and the tk.h file is in $tk_source_dir/generic;
both should be copied to /usr/local/include.</P>
<P>Libraries: compilation (with cc) of tcl and tk yield libraries libtcl8.0.a
and libtk8.0.a in $source_dir/unix. Both should be copied to /usr/local/lib.</P>
</UL>
<P>b) postgreSQL:</P>
<UL>
<P>Make sure you have a fully patched postgreSQL source. If your ./configure
says it can't load 'IRIX' settings then you most probably will need to
patch ./configure.</P>
<P>Configure using ./configure with the following switches: ./configure
--with-includes=/usr/local/include</P>
<P>--with-libraries=/usr/local/lib --with-tcl [this and previous line as
one]</P>
<P>Then make, make install as usual</P>
</UL>
<P>c) Compiling libpgtcl:</P>
<UL>
<P>The source for libpgtcl is in $postgreSQL_directory/src/interfaces/libpgsql.</P>
<P>I do this twice. Once with just gmake. This produces a static library
libpgtcl.a which I leave where it is (I don't know what to do with it but
it may just come in handy). The I modify Makefile manually with a text
editor. Essentially I modify two line:</P>
<P>before:</P>
<P># Shared library stuff</P>
<P>install-shlib-dep := shlib :=</P>
<P>after:</P>
<P># Shared library stuff</P>
<P>install-shlib-dep := install-shlib shlib := libpgtcl.so.1</P>
<P>Then gmake -f Makefile_modified. This creates two shared (.so) libraries:
libpgtcl.so and libpgtcl.so.1. I can't tell the difference between them
so I copied them both to /usr/lib/.</P>
</UL>
<P>d) running pgaccess:</P>
<UL>
<P>Uncompress pgaccess (usually with gunzip and tar). So long as 'wish'
(a binary produced when compiling tk8.0) is somewhere in your path, you
should be able to run pgaccess with:</P>
<P>wish -f $pgaccess_dir/pgaccess.tcl [postgreSQL_database_name]</P>
</UL>
<P>e) et voila!</P>
<P><B>3) Concluding remarks:</B></P>
<UL>
<P>As I stated at the start of this document, following the procedure indicated
above worked for me. I am sure, however, that a few of the steps are unnecessary/non-optimised/stupid
etc. If any Unix (IRIX) boffin is reading this and you spot anything you
would like to comment/correct etc. please e-mail me (stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk).
Also, if you just have questions and think I might help, please contact
me at the same e-mail.</P>
<P>Finally, I can accept no responsibility if these steps don't work for
you or if it all goes horribly wrong and you 'damage' your computer trying
them. Let common sense prevail!</P>
</UL>
<P>Good luck</P>
<P>Stuart Rison LICR University College London London W1P 8BT<BR>
<A HREF="mailto:stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk">stuart@ludwig.ucl.ac.uk</A></P>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/database.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Database {
proc {getTablesList} {} {
global CurrentDB PgAcVar
set tlist {}
if {[catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select c.relname,count(c.relname) from pg_class C, pg_rewrite R where (r.ev_class = C.oid) and (r.ev_type = '1') group by relname" rec {
if {$rec(count)!=0} {
set itsaview($rec(relname)) 1
}
}
if {! $PgAcVar(pref,systemtables)} {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select relname from pg_class where (relname !~ '^pg_') and (relkind='r') order by relname" rec {
if {![regexp "^pga_" $rec(relname)]} then {
if {![info exists itsaview($rec(relname))]} {
lappend tlist $rec(relname)
}
}
}
} else {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select relname from pg_class where (relkind='r') order by relname" rec {
if {![info exists itsaview($rec(relname))]} {
lappend tlist $rec(relname)
}
}
}
} gterrmsg]} {
showError $gterrmsg
}
return $tlist
}
proc {vacuum} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
set PgAcVar(statusline,dbname) [format [intlmsg "vacuuming database %s ..."] $PgAcVar(currentdb,dbname)]
setCursor CLOCK
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "vacuum;"]
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
setCursor DEFAULT
set PgAcVar(statusline,dbname) $PgAcVar(currentdb,dbname)
}
proc {getPgType} {oid} {
global CurrentDB
set temp "unknown"
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select typname from pg_type where oid=$oid" rec {
set temp $rec(typname)
}
return $temp
}
proc {executeUpdate} {sqlcmd} {
global CurrentDB
return [sql_exec noquiet $sqlcmd]
}
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/forms.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Forms {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:menu
tkwait visibility .pgaw:FormDesign:menu
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar
tkwait visibility .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes
tkwait visibility .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:draft
design:init
}
proc {open} {formname} {
forms:load $formname run
design:run
}
proc {design} {formname} {
forms:load $formname design
}
proc {design:change_coords} {} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
set i $PgAcVar(fdvar,attributeFrame)
if {$i == 0} {
# it's the form
set errmsg ""
if {[catch {wm geometry .pgaw:FormDesign:draft $PgAcVar(fdvar,c_width)x$PgAcVar(fdvar,c_height)+$PgAcVar(fdvar,c_left)+$PgAcVar(fdvar,c_top)} errmsg] != 0} {
showError $errmsg
}
return
}
set c [list $PgAcVar(fdvar,c_left) $PgAcVar(fdvar,c_top) [expr $PgAcVar(fdvar,c_left)+$PgAcVar(fdvar,c_width)] [expr $PgAcVar(fdvar,c_top)+$PgAcVar(fdvar,c_height)]]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord) $c
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete o$i
design:draw_object $i
design:draw_hookers $i
}
proc {design:delete_object} {} {
global PgAcVar
set i $PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj)
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete hook
set j [lsearch $PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) $i]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) [lreplace $PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) $j $j]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
}
proc {design:draw_hook} {x y} {
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create rectangle [expr $x-2] [expr $y-2] [expr $x+2] [expr $y+2] -fill black -tags hook
}
proc {design:draw_hookers} {i} {
global PgAcVar
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord) {}
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete hook
design:draw_hook $x1 $y1
design:draw_hook $x1 $y2
design:draw_hook $x2 $y1
design:draw_hook $x2 $y2
}
proc {design:draw_grid} {} {
for {set i 0} {$i<100} {incr i} {
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line 0 [expr {$i*6}] 1000 [expr {$i*6}] -fill #afafaf -tags grid
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr {$i*6}] 0 [expr {$i*6}] 1000 -fill #afafaf -tags grid
}
}
proc {design:draw_object} {i} {
global PgAcVar
set c $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord)
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} $c {}
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete o$i
set wfont $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font)
switch $wfont {
{} {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) ; set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) normal}
normal {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)}
bold {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)}
italic {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_italic)}
fixed {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix)}
}
switch $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class) {
button {
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create text [expr ($x1+$x2)/2] [expr ($y1+$y2)/2] -fill $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) -text $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) -font $wfont -tags o$i
}
text {
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) o$i
}
entry {
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) o$i
}
label {
set temp $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label)
if {$temp==""} {set temp "____"}
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create text [expr {$x1+1}] [expr {$y1+1}] -text $temp -fill $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) -font $wfont -anchor nw -tags o$i
}
checkbox {
design:draw_rectangle [expr $x1+2] [expr $y1+5] [expr $x1+12] [expr $y1+15] raised #a0a0a0 o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create text [expr $x1+20] [expr $y1+3] -text $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) -anchor nw \
-fill $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) -font $wfont -tags o$i
}
radio {
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create oval [expr $x1+4] [expr $y1+5] [expr $x1+14] [expr $y1+15] -fill white -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create text [expr $x1+24] [expr $y1+3] -text $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) -anchor nw \
-fill $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) -font $wfont -tags o$i
}
query {
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create oval $x1 $y1 [expr $x1+20] [expr $y1+20] -fill white -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create text [expr $x1+5] [expr $y1+4] -text Q -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags o$i
}
listbox {
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 [expr $x2-12] $y2 sunken $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) o$i
design:draw_rectangle [expr $x2-11] $y1 $x2 $y2 sunken gray o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr $x2-5] $y1 $x2 [expr $y1+10] -fill #808080 -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr $x2-10] [expr $y1+9] $x2 [expr $y1+9] -fill #808080 -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr $x2-10] [expr $y1+9] [expr $x2-5] $y1 -fill white -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr $x2-5] $y2 $x2 [expr $y2-10] -fill #808080 -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr $x2-10] [expr $y2-9] $x2 [expr $y2-9] -fill white -tags o$i
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line [expr $x2-10] [expr $y2-9] [expr $x2-5] $y2 -fill white -tags o$i
}
}
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c raise hook
}
proc {design:draw_rectangle} {x1 y1 x2 y2 relief color tag} {
if {$relief=="raised"} {
set c1 white
set c2 #606060
}
if {$relief=="sunken"} {
set c1 #606060
set c2 white
}
if {$relief=="ridge"} {
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 raised none $tag
design:draw_rectangle [expr {$x1+1}] [expr {$y1+1}] [expr {$x2+1}] [expr {$y2+1}] sunken none $tag
design:draw_rectangle [expr {$x1+2}] [expr {$y1+2}] $x2 $y2 flat $color $tag
return
}
if {$relief=="groove"} {
design:draw_rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 sunken none $tag
design:draw_rectangle [expr {$x1+1}] [expr {$y1+1}] [expr {$x2+1}] [expr {$y2+1}] raised none $tag
design:draw_rectangle [expr {$x1+2}] [expr {$y1+2}] $x2 $y2 flat $color $tag
return
}
if {$color != "none"} {
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create rectangle $x1 $y1 $x2 $y2 -outline "" -fill $color -tags $tag
}
if {$relief=="flat"} {
return
}
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line $x1 $y1 $x2 $y1 -fill $c1 -tags $tag
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line $x1 $y1 $x1 $y2 -fill $c1 -tags $tag
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line $x1 $y2 $x2 $y2 -fill $c2 -tags $tag
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create line $x2 $y1 $x2 [expr 1+$y2] -fill $c2 -tags $tag
}
proc {design:init} {} {
global PgAcVar
PgAcVar:clean fdvar,*
PgAcVar:clean fdobj,*
catch {.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete all}
# design:draw_grid
set PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name) {f1}
set PgAcVar(fdobj,0,class) form
set PgAcVar(fdobj,0,command) {}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle) "New form"
set PgAcVar(fdvar,objnum) 0
set PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) {}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,oper) none
set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) point
set PgAcVar(fdvar,resizable) 1
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 0
}
proc {design:item_click} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(fdvar,oper) none
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj) {}
set il [.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete hook
if {[llength $il] == 0} {
design:show_attributes 0
return
}
set tl [.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c gettags [lindex $il 0]]
set i [lsearch -glob $tl o*]
if {$i == -1} return
set objnum [string range [lindex $tl $i] 1 end]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj) $objnum
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemx) $x
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemy) $y
set PgAcVar(fdvar,oper) move
design:show_attributes $objnum
design:draw_hookers $objnum
}
proc {forms:load} {name mode} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
design:init
set PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle) $name
if {$mode=="design"} {
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:draft
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:menu
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar
}
set res [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select * from pga_forms where formname='$PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)'"]
set info [lindex [pg_result $res -getTuple 0] 1]
pg_result $res -clear
set PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name) [lindex $info 0]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,objnum) [lindex $info 1]
# check for old format , prior to 0.97 that
# save here the objlist (deprecated)
set temp [lindex $info 2]
if {[lindex $temp 0] == "FS"} {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,0,command) [lindex $temp 1]
} else {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,0,command) {}
}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) {}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,geometry) [lindex $info 3]
set i 1
foreach objinfo [lrange $info 4 end] {
lappend PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) $i
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class) [lindex $objinfo 0]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,name) [lindex $objinfo 1]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord) [lindex $objinfo 2]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command) [lindex $objinfo 3]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) [lindex $objinfo 4]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,variable) [lindex $objinfo 5]
design:setDefaultReliefAndColor $i
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,value) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,name)
if {[llength $objinfo] > 6 } {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,value) [lindex $objinfo 6]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) [lindex $objinfo 7]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) [lindex $objinfo 8]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) [lindex $objinfo 9]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,borderwidth) [lindex $objinfo 10]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) [lindex $objinfo 11]
# for space saving purposes we have saved onbly the first letter
switch $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) {
n {set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) normal}
i {set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) italic}
b {set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) bold}
f {set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) fixed}
}
}
if {$mode=="design"} {design:draw_object $i}
incr i
}
if {$mode=="design"} {wm geometry .pgaw:FormDesign:draft $PgAcVar(fdvar,geometry)}
}
proc {design:mouse_down} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
set x [expr 3*int($x/3)]
set y [expr 3*int($y/3)]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart) $x
set PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart) $y
if {$PgAcVar(fdvar,tool)=="point"} {
design:item_click $x $y
return
}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,oper) draw
}
proc {design:mouse_move} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
#set PgAcVar(fdvar,msg) "x=$x y=$y"
set x [expr 3*int($x/3)]
set y [expr 3*int($y/3)]
set oper ""
catch {set oper $PgAcVar(fdvar,oper)}
if {$oper=="draw"} {
catch {.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete curdraw}
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c create rectangle $PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart) $PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart) $x $y -tags curdraw
return
}
if {$oper=="move"} {
set dx [expr $x-$PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemx)]
set dy [expr $y-$PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemy)]
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c move o$PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj) $dx $dy
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c move hook $dx $dy
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemx) $x
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemy) $y
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
}
}
proc {design:setDefaultReliefAndColor} {i} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,borderwidth) 1
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) flat
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) {}
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) {}
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) normal
switch $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class) {
button {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #d9d9d9
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) raised
}
text {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #fefefe
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) sunken
}
entry {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #fefefe
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) sunken
}
label {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #d9d9d9
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) flat
}
checkbox {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #d9d9d9
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) flat
}
radio {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #d9d9d9
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) flat
}
listbox {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) #000000
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) #fefefe
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) sunken
}
}
}
proc {design:mouse_up} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
set x [expr 3*int($x/3)]
set y [expr 3*int($y/3)]
if {$PgAcVar(fdvar,oper)=="move"} {
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitem) {}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,oper) none
set oc $PgAcVar(fdobj,$PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj),coord)
set dx [expr $x - $PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart)]
set dy [expr $y - $PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart)]
set newcoord [list [expr $dx+[lindex $oc 0]] [expr $dy+[lindex $oc 1]] [expr $dx+[lindex $oc 2]] [expr $dy+[lindex $oc 3]]]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj),coord) $newcoord
design:show_attributes $PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj)
design:draw_hookers $PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj)
return
}
if {$PgAcVar(fdvar,oper)!="draw"} return
set PgAcVar(fdvar,oper) none
.pgaw:FormDesign:draft.c delete curdraw
# Check for x2<x1 or y2<y1
if {$x<$PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart)} {set temp $x ; set x $PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart) ; set PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart) $temp}
if {$y<$PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart)} {set temp $y ; set y $PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart) ; set PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart) $temp}
# Check for too small sizes
if {[expr $x-$PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart)]<20} {set x [expr $PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart)+20]}
if {[expr $y-$PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart)]<10} {set y [expr $PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart)+10]}
incr PgAcVar(fdvar,objnum)
set i $PgAcVar(fdvar,objnum)
lappend PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) $i
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class) $PgAcVar(fdvar,tool)
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord) [list $PgAcVar(fdvar,xstart) $PgAcVar(fdvar,ystart) $x $y]
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,name) $PgAcVar(fdvar,tool)$i
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) $PgAcVar(fdvar,tool)$i
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command) {}
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,variable) {}
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,value) {}
design:setDefaultReliefAndColor $i
design:draw_object $i
design:show_attributes $i
set PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj) $i
design:draw_hookers $i
set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) point
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
}
proc {design:save} {name} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {[string length $PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name)]==0} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -message [intlmsg "Forms need an internal name, only literals, low case"]
return 0
}
if {[string length $PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)]==0} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -message [intlmsg "Form must have a name"]
return 0
}
set info [list $PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name) $PgAcVar(fdvar,objnum) [list FS $PgAcVar(fdobj,0,command)] [wm geometry .pgaw:FormDesign:draft]]
foreach i $PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) {
set wfont $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font)
if {[lsearch {normal bold italic fixed} $wfont] != -1} {
set wfont [string range $wfont 0 0]
}
lappend info [list $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,name) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,variable) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,value) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,borderwidth) $wfont]
}
sql_exec noquiet "delete from pga_forms where formname='$PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)'"
regsub -all "'" $info "''" info
sql_exec noquiet "insert into pga_forms values ('$PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)','$info')"
Mainlib::cmd_Forms
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 0
return 1
}
proc {design:set_name} {} {
global PgAcVar
set i $PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj)
foreach k $PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) {
if {($PgAcVar(fdobj,$k,name)==$PgAcVar(fdvar,c_name)) && ($i!=$k)} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -message [format [intlmsg "There is another object (a %s) with the same name.\nPlease change it!"] $PgAcVar(fdobj,$k,class)]
return
}
}
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,name) $PgAcVar(fdvar,c_name)
design:show_attributes $i
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
}
proc {design:set_text} {} {
global PgAcVar
design:draw_object $PgAcVar(fdvar,moveitemobj)
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
}
proc {design:createAttributesFrame} {i} {
global PgAcVar
# Check if attributes frame is already created for that item
if {[info exists PgAcVar(fdvar,attributeFrame)]} {
if {$PgAcVar(fdvar,attributeFrame) == $i} return
}
set PgAcVar(fdvar,attributeFrame) $i
# Delete old widgets from the frame
foreach wid [winfo children .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes.f] {
destroy $wid
}
set row 0
set base .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes.f
grid columnconf $base 1 -weight 1
set objclass $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class)
# if i is zero, then the object is the form
if {$i == 0} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Startup script}]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
button $base.b$row \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 0 -text ... -command "
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:commands
set PgAcVar(fdvar,commandFor) $i
.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.txt delete 1.0 end
.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.txt insert end \$PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command)"
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
grid $base.b$row \
-in $base -column 2 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
incr row
}
# does it have a text attribute ?
if {[lsearch {button label radio checkbox} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Text]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,label) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
bind $base.e$row <Key-Return> "Forms::design:set_text"
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 -sticky w
incr row
}
# does it have a variable attribute ?
if {[lsearch {button label radio checkbox entry} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Variable]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,variable) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
incr row
}
# does it have a Command attribute ?
if {[lsearch {button checkbox} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Command]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
button $base.b$row \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 0 -text ... -command "
Window show .pgaw:FormDesign:commands
set PgAcVar(fdvar,commandFor) $i
.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.txt delete 1.0 end
.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.txt insert end \$PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command)"
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
grid $base.b$row \
-in $base -column 2 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
incr row
}
# does it have a value attribute ?
if {[lsearch {radio checkbox} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Value]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,value) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
incr row
}
# does it have fonts ?
if {[lsearch {label button entry listbox text checkbox radio} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.lfont \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Font]
grid $base.lfont \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2 -sticky w
entry $base.efont -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
bind $base.efont <Key-Return> "Forms::design:draw_object $i ; set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1"
grid $base.efont \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 -sticky w
menubutton $base.mbf \
-borderwidth 1 -menu $base.mbf.m -padx 2 -pady 0 \
-text {...} -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -relief raised
menu $base.mbf.m \
-borderwidth 1 -cursor {} -tearoff 0 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
foreach font {normal bold italic fixed} {
$base.mbf.m add command \
-command "
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,font) $font
Forms::design:draw_object $i
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
" -label $font
}
grid $base.mbf \
-in $base -column 2 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2 -padx 2 -sticky w
incr row
}
# does it have colors ?
if {[lsearch {label button radio checkbox entry listbox text} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.lcf \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Foreground]
label $base.scf \
-background $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken -width 200
button $base.bcf \
-command "set tempcolor \[tk_chooseColor -initialcolor $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) -title {Choose color}\]
if {\$tempcolor != {}} {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor) \$tempcolor
$base.scf configure -background \$PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,fcolor)
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
Forms::design:draw_object $i
}" \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 0 -text ...
grid $base.lcf \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.scf \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
grid $base.bcf \
-in $base -column 2 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
incr row
label $base.lcb \
-borderwidth 0 -text Background
label $base.scb \
-background $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken -width 200
button $base.bcb \
-command "set tempcolor \[tk_chooseColor -initialcolor $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) -title {Choose color}\]
if {\$tempcolor != {}} {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor) \$tempcolor
$base.scb configure -background \$PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,bcolor)
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
Forms::design:draw_object $i
}" \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 0 -text ...
grid $base.lcb \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.scb \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 -sticky w
grid $base.bcb \
-in $base -column 2 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
incr row
}
# does it have border types ?
if {[lsearch {label button entry listbox text} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.lrelief \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Relief]
grid $base.lrelief \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2 -sticky w
menubutton $base.mb \
-borderwidth 2 -menu $base.mb.m -padx 4 -pady 3 -width 100 -relief $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) \
-text groove -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) \
-font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
menu $base.mb.m \
-borderwidth 1 -cursor {} -tearoff 0 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
foreach brdtype {raised sunken ridge groove flat} {
$base.mb.m add command \
-command "
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief) $brdtype
$base.mb configure -relief \$PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,relief)
Forms::design:draw_object $i
" -label $brdtype
}
grid $base.mb \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2 -padx 2 -sticky w
incr row
}
# is it a DataControl ?
if {$objclass == "query"} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg SQL]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,command) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
incr row
}
# does it have a borderwidth attribute ?
if {[lsearch {button label radio checkbox entry listbox text} $objclass] > -1} {
label $base.l$row \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Border width}]
entry $base.e$row -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,borderwidth) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
grid $base.l$row \
-in $base -column 0 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.e$row \
-in $base -column 1 -row $row -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
incr row
}
# The last dummy label
label $base.ldummy -text {} -borderwidth 0
grid $base.ldummy -in $base -column 0 -row 100
grid rowconf $base 100 -weight 1
}
proc {design:show_attributes} {i} {
global PgAcVar
set objclass $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,class)
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_class) $objclass
design:createAttributesFrame $i
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_name) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,name)
if {$i == 0} {
# Object 0 is the form
set c [split [winfo geometry .pgaw:FormDesign:draft] x+]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_top) [lindex $c 3]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_left) [lindex $c 2]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_width) [lindex $c 0]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_height) [lindex $c 1]
return
}
set c $PgAcVar(fdobj,$i,coord)
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_top) [lindex $c 1]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_left) [lindex $c 0]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_width) [expr [lindex $c 2]-[lindex $c 0]]
set PgAcVar(fdvar,c_height) [expr [lindex $c 3]-[lindex $c 1]]
}
proc {design:run} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB DataControlVar
set base .$PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name)
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base $PgAcVar(fdvar,geometry)
wm maxsize $base 785 570
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base $PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)
foreach item $PgAcVar(fdvar,objlist) {
set coord $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,coord)
set name $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,name)
set wh "-width [expr 3+[lindex $coord 2]-[lindex $coord 0]] -height [expr 3+[lindex $coord 3]-[lindex $coord 1]]"
set visual 1
set wfont $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,font)
switch $wfont {
{} {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)}
normal {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)}
bold {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)}
italic {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_italic)}
fixed {set wfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix)}
}
namespace forget ::DataControl($base.$name)
# Checking if relief ridge or groove has borderwidth 2
if {[lsearch {ridge groove} $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,relief)] != -1} {
if {$PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) < 2} {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) 2
}
}
# Checking if borderwidth is okay
if {[lsearch {0 1 2 3 4 5} $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth)] == -1} {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) 1
}
set cmd {}
catch {set cmd $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,command)}
switch $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,class) {
button {
button $base.$name -borderwidth 1 -padx 0 -pady 0 -text "$PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,label)" \
-fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor) \
-borderwidth $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) \
-relief $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,relief) -font $wfont -command [subst {$cmd}]
if {$PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,variable) != ""} {
$base.$name configure -textvariable $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,variable)
}
}
checkbox {
checkbutton $base.$name -onvalue t -offvalue f -font $wfont \
-fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) \
-borderwidth $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) \
-command [subst {$cmd}] \
-text "$PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,label)" -variable "$PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,variable)" -borderwidth 1
set wh {}
}
query {
set visual 0
set DataControlVar($base.$name,sql) $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,command)
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc open {} {
global CurrentDB DataControlVar
variable tuples
catch {unset tuples}
set wn \[focus\] ; setCursor CLOCK
set res \[wpg_exec \$CurrentDB \"\$DataControlVar($base.$name,sql)\"\]
pg_result \$res -assign tuples
set fl {}
foreach fd \[pg_result \$res -lAttributes\] {lappend fl \[lindex \$fd 0\]}
set DataControlVar($base.$name,fields) \$fl
set DataControlVar($base.$name,recno) 0
set DataControlVar($base.$name,nrecs) \[pg_result \$res -numTuples\]
setCursor NORMAL
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc setSQL {sqlcmd} {
global DataControlVar
set DataControlVar($base.$name,sql) \$sqlcmd
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc getRowCount {} {
global DataControlVar
return \$DataControlVar($base.$name,nrecs)
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc getRowIndex {} {
global DataControlVar
return \$DataControlVar($base.$name,recno)
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc moveTo {newrecno} {
global DataControlVar
set DataControlVar($base.$name,recno) \$newrecno
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc close {} {
variable tuples
catch {unset tuples}
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc getFieldList {} {
global DataControlVar
return \$DataControlVar($base.$name,fields)
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc fill {lb fld} {
global DataControlVar
variable tuples
\$lb delete 0 end
for {set i 0} {\$i<\$DataControlVar($base.$name,nrecs)} {incr i} {
\$lb insert end \$tuples\(\$i,\$fld\)
}
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc moveFirst {} {global DataControlVar ; set DataControlVar($base.$name,recno) 0}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc moveNext {} {global DataControlVar ; incr DataControlVar($base.$name,recno) ; if {\$DataControlVar($base.$name,recno)==\[getRowCount\]} {moveLast}}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc movePrevious {} {global DataControlVar ; incr DataControlVar($base.$name,recno) -1 ; if {\$DataControlVar($base.$name,recno)==-1} {moveFirst}}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc moveLast {} {global DataControlVar ; set DataControlVar($base.$name,recno) \[expr \[getRowCount\] -1\]}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc updateDataSet {} {\
global DataControlVar
global DataSet
variable tuples
set i \$DataControlVar($base.$name,recno)
foreach fld \$DataControlVar($base.$name,fields) {
catch {
upvar DataSet\($base.$name,\$fld\) dbvar
set dbvar \$tuples\(\$i,\$fld\)
}
}
}"
namespace eval ::DataControl($base.$name) "proc clearDataSet {} {
global DataControlVar
global DataSet
catch { foreach fld \$DataControlVar($base.$name,fields) {
catch {
upvar DataSet\($base.$name,\$fld\) dbvar
set dbvar {}
}
}}
}"
}
radio {
radiobutton $base.$name -font $wfont -text "$PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,label)" \
-fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor) -variable $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,variable) \
-value $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,value) -borderwidth 1
set wh {}
}
entry {
set var {} ; catch {set var $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,variable)}
entry $base.$name -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor) -fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) \
-borderwidth $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) -font $wfont \
-relief $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,relief) -selectborderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0
if {$var!=""} {$base.$name configure -textvar $var}
}
text {
text $base.$name -fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor) \
-relief $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,relief) -borderwidth $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) \
-font $wfont
}
label {
# set wh {}
label $base.$name -font $wfont -anchor nw -padx 0 -pady 0 -text $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,label) \
-borderwidth $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) \
-relief $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,relief) -fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor)
set var {} ; catch {set var $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,variable)}
if {$var!=""} {$base.$name configure -textvar $var}
}
listbox {
listbox $base.$name -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor) -highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-borderwidth $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,borderwidth) -relief $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,relief) \
-fg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,fcolor) -bg $PgAcVar(fdobj,$item,bcolor) -font $wfont -yscrollcommand [subst {$base.sb$name set}]
scrollbar $base.sb$name -borderwidth 1 -command [subst {$base.$name yview}] -orient vert -highlightthickness 0
eval [subst "place $base.sb$name -x [expr [lindex $coord 2]-14] -y [expr [lindex $coord 1]-1] -width 16 -height [expr 3+[lindex $coord 3]-[lindex $coord 1]] -anchor nw -bordermode ignore"]
}
}
if $visual {eval [subst "place $base.$name -x [expr [lindex $coord 0]-1] -y [expr [lindex $coord 1]-1] -anchor nw $wh -bordermode ignore"]}
}
if {$PgAcVar(fdobj,0,command) != ""} {
uplevel #0 $PgAcVar(fdobj,0,command)
}
}
proc {design:close} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty)} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -message [intlmsg "Do you want to save the form into the database?"] -type yesno -default yes]=="yes"} {
if {[design:save $PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)]==0} {return}
}
}
catch {Window destroy .pgaw:FormDesign:draft}
catch {Window destroy .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar}
catch {Window destroy .pgaw:FormDesign:menu}
catch {Window destroy .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes}
catch {Window destroy .pgaw:FormDesign:commands}
catch {Window destroy .$PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name)}
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:FormDesign:draft {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:FormDesign:draft
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 377x315+50+130
wm maxsize $base 785 570
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Form design"]
bind $base <Key-Delete> {
Forms::design:delete_object
}
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load form_design"
canvas $base.c \
-background #a0a0a0 -height 207 -highlightthickness 0 -relief ridge \
-selectborderwidth 0 -width 295
bind $base.c <Button-1> {
Forms::design:mouse_down %x %y
}
bind $base.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
Forms::design:mouse_up %x %y
}
bind $base.c <Motion> {
Forms::design:mouse_move %x %y
}
pack $base.c \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:draft -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:FormDesign:attributes {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:FormDesign:attributes
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 237x300+461+221
wm maxsize $base 785 570
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Attributes"]
# The identification frame
frame $base.fi \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.fi.lclass \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Class]
entry $base.fi.eclass -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,c_class) \
-borderwidth 1 -width 200
label $base.fi.lname \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Name]
entry $base.fi.ename -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,c_name) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 200
bind $base.fi.ename <Key-Return> {
Forms::design:set_name
}
# The geometry frame
frame $base.fg \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
entry $base.fg.e1 -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,c_width) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 5
entry $base.fg.e2 -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,c_height) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 5
entry $base.fg.e3 -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,c_left) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 5
entry $base.fg.e4 -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,c_top) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 5
bind $base.fg.e1 <Key-Return> {
Forms::design:change_coords
}
bind $base.fg.e2 <Key-Return> {
Forms::design:change_coords
}
bind $base.fg.e3 <Key-Return> {
Forms::design:change_coords
}
bind $base.fg.e4 <Key-Return> {
Forms::design:change_coords
}
label $base.fg.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text Width
label $base.fg.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -text Height
label $base.fg.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -text Left
label $base.fg.l4 \
-borderwidth 0 -text Top
label $base.fg.lx1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text x
label $base.fg.lp1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text +
label $base.fg.lp2 \
-borderwidth 0 -text +
# The frame for the rest of the attributes (dynamically generated)
frame $base.f \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
# Geometry for "identification frame"
place $base.fi \
-x 5 -y 5 -width 230 -height 55 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid columnconf $base.fi 1 -weight 1
grid $base.fi.lclass \
-in $base.fi -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.fi.eclass \
-in $base.fi -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
grid $base.fi.lname \
-in $base.fi -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.fi.ename \
-in $base.fi -column 1 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-sticky w
# Geometry for "geometry frame"
place $base.fg \
-x 5 -y 60 -width 230 -height 45 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid $base.fg.e1 \
-in $base.fg -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.e2 \
-in $base.fg -column 2 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.e3 \
-in $base.fg -column 4 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.e4 \
-in $base.fg -column 6 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.l1 \
-in $base.fg -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.l2 \
-in $base.fg -column 2 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.l3 \
-in $base.fg -column 4 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.l4 \
-in $base.fg -column 6 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.lx1 \
-in $base.fg -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.lp1 \
-in $base.fg -column 5 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fg.lp2 \
-in $base.fg -column 3 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
place $base.f -x 5 -y 105 -width 230 -height 190 -anchor nw
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:FormDesign:commands {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:FormDesign:commands
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 640x480+120+100
wm maxsize $base 785 570
wm minsize $base 1 19
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm title $base [intlmsg "Command"]
frame $base.f \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
scrollbar $base.f.sb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.txt yview} -orient vert -width 12
text $base.f.txt \
-font $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) -height 1 -tabs {20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200} \
-width 200 -yscrollcommand {.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.sb set}
frame $base.fb \
-height 75 -width 125
button $base.fb.b1 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {
set PgAcVar(fdobj,$PgAcVar(fdvar,commandFor),command) [.pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f.txt get 1.0 "end - 1 chars"]
Window hide .pgaw:FormDesign:commands
set PgAcVar(fdvar,dirty) 1
} -text [intlmsg Save] -width 5
button $base.fb.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window hide .pgaw:FormDesign:commands} \
-text [intlmsg Cancel]
pack $base.f \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:commands -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
pack $base.f.sb \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f -anchor e -expand 1 -fill y -side right
pack $base.f.txt \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:commands.f -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
pack $base.fb \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:commands -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.fb.b1 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:commands.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.b2 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:commands.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:FormDesign:menu {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:FormDesign:menu
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 432x74+0+0
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Form designer"]
frame $base.f1 \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f1.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text "[intlmsg {Form name}] "
entry $base.f1.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(fdvar,formtitle)
frame $base.f2 \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f2.l \
-borderwidth 0 -text "[intlmsg {Form's window internal name}] "
entry $base.f2.e \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name)
frame $base.f3 \
-height 1 -width 125
button $base.f3.b1 \
-command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,geometry) [wm geometry .pgaw:FormDesign:draft] ; Forms::design:run} -padx 1 \
-text [intlmsg {Test form}]
button $base.f3.b2 \
-command {destroy .$PgAcVar(fdobj,0,name)} -padx 1 \
-text [intlmsg {Close test form}]
button $base.f3.b3 \
-command {Forms::design:save nimic} -padx 1 -text [intlmsg Save]
button $base.f3.b4 \
-command {Forms::design:close} \
-padx 1 -text [intlmsg Close]
pack $base.f1 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 2 -side top
pack $base.f1.l1 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.e1 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f1 -anchor center -expand 1 -fill x -side left
pack $base.f2 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 1 -side top
pack $base.f2.l \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f2.e \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f2 -anchor center -expand 1 -fill x -side left
pack $base.f3 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 2 -side bottom
pack $base.f3.b1 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.b2 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.b3 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.b4 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:menu.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar {base} {
global PgAcVar
foreach wid {button frame radiobutton checkbutton label text entry listbox query} {
image create photo "icon_$wid" -file [file join $PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) images icon_$wid.gif]
}
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel -menu .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar.m17
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 29x235+1+130
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Toolbar"]
button $base.b1 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) button} -image icon_button \
-padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b3 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) radio} \
-image icon_radiobutton -padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b4 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) checkbox} \
-image icon_checkbutton -padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b5 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) label} -image icon_label \
-padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b6 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) text} -image icon_text \
-padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b7 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) entry} -image icon_entry \
-padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b8 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) listbox} -image icon_listbox \
-padx 9 -pady 3
button $base.b9 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(fdvar,tool) query} -height 21 \
-image icon_query -padx 9 -pady 3 -width 20
grid $base.b1 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b3 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b4 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 5 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b5 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b6 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b7 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b8 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 7 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b9 \
-in .pgaw:FormDesign:toolbar -column 0 -row 8 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 3
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/functions.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Functions {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:Function
set PgAcVar(function,name) {}
set PgAcVar(function,nametodrop) {}
set PgAcVar(function,parameters) {}
set PgAcVar(function,returns) {}
set PgAcVar(function,language) {}
.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 delete 1.0 end
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e1
wm transient .pgaw:Function .pgaw:Main
}
proc {design} {functionname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:Function
.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 delete 1.0 end
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from pg_proc where proname='$functionname'" rec {
set PgAcVar(function,name) $functionname
set temppar $rec(proargtypes)
set PgAcVar(function,returns) [Database::getPgType $rec(prorettype)]
set funcnrp $rec(pronargs)
set prolanguage $rec(prolang)
.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 insert end $rec(prosrc)
}
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select lanname from pg_language where oid=$prolanguage" rec {
set PgAcVar(function,language) $rec(lanname)
}
if { $PgAcVar(function,language)=="C" || $PgAcVar(function,language)=="c" } {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select probin from pg_proc where proname='$functionname'" rec {
.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 delete 1.0 end
.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 insert end $rec(probin)
}
}
set PgAcVar(function,parameters) {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$funcnrp} {incr i} {
lappend PgAcVar(function,parameters) [Database::getPgType [lindex $temppar $i]]
}
set PgAcVar(function,parameters) [join $PgAcVar(function,parameters) ,]
set PgAcVar(function,nametodrop) "$PgAcVar(function,name) ($PgAcVar(function,parameters))"
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(function,name)==""} {
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e1
showError [intlmsg "You must supply a name for this function!"]
} elseif {$PgAcVar(function,returns)==""} {
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e3
showError [intlmsg "You must supply a return type!"]
} elseif {$PgAcVar(function,language)==""} {
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e4
showError [intlmsg "You must supply the function language!"]
} else {
set funcbody [.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 get 1.0 end]
regsub -all "\n" $funcbody " " funcbody
if {$PgAcVar(function,nametodrop) != ""} {
if {! [sql_exec noquiet "drop function $PgAcVar(function,nametodrop)"]} {
return
}
}
if {[sql_exec noquiet "create function $PgAcVar(function,name) ($PgAcVar(function,parameters)) returns $PgAcVar(function,returns) as '$funcbody' language '$PgAcVar(function,language)'"]} {
Window destroy .pgaw:Function
tk_messageBox -title PostgreSQL -parent .pgaw:Main -message [intlmsg "Function saved!"]
Mainlib::tab_click Functions
}
}
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Function {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Function
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 480x330+98+212
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 480 330
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Function"]
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load functions"
frame $base.fp \
-height 88 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.fp.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Name]
entry $base.fp.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(function,name)
bind $base.fp.e1 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e2
}
label $base.fp.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Parameters]
entry $base.fp.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(function,parameters) -width 15
bind $base.fp.e2 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e3
}
label $base.fp.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Returns]
entry $base.fp.e3 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(function,returns)
bind $base.fp.e3 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Function.fp.e4
}
label $base.fp.l4 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Language]
entry $base.fp.e4 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(function,language) -width 15
bind $base.fp.e4 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Function.fs.text1
}
label $base.fp.lspace \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
frame $base.fs \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
text $base.fs.text1 \
-background #fefefe -foreground #000000 -borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) -height 16 \
-tabs {20 40 60 80 100 120} -width 43 -yscrollcommand {.pgaw:Function.fs.vsb set}
scrollbar $base.fs.vsb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:Function.fs.text1 yview} -orient vert
frame $base.fb \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -width 125
frame $base.fb.fbc \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -width 125
button $base.fb.fbc.btnsave -command {Functions::save} \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Save]
button $base.fb.fbc.btnhelp -command {Help::load functions} \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Help]
button $base.fb.fbc.btncancel \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:Function} -padx 9 -pady 3 \
-text [intlmsg Cancel]
pack $base.fp \
-in .pgaw:Function -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
grid $base.fp.l1 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.fp.e1 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fp.l2 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 3 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.fp.e2 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 4 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.fp.l3 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.fp.e3 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 1 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fp.l4 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 3 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.fp.e4 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 4 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 3
grid $base.fp.lspace \
-in .pgaw:Function.fp -column 2 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
pack $base.fs \
-in .pgaw:Function -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
pack $base.fs.text1 \
-in .pgaw:Function.fs -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side left
pack $base.fs.vsb \
-in .pgaw:Function.fs -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
pack $base.fb \
-in .pgaw:Function -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side bottom
pack $base.fb.fbc \
-in .pgaw:Function.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.fb.fbc.btnsave \
-in .pgaw:Function.fb.fbc -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.fbc.btnhelp \
-in .pgaw:Function.fb.fbc -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.fbc.btncancel \
-in .pgaw:Function.fb.fbc -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Help {
proc {findLink} {} {
foreach tagname [.pgaw:Help.f.t tag names current] {
if {$tagname!="link"} {
load $tagname
return
}
}
}
proc {load} {topic args} {
global PgAcVar
if {![winfo exists .pgaw:Help]} {
Window show .pgaw:Help
tkwait visibility .pgaw:Help
}
wm deiconify .pgaw:Help
if {![info exists PgAcVar(help,history)]} {
set PgAcVar(help,history) {}
}
if {[llength $args]==1} {
set PgAcVar(help,current_topic) [lindex $args 0]
set PgAcVar(help,history) [lrange $PgAcVar(help,history) 0 [lindex $args 0]]
} else {
lappend PgAcVar(help,history) $topic
set PgAcVar(help,current_topic) [expr {[llength $PgAcVar(help,history)]-1}]
}
# Limit the history length to 100 topics
if {[llength $PgAcVar(help,history)]>100} {
set PgAcVar(help,history) [lrange $PgAcVar(help,history) 1 end]
}
.pgaw:Help.f.t configure -state normal
.pgaw:Help.f.t delete 1.0 end
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure bold -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure italic -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_italic)
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure large -font {Helvetica -14 bold}
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure title -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) -justify center
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure link -font {Helvetica -12 underline} -foreground #000080
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure code -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix)
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag configure warning -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) -foreground #800000
.pgaw:Help.f.t tag bind link <Button-1> {Help::findLink}
set errmsg {}
.pgaw:Help.f.t configure -tabs {30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390}
catch { source [file join $PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) lib help $topic.hlp] } errmsg
if {$errmsg!=""} {
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "Error loading help file [file join $PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) $topic.hlp]\n\n$errmsg" bold
}
.pgaw:Help.f.t configure -state disabled
focus .pgaw:Help.f.sb
}
proc {back} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {![info exists PgAcVar(help,history)]} {return}
if {[llength $PgAcVar(help,history)]==0} {return}
set i $PgAcVar(help,current_topic)
if {$i<1} {return}
incr i -1
load [lindex $PgAcVar(help,history) $i] $i
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Help {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Help
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
set sw [winfo screenwidth .]
set sh [winfo screenheight .]
set x [expr {($sw - 640)/2}]
set y [expr {($sh - 480)/2}]
wm geometry $base 640x480+$x+$y
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Help"]
bind $base <Key-Escape> "Window destroy .pgaw:Help"
frame $base.fb \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.fb.bback \
-command Help::back -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Back]
button $base.fb.bi \
-command {Help::load index} -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Index]
button $base.fb.bp \
-command {Help::load postgresql} -padx 9 -pady 3 -text PostgreSQL
button $base.fb.btnclose \
-command {Window destroy .pgaw:Help} -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Close]
frame $base.f \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
text $base.f.t \
-borderwidth 1 -cursor {} -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -height 2 \
-highlightthickness 0 -state disabled \
-tabs {30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390} -width 8 \
-wrap word -yscrollcommand {.pgaw:Help.f.sb set}
scrollbar $base.f.sb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:Help.f.t yview} -highlightthickness 0 \
-orient vert
pack $base.fb \
-in .pgaw:Help -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
pack $base.fb.bback \
-in .pgaw:Help.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.bi \
-in .pgaw:Help.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.bp \
-in .pgaw:Help.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.btnclose \
-in .pgaw:Help.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f \
-in .pgaw:Help -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
pack $base.f.t \
-in .pgaw:Help.f -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side left
pack $base.f.sb \
-in .pgaw:Help.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/abort.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"ABORT" {bold} " rolls back the current transaction and causes all the updates made by the transaction to be discarded. This command is identical in behavior to the SQL92 command ROLLBACK, and is present only for historical reasons.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "ABORT" {code} "
" {} "Compatibility SQL92" {bold} "
This command is a Postgres extension present for historical reasons. " {} "ROLLBACK" {bold} " is the SQL92 equivalent command."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/add_records.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Adding new records to an existing table" {bold} "
" {} "Open a table for viewing and editing" {link open_table} " and move to the end of the displayed records using the vertical scrollbar. You will find there a single row containing only * characters. Click with the mouse on a field and start edit the new record. Move through the fields using Tab and Shift-Tab.
The new record will be saved into the database when you will select another record (or press on the mouse right-button).
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/alter_table.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "ALTER TABLE" {bold} " changes the definition of an existing table. The new columns and their types are specified in the same style and with the the same restrictions as in CREATE TABLE. The RENAME clause causes the name of a table or column to change without changing any of the data contained in the affected table. Thus, the table or column will remain of the same type and size after this command is executed.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
ALTER TABLE table \[ * \] ADD \[ COLUMN \] column type
ALTER TABLE table \[ * \] RENAME \[ COLUMN \] column TO newcolumn
ALTER TABLE table RENAME TO newtable
" {code} "table" {italic} "
The name of an existing table to alter.
" {} "column" {italic} "
Name of a new or existing column.
" {} "type " {italic} "
Type of the new column.
" {} "newcolumn " {italic} "
New name for an existing column.
" {} "newtable " {italic} "
New name for an existing column.
You must own the table in order to change its schema.
" {} "Notes:" {italic} " The keyword COLUMN is noise and can be omitted.
\"\[*\]\" following a name of a table indicates that statement should be run over that table and all tables below it in the inheritance hierarchy. The PostgreSQL User's Guide has further information on inheritance.
Refer to " {} "CREATE TABLE" {link create_table} " for a further description of valid arguments."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/alter_user.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "ALTER USER" {bold} " is used to change the attributes of a user's Postgres account. Please note that \
it is not possible to alter a user's " {} "usesysid" {bold} " via the alter user statement. Also, it is only possible for \
the Postgres user or any user with read and modify permissions on " {} "pg_shadow" {bold} " to alter user passwords. \
If any of the clauses of the alter user statement are omitted, the corresponding value in the " {} "pg_shadow" {bold} " table is left unchanged. \
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
ALTER USER username
\[ WITH PASSWORD password \]
\[ CREATEDB | NOCREATEDB \]
\[ CREATEUSER | NOCREATEUSER \]
\[ IN GROUP groupname \[, ...\] \]
\[ VALID UNTIL 'abstime' \]
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
Refer to CREATE USER for a detailed description of each clause.
" {} "username" {italic} "
The Postgres account name of the user whose details are to be altered.
" {} "password" {italic} "
The new password to be used for this account.
" {} "groupname" {italic} "
The name of an access group into which this account is to be put.
" {} "abstime" {italic} "
The date (and, optionally, the time) at which this user's access is to be terminated.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "ALTER USER" {italic} "
Message returned if the alteration was successful.
" {} "ERROR: alterUser: user 'username' does not exist" {italic} "
Error message returned if the user specified doesn't exist.
" {} "Notes" {italic} "
" {} "ALTER USER" {bold} " statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE/DROP USER to create or remove a user account.
In the current release (v6.5), the IN GROUP clause is parsed but has no affect. When it is fully implemented, it is intended to modify the pg_group relation.
" {} "Compatibility" {bold} "
SQL92
There is no ALTER USER statement in SQL92. The standard leaves the definition of users to the \
implementation."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/author.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"The author of PgAccess\n" {title} \
"
My name is Constantin Teodorescu, I'm 36 years old, I have graduated the Faculty of Computers and Automation Bucharest, ROMANIA, I have a 16 year experience in developing applications in various languages, Pascal, C, C++, Visual Basic, Delphi, Perl , Tcl/Tk and Java for different platforms. Currently working as a manager of a team that works in Unix with Java , SQL databases (Oracle, SYBASE) currently using PostgreSQL database for developing professional client/server multi-platform applications (standalone Java or Tcl/Tk ,Java applets) for different customers and various projects (accounting, invoicing, stock inventory).
In present I am the technical manager of FLEX Consulting Braila, a computer shop, software company, networking designer and consultant, ISP provider for Braila city. I'm also a columnist in the romanian technical magazine \"PC-Magazine\" and \"BYTE\".
I have discovered PostgreSQL in 1995 and from the first moment I decided to help it's development writting PgAccess, a graphical interface.
The work has been done using Visual Tcl, in my opinion the best tool for developing Tcl/Tk projects. Visual Tcl is free, more information at http://www.neuron.com/stewart/vtcl/index.html
I'm waiting for any suggestions at e-mail address teo@flex.ro"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/begin.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "BEGIN" {bold} "
By default, Postgres executes transactions in unchained mode (also known as " {} "autocommit" {bold} " in other database systems). In other words, each user statement is executed in its own transaction \
and a commit is implicitly performed at the end of the statement (if execution was successful, otherwise a rollback is done). BEGIN initiates a user transaction in chained mode, i.e. all user \
statements after BEGIN command will be executed in a single transaction until an explicit COMMIT, ROLLBACK or execution abort. Statements in chained mode are executed much faster, \
because transaction start/commit requires significant CPU and disk activity. Execution of multiple statements inside a transaction is also required for consistency when changing several related \
tables. \
The default transaction isolation level in Postgres is READ COMMITTED, where queries inside the transaction see only changes committed before query execution. So, you have to use SET \
TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE just after BEGIN if you need more rigorous transaction isolation. In SERIALIZABLE mode queries will see only changes committed \
before the entire transaction began (actually, before execution of the first DML statement in a serializable transaction). \
If the transaction is committed, Postgres will ensure either that all updates are done or else that none of them are done. Transactions have the standard ACID (atomic, consistent, isolatable, and durable) property.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
BEGIN \[ WORK | TRANSACTION \]
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The keyword TRANSACTION is just a cosmetic alternative to WORK. Neither keyword need be specified.
Refer to the LOCK statement for further information about locking tables inside a transaction.
Use " {} "COMMIT" {link commit} " or " {} "ROLLBACK" {link rollback} " to terminate a transaction.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To begin a user transaction:
" {} "BEGIN WORK;" {italic} "
" {} "Compatibility" {bold} "
BEGIN is a Postgres language extension.
" {} "SQL92" {bold} "
There is no explicit BEGIN WORK command in SQL92; transaction initiation is always implicit and it terminates either with a COMMIT or with a ROLLBACK statement.
Note: Many relational database systems offer an autocommit feature as a convenience.
SQL92 also requires SERIALIZABLE to be the default transaction isolation level. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/close.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CLOSE" {bold} " frees the resources associated with an open cursor. After the cursor is closed, no subsequent operations are allowed on it. A cursor should be closed when it is no longer needed. \
An implicit close is executed for every open cursor when a transaction is terminated by \
" {} "COMMIT" {link commit} " or " {} "ROLLBACK" {link rollback} ".
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CLOSE cursor
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Close the cursor liahona:
CLOSE liahona;
" {} "Compatibility" {bold} "
SQL92
CLOSE is fully compatible with SQL92
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
Postgres does not have an explicit OPEN cursor statement; a cursor is considered open when it is declared. Use the DECLARE statement to declare a cursor."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/cluster.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CLUSTER" {bold} " instructs Postgres to cluster the class specified by classname approximately based on the index specified by indexname. The index must already have been defined on classname. \
When a class is clustered, it is physically reordered based on the index information. The clustering is static. In other words, as the class is updated, the changes are not clustered. No attempt is \
made to keep new instances or updated tuples clustered. If one wishes, one can recluster manually by issuing the command \
again.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CLUSTER indexname ON table
" {} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "indexname" {italic} "
The name of an index.
" {} "table" {italic} "
The name of a table.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
CLUSTER
The clustering was done successfully.
ERROR: relation <tablerelation_number> inherits \"invoice\"
ERROR: Relation x does not exist!
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Cluster the employees relation on the basis of its salary attribute
CLUSTER emp_ind ON emp
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The table is actually copied to a temporary table in index order, then renamed back to the original name. For this reason, all grant permissions and other indexes are lost when clustering is \
performed.
In cases where you are accessing single rows randomly within a table, the actual order of the data in the heap table is unimportant. However, if you tend to access some data more than others, \
and there is an index that groups them together, you will benefit from using CLUSTER.
Another place CLUSTER is helpful is in cases where you use an index to pull out several rows from a table. If you are requesting a range of indexed values from a table, or a single indexed \
value that has multiple rows that match, CLUSTER will help because once the index identifies the heap page for the first row that matches, all other rows that match are probably already on the \
same heap page, saving disk accesses and speeding up the query.
There are two ways to cluster data. The first is with the CLUSTER command, which reorders the original table with the ordering of the index you specify. This can be slow on large tables \
because the rows are fetched from the heap in index order, and if the heap table is unordered, the entries are on random pages, so there is one disk page retrieved for every row moved. Postgres \
has a cache, but the majority of a big table will not fit in the cache.
Another way to cluster data is to use
SELECT ... INTO TABLE temp FROM ... ORDER BY ...
This uses the Postgres sorting code in ORDER BY to match the index, and is much faster for unordered data. You then drop the old table, use ALTER TABLE/RENAME to rename temp to \
the old name, and recreate any indexes. The only problem is that OIDs will not be preserved. From then on, CLUSTER should be fast because most of the heap data has already been ordered, \
and the existing index is used. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/commit.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "COMMIT" {bold} " commits the current transaction. All changes made by the transaction become visible to others and are guaranteed to be durable if a crash occurs.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
COMMIT \[ WORK | TRANSACTION \]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
To make all changes permanent:
COMMIT WORK;
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The keywords WORK and TRANSACTION are noise and can be omitted.
Use " {} "ROLLBACK" {link rollback} " to abort a transaction."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/copy.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "COPY" {bold} " moves data between Postgres tables and standard Unix files. COPY instructs the Postgres backend to directly read from or write to a file. The file must be directly visible to the backend \
and the name must be specified from the viewpoint of the backend. If stdin or stdout are specified, data flows through the client frontend to the backend.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
COPY \[ BINARY \] table \[ WITH OIDS \]
FROM { 'filename' | stdin }
\[ USING DELIMITERS 'delimiter' \]
COPY \[ BINARY \] table \[ WITH OIDS \]
TO { 'filename' | stdout }
\[ USING DELIMITERS 'delimiter' \]
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "BINARY" {italic} "
Changes the behavior of field formatting, forcing all data to be stored or read as binary objects rather than as text.
" {} "table" {italic} "
The name of an existing table.
" {} "WITH OIDS" {italic} "
Copies the internal unique object id (OID) for each row.
" {} "filename" {italic} "
The absolute Unix pathname of the input or output file.
" {} "stdin" {italic} "
Specifies that input comes from a pipe or terminal.
" {} "stdout" {italic} "
Specifies that output goes to a pipe or terminal.
" {} "delimiter" {italic} "
A character that delimits the input or output fields.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "COPY" {italic} "
The copy completed successfully.
" {} "ERROR: error message" {italic} "
The copy failed for the reason stated in the error message.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
The following example copies a table to standard output, using a vertical bar \(\"|\"\) as the field delimiter:
COPY country TO stdout USING DELIMITERS '|';
To copy data from a Unix file into a table \"country\":
COPY country FROM '/usr1/proj/bray/sql/country_data';
Here is a sample of data suitable for copying into a table from stdin \(so it has the termination sequence on the last \
line\):
AF AFGHANISTAN
AL ALBANIA
DZ ALGERIA
...
ZM ZAMBIA
ZW ZIMBABWE
\.
" {} "File Formats" {bold} "
" {} "Text Format" {italic} "
When COPY TO is used without the BINARY option, the file generated will have each row \(instance\) on a single line, with each column \
\(attribute\) separated by the delimiter character. Embedded delimiter characters will be preceded by a backslash character \
\(\"\\\"\). The attribute values themselves are strings generated by the output function associated with each attribute type. \
The output function for a type should not try to generate the backslash character; this will be handled by COPY itself.
The actual format for each instance is
<attr1><separator><attr2><separator>...<separator><attrn><newline>
The oid is placed on the beginning of the line if WITH OIDS is specified.
If " {} "COPY" {bold} " is sending its output to standard output instead of a file, it will send a backslash\(\"\\\"\) and a period \
\(\".\"\) followed immediately by a newline, on a separate line, when it is done. Similarly, \
if " {} "COPY" {bold} " is reading from standard input, it will expect a backslash \(\"\\\"\) and a period \
\(\".\"\) followed by a newline, as the first three characters on a line to denote end-of-file. However, COPY will \
terminate \(followed by the backend itself\) if a true EOF is encountered before this special end-of-file pattern is found.
The backslash character has other special meanings. NULL attributes are represented as \"\\N\". A literal backslash character is represented as two consecutive backslashes \
\(\"\\\\\"\). A literal tab character is represented as a backslash and a tab. A literal newline character is represented as a backslash and a newline. When loading text data not generated by Postgres, you will need to \
convert backslash characters \(\"\\\"\) to double-backslashes \(\"\\\\\"\) to ensure that they are loaded properly.
" {} "Binary Format" {italic} "
In the case of " {} "COPY BINARY" {bold} ", the first four bytes in the file will be the number of instances in the file. If this number is zero, the \
" {} "COPY BINARY" {bold} " command will read until end of file is encountered. Otherwise, it will stop reading when this number of instances has been read. Remaining data in the file will be ignored. \
The format for each instance in the file is as follows. Note that this format must be followed exactly. Unsigned four-byte integer quantities are called uint32 in the table below.
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The " {} "BINARY" {bold} " keyword will force all data to be stored/read as binary objects rather than as text. It is somewhat faster than the normal copy command, but is not generally portable, and the files \
generated are somewhat larger, although this factor is highly dependent on the data itself. By default, a text copy uses a tab \
\(\"\\t\"\) character as a delimiter. The delimiter may also be changed to any other single character with the keyword phrase USING DELIMITERS. Characters in data fields which happen to match the delimiter character will be quoted.
You must have select access on any table whose values are read by " {} "COPY" {bold} ", and either insert or update access to a table into which values are being inserted by \
" {} "COPY" {bold} ". The backend also needs appropriate Unix permissions for any file read or written by \
" {} "COPY" {bold} ".
The keyword phrase " {} "USING DELIMITERS" {bold} " specifies a single character to be used for all delimiters between columns. If multiple characters are specified in the delimiter string, only the first \
character is used.
Tip: Do not confuse " {} "COPY" {bold} " with the psql instruction \\copy. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/copyrights.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Copyrights\n\n" {title} \
"
PostgreSQL is Copyright © 1996-9 by the PostgreSQL Global Development Group, and is distributed under the terms of the Berkeley license.
Postgres95 is Copyright © 1994-5 by the Regents of the University of California. Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose, without fee, and without a written agreement is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph and the following two paragraphs appear in all copies.
In no event shall the University of California be liable to any party for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages, including lost profits, arising out of the use of this software and its documentation, even if the University of California has been advised of the possibility of such damage.
The University of California specifically disclaims any warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The software provided hereunder is on an \"as-is\" basis, and the University of California has no obligations to provide maintainance, support, updates, enhancements, or modifications.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_aggregate.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE AGGREGATE" {bold} " allows a user or programmer to extend Postgres functionality by defining new aggregate functions. Some aggregate functions for base types such as \
min\(int4\) and avg(float8) are already provided in the base distribution. If one defines new types or needs an aggregate function not already provided then CREATE AGGREGATE can be used to provide \
the desired features.
An aggregate function can require up to three functions, two state transition functions, sfunc1 and sfunc2:
sfunc1( internal-state1, next-data_item ) ---> next-internal-state1
sfunc2( internal-state2 ) ---> next-internal-state2
and a final calculation function, ffunc:
ffunc(internal-state1, internal-state2) ---> aggregate-value
Postgres creates up to two temporary variables (referred to here as temp1 and temp2) to hold intermediate results used as arguments to the transition functions.
These transition functions are required to have the following properties:
The arguments to sfunc1 must be temp1 of type sfunc1_return_type and column_value of type data_type. The return value must be of type sfunc1_return_type and will be used as
the first argument in the next call to sfunc1.
The argument and return value of sfunc2 must be temp2 of type sfunc2_return_type.
The arguments to the final-calculation-function must be temp1 and temp2 and its return value must be a Postgres base type (not necessarily data_type which had been specified for
BASETYPE).
FINALFUNC should be specified if and only if both state-transition functions are specified.
An aggregate function may also require one or two initial conditions, one for each transition function. These are specified and stored in the database as fields of type text.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
CREATE AGGREGATE name \[ AS \]
( BASETYPE = data_type
\[ , SFUNC1 = sfunc1
, STYPE1 = sfunc1_return_type \]
\[ , SFUNC2 = sfunc2
, STYPE2 = sfunc2_return_type \]
\[ , FINALFUNC = ffunc \]
\[ , INITCOND1 = initial_condition1 \]
\[ , INITCOND2 = initial_condition2 \]
)
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "name" {italic} "
The name of an aggregate function to create.
" {} "data_type" {italic} "
The fundamental data type on which this aggregate function operates.
" {} "sfunc1" {italic} "
The state transition function to be called for every non-NULL field from the source column. It takes a variable of type sfunc1_return_type as the first argument and that field as the
second argument.
" {} "sfunc1_return_type" {italic} "
The return type of the first transition function.
" {} "sfunc2" {italic} "
The state transition function to be called for every non-NULL field from the source column. It takes a variable of type sfunc2_return_type as the only argument and returns a variable
of the same type.
" {} "sfunc2_return_type" {italic} "
The return type of the second transition function.
" {} "ffunc" {italic} "
The final function called after traversing all input fields. This function must take two arguments of types sfunc1_return_type and sfunc2_return_type.
" {} "initial_condition1" {italic} "
The initial value for the first transition function argument.
" {} "initial_condition2" {italic} "
The initial value for the second transition function argument.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE" {italic} "
Message returned if the command completes successfully.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Refer to the chapter on aggregate functions in the PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide on aggregate functions for complete examples of usage.
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
Use " {} "DROP AGGREGATE" {bold} " to drop aggregate functions.
It is possible to specify aggregate functions that have varying combinations of state and final functions. For example, the count aggregate requires SFUNC2 (an incrementing function) but not \
SFUNC1 or FINALFUNC, whereas the sum aggregate requires SFUNC1 (an addition function) but not SFUNC2 or FINALFUNC and the avg aggregate requires both of the above state \
functions as well as a FINALFUNC (a division function) to produce its answer. In any case, at least one state function must be defined, and any SFUNC2 must have a corresponding \
INITCOND2."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_database.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE DATABASE" {bold} " creates a new Postgres database. The creator becomes the administrator of the new database.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
CREATE DATABASE name \[ WITH LOCATION = 'dbpath' \]
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "name" {italic} "
The name of a database to create.
" {} "dbpath" {italic} "
An alternate location can be specified as either an environment variable known to the backend server (e.g. 'PGDATA2') or as an absolute path name (e.g. '/usr/local/pgsql/data'). In \
either case, the location must be pre-configured by initlocation.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATEDB" {italic} "
Message returned if the command completes successfully.
" {} "WARN: createdb: database \"name\" already exists." {italic} "
This occurs if database specified already exists.
" {} "ERROR: Unable to create database directory directory" {italic} "
There was a problem with creating the required directory; this operation will need permissions for the postgres user on the specified location.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To create a new database:
olly=> create database lusiadas;
To create a new database in an alternate area ~/private_db:
$ mkdir private_db
$ initlocation ~/private_db
Creating Postgres database system directory /home/olly/private_db/base
$ psql olly
Welcome to the POSTGRESQL interactive sql monitor:
Please read the file COPYRIGHT for copyright terms of POSTGRESQL
type \\? for help on slash commands
type \\q to quit
type \\g or terminate with semicolon to execute query
You are currently connected to the database: template1
olly=> create database elsewhere with location = '/home/olly/private_db';
" {} "Bugs" {bold} "
There are security and data integrity issues involved with using alternate database locations specified with absolute path names, and by default only an environment variable known to the \
backend may be specified for an alternate location. See the Administrator's Guide for more information.
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE DATABASE" {italic} " is a Postgres language extension.
Use " {} "DROP DATABASE" {italic} " to remove a database. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_function.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE FUNCTION name ( \[ ftype \[, ...\] \] )
RETURNS rtype
AS definition
LANGUAGE 'langname'
" {code} "
name" {italic} "
The name of a function to create.
" {} "ftype" {italic} "
The data type of function arguments.
" {} "rtype" {italic} "
The return data type.
" {} "definition" {italic} "
A string defining the function; the meaning depends on the language. It may be an internal function name, the path to an object file, an SQL query, or text in a procedural language.
" {} "langname" {italic} "
may be 'C', 'sql', 'internal' or 'plname', where 'plname' is the name of a created procedural language. See CREATE LANGUAGE for details.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
CREATE
This is returned if the command completes successfully.
CREATE FUNCTION allows a Postgres user to register a function with a database. Subsequently, this user is treated as the owner of the function.
" {} "Notes:" {italic} "Refer to the chapter on functions in the PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide for further information.
Use " {} "DROP FUNCTION" {link drop_function} " to drop user-defined functions.
Postgres allows function \"overloading\"; that is, the same name can be used for several different functions so long as they have distinct argument types. This facility must be used with caution for INTERNAL and C-language functions, however.
Two INTERNAL functions cannot have the same C name without causing errors at link time. To get around that, give them different C names (for example, use the argument types as part of the C names), then specify those names in the AS clause of CREATE FUNCTION. If the AS clause is left empty then CREATE FUNCTION assumes the C name of the function is the same as the SQL name.
For dynamically-loaded C functions, the SQL name of the function must be the same as the C function name, because the AS clause is used to give the path name of the object file containing the C code. In this situation it is best not to try to overload SQL function names. It might work to load a C function that has the same C name as an internal function or another dynamically-loaded function --- or it might not. On some platforms the dynamic loader may botch the load in interesting ways if there is a conflict of C function names. So, even if it works for you today, you might regret overloading names later when you try to run the code somewhere else.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To create a simple SQL function:
" {} "
CREATE FUNCTION product_price(int4) RETURNS float8 AS
'SELECT price FROM products where id = \$1'
LANGUAGE 'sql';
SELECT product_price(314) AS answer;
answer
------
15.25
" {code} "
To create a C function, calling a routine from a user-created shared library. This particular routine calculates a check digit and returns TRUE if the check digit in the function parameters is correct. It is intended for use in a CHECK contraint.
" {} "
CREATE FUNCTION ean_checkdigit(bpchar, bpchar) RETURNS bool
AS '/usr1/proj/bray/sql/funcs.so' LANGUAGE 'c';
CREATE TABLE product (
id char(8) PRIMARY KEY,
eanprefix char(8) CHECK (eanprefix ~ '\[0-9\]{2}-\[0-9\]{5}')
REFERENCES brandname(ean_prefix),
eancode char(6) CHECK (eancode ~ '\[0-9\]{6}'),
CONSTRAINT ean CHECK (ean_checkdigit(eanprefix, eancode))
);
" {code}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_index.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE INDEX" {bold} " constructs an index index_name. on the specified table.
Tip: Indexes are primarily used to enhance database performance. But inappropriate use will result in slower performance.
In the first syntax shown above, the key fields for the index are specified as column names; a column may also have an associated operator class. An operator class is used to specify the \
operators to be used for a particular index. For example, a btree index on four-byte integers would use the int4_ops class; this operator class includes comparison functions for four-byte \
integers. The default operator class is the appropriate operator class for that field type.
In the second syntax, an index is defined on the result of a user-defined function func_name applied to one or more attributes of a single class. These functional indexes can be used to obtain \
fast access to data based on operators that would normally require some transformation to apply them to the base data.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE \[ UNIQUE \] INDEX index_name
ON table \[ USING acc_name \]
( column \[ ops_name\] \[, ...\] )
CREATE \[ UNIQUE \] INDEX index_name
ON table \[ USING acc_name \]
( func_name( column \[, ... \]) ops_name )
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "UNIQUE" {italic} "
Causes the system to check for duplicate values in the table when the index is created \
\(if data already exist\) and each time data is added. Attempts to insert or update non-duplicate \
data will generate an error.
" {} "index_name" {italic} "
The name of the index to be created.
" {} "table" {italic} "
The name of the table to be indexed.
" {} "acc_name" {italic} "
the name of the access method which is to be used for the index. The default access method is BTREE. Postgres provides three access methods for secondary indexes:
BTREE
an implementation of the Lehman-Yao high-concurrency btrees.
RTREE
implements standard rtrees using Guttman's quadratic split algorithm.
HASH
an implementation of Litwin's linear hashing.
" {} "column" {italic} "
The name of a column of the table.
" {} "ops_name" {italic} "
An associated operator class. The following select list returns all ops_names:
" {} "
SELECT am.amname AS acc_name,
opc.opcname AS ops_name,
opr.oprname AS ops_comp
FROM pg_am am, pg_amop amop,
pg_opclass opc, pg_operator opr
WHERE amop.amopid = am.oid AND
amop.amopclaid = opc.oid AND
amop.amopopr = opr.oid
ORDER BY acc_name, ops_name, ops_comp
" {code} "func_name" {italic} "
A user-defined function, which returns a value that can be indexed.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE" {italic} "
The message returned if the index is successfully created.
" {} "ERROR: Cannot create index: 'index_name' already exists." {italic} "
This error occurs if it is impossible to create the index.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To create a btree index on the field title in the table films:
" {} "
CREATE UNIQUE INDEX title_idx
ON films (title);
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Currently, only the BTREE access method supports multi-column indexes. Up to 7 keys may be specified.
Use DROP INDEX to remove an index. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_language.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE LANGUAGE" {bold} ". Using CREATE LANGUAGE, a Postgres user can register a new language with Postgres. Subsequently, functions and trigger procedures can be defined in this new language. The user must \
have the Postgres superuser privilege to register a new language.
Writing PL handlers
The call handler for a procedural language must be written in a compiler language such as 'C' and registered with Postgres as a function taking no arguments and returning the opaque type, a \
placeholder for unspecified or undefined types.. This prevents the call handler from being called directly as a function from queries.
However, arguments must be supplied on the actual call when a PL function or trigger procedure in the language offered by the handler is to be executed. \
When called from the trigger manager, the only argument is the object ID from the procedure's pg_proc entry. All other information from the trigger manager is found in the global \
CurrentTriggerData pointer.
When called from the function manager, the arguments are the object ID of the procedure's pg_proc entry, the number of arguments given to the PL function, the arguments in a \
FmgrValues structure and a pointer to a boolean where the function tells the caller if the return value is the SQL NULL value.
It's up to the call handler to fetch the pg_proc entry and to analyze the argument and return types of the called procedure. The AS clause from the CREATE FUNCTION of the procedure will \
be found in the prosrc attribute of the pg_proc table entry. This may be the source text in the procedural language itself (like for PL/Tcl), a pathname to a file or anything else that tells the call \
handler what to do in detail.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE \[ TRUSTED \] PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE 'langname'
HANDLER call_handler
LANCOMPILER 'comment'
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "TRUSTED" {italic} "
TRUSTED specifies that the call handler for the language is safe; that is, it offers an unprivileged user no functionality to bypass access restrictions. If this keyword is omitted when
registering the language, only users with the Postgres superuser privilege can use this language to create new functions (like the 'C' language).
" {} "langname" {italic} "
The name of the new procedural language. The language name is case insensitive. A procedural language cannot override one of the built-in languages of Postgres.
" {} "HANDLER call_handler" {italic} "
call_handler is the name of a previously registered function that will be called to execute the PL procedures.
" {} "comment" {italic} "
The LANCOMPILER argument is the string that will be inserted in the LANCOMPILER attribute of the new pg_language entry. At present, Postgres does not use this attribute in any way.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE" {italic} "
This message is returned if the language is successfully created.
" {} "ERROR: PL handler function funcname\(\) doesn't exist" {italic} "
This error is returned if the function funcname() is not found.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
This is a template for a PL handler written in 'C':
" {} "
#include \"executor/spi.h\"
#include \"commands/trigger.h\"
#include \"utils/elog.h\"
#include \"fmgr.h\" /* for FmgrValues struct */
#include \"access/heapam.h\"
#include \"utils/syscache.h\"
#include \"catalog/pg_proc.h\"
#include \"catalog/pg_type.h\"
Datum
plsample_call_handler\(
Oid prooid,
int pronargs,
FmgrValues *proargs,
bool *isNull\)
\{
Datum retval;
TriggerData *trigdata;
if \(CurrentTriggerData == NULL\) \{
/*
* Called as a function
*/
retval = ...
\} else \{
/*
* Called as a trigger procedure
*/
trigdata = CurrentTriggerData;
CurrentTriggerData = NULL;
retval = ...
\}
*isNull = false;
return retval;
\}
" {code} "
Only a few thousand lines of code have to be added instead of the dots to complete the PL call handler. See CREATE FUNCTION for information on how to compile it into a loadable module .
The following commands then register the sample procedural language:
" {} "
CREATE FUNCTION plsample_call_handler () RETURNS opaque
AS '/usr/local/pgsql/lib/plsample.so'
LANGUAGE 'C';
CREATE PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE 'plsample'
HANDLER plsample_call_handler
LANCOMPILER 'PL/Sample';
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Use " {} "CREATE FUNCTION" {bold} " to create a function.
Use DROP LANGUAGE to drop procedural languages.
Refer to the table pg_language for further information:
Table = pg_language
" {} "
+-----------------+----------+-------+
| Field | Type | Length|
+-----------------+----------+-------+
| lanname | name | 32 |
| lancompiler | text | var |
+-----------------+----------+-------+
lanname |lancompiler
--------+--------------
internal|n/a
lisp |/usr/ucb/liszt
C |/bin/cc
sql |postgres
" {code} "
" {} "Restrictions" {bold} "
Since the call handler for a procedural language must be registered with Postgres in the 'C' language, it inherits all the capabilities and restrictions of 'C' functions.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_operator.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE OPERATOR" {bold} " defines a new operator, name. The user who defines an operator becomes its owner.
The operator name is a sequence of up to thirty two (32) characters in any combination from the following:
+ - * / < > = ~ ! @ # % ^ & | ` ? $ :
" {} "Note:" {bold} " No alphabetic characters are allowed in an operator name. This enables Postgres to parse SQL input into tokens without requiring spaces between each token.
The operator \"!=\" is mapped to \"<>\" on input, so they are therefore equivalent.
At least one of LEFTARG and RIGHTARG must be defined. For binary operators, both should be defined. For right unary operators, only LEFTARG should be defined, while for left unary \
operators only RIGHTARG should be defined.
Also, the func_name procedure must have been previously defined using CREATE FUNCTION and must be defined to accept the correct number of arguments (either one or two). \
The commutator operator should be identified if one exists, so that Postgres can reverse the order of the operands if it wishes. For example, the operator area-less-than, <<<, would probably \
have a commutator operator, area-greater-than, >>>. Hence, the query optimizer could freely convert:
\"0,0,1,1\"::box >>> MYBOXES.description
to
MYBOXES.description <<< \"0,0,1,1\"::box
This allows the execution code to always use the latter representation and simplifies the query optimizer somewhat.
Similarly, if there is a negator operator then it should be identified. Suppose that an operator, area-equal, ===, exists, as well as an area not equal, !==. The negator link allows the query \
optimizer to simplify
NOT MYBOXES.description === \"0,0,1,1\"::box
to
MYBOXES.description !== \"0,0,1,1\"::box
If a commutator operator name is supplied, Postgres searches for it in the catalog. If it is found and it does not yet have a commutator itself, then the commutator's entry is updated to have the \
newly created operator as its commutator. This applies to the negator, as well.
This is to allow the definition of two operators that are the commutators or the negators of each other. The first operator should be defined without a commutator or negator (as appropriate). \
When the second operator is defined, name the first as the commutator or negator. The first will be updated as a side effect.(As of Postgres 6.5, it also works to just have both operators refer to \
each other.)
The next three specifications are present to support the query optimizer in performing joins. Postgres can always evaluate a join (i.e., processing a clause with two tuple variables separated by \
an operator that returns a boolean) by iterative substitution \[WONG76\]. In addition, Postgres can use a hash-join algorithm along the lines of \
\[SHAP86\]; however, it must know whether this \
strategy is applicable. The current hash-join algorithm is only correct for operators that represent equality tests; furthermore, equality of the datatype must mean bitwise equality of the \
representation of the type. (For example, a datatype that contains unused bits that don't matter for equality tests could not be hashjoined.) The HASHES flag indicates to the query optimizer \
that a hash join may safely be used with this operator.
Similarly, the two sort operators indicate to the query optimizer whether merge-sort is a usable join strategy and which operators should be used to sort the two operand classes. Sort operators \
should only be provided for an equality operator, and they should refer to less-than operators for the left and right side data types respectively.
If other join strategies are found to be practical, Postgres will change the optimizer and run-time system to use them and will require additional specification when an operator is defined. \
Fortunately, the research community invents new join strategies infrequently, and the added generality of user-defined join strategies was not felt to be worth the complexity involved.
The last two pieces of the specification are present so the query optimizer can estimate result sizes. If a clause of the form:
MYBOXES.description <<< \"0,0,1,1\"::box
is present in the qualification, then Postgres may have to estimate the fraction of the instances in MYBOXES that satisfy the clause. The function res_proc must be a registered function \
(meaning it is already defined using CREATE FUNCTION) which accepts arguments of the correct data types and returns a floating point number. The query optimizer simply calls this function, \
passing the parameter \"0,0,1,1\" and multiplies the result by the relation size to get the desired expected number of instances.
Similarly, when the operands of the operator both contain instance variables, the query optimizer must estimate the size of the resulting join. The function join_proc will return another floating \
point number which will be multiplied by the cardinalities of the two classes involved to compute the desired expected result size.
The difference between the function
my_procedure_1 (MYBOXES.description, \"0,0,1,1\"::box)
and the operator
MYBOXES.description === \"0,0,1,1\"::box
is that Postgres attempts to optimize operators and can decide to use an index to restrict the search space when operators are involved. However, there is no attempt to optimize functions, and \
they are performed by brute force. Moreover, functions can have any number of arguments while operators are restricted to one or two.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE OPERATOR name (
PROCEDURE = func_name
\[, LEFTARG = type1 \]
\[, RIGHTARG = type2 \]
\[, COMMUTATOR = com_op \]
\[, NEGATOR = neg_op \]
\[, RESTRICT = res_proc \]
\[, JOIN = join_proc \]
\[, HASHES \]
\[, SORT1 = left_sort_op \]
\[, SORT2 = right_sort_op \]
)
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "name" {italic} "
The operator to be defined. See below for allowable characters.
" {} "func_name" {italic} "
The function used to implement this operator.
" {} "type1" {italic} "
The type for the left-hand side of the operator, if any. This option would be omitted for a right-unary operator.
" {} "type2" {italic} "
The type for the right-hand side of the operator, if any. This option would be omitted for a left-unary operator.
" {} "com_op" {italic} "
The commutator for this operator.
" {} "neg_op" {italic} "
The negator of this operator.
" {} "res_proc" {italic} "
The restriction selectivity estimator function for this operator.
" {} "join_proc" {italic} "
The join selectivity estimator function for this operator.
" {} "HASHES" {italic} "
Indicates this operator can support a hash-join algorithm.
" {} "left_sort_op" {italic} "
Operator that sorts the left-hand data type of this operator.
" {} "right_sort_op" {italic} "
Operator that sorts the right-hand data type of this operator.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE" {italic} "
Message returned if the operator is successfully created.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
The following command defines a new operator, area-equality, for the BOX data type.
" {} "
CREATE OPERATOR === (
LEFTARG = box,
RIGHTARG = box,
PROCEDURE = area_equal_procedure,
COMMUTATOR = ===,
NEGATOR = !==,
RESTRICT = area_restriction_procedure,
JOIN = area_join_procedure,
HASHES,
SORT1 = <<<,
SORT2 = <<<)
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Refer to the chapter on operators in the PostgreSQL User's Guide for further information. Refer to DROP OPERATOR to delete user-defined operators from a database.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_rule.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE RULE" {bold} " The semantics of a rule is that at the time an individual instance is accessed, updated, inserted or deleted, there is a current instance (for retrieves, updates and deletes) and a new instance (for \
updates and appends). If the event specified in the ON clause and the condition specified in the WHERE clause are true for the current instance, the action part of the rule is executed. First, \
however, values from fields in the current instance and/or the new instance are substituted for current.attribute-name and new.attribute-name.
The action part of the rule executes with the same command and transaction identifier as the user command that caused activation.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE RULE name
AS ON event
TO object \[ WHERE condition \]
DO \[ INSTEAD \] \[ action | NOTHING \]
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "name" {italic} "
The name of a rule to create.
" {} "event" {italic} "
Event is one of select, update, delete or insert.
" {} "object" {italic} "
Object is either table or table.column.
" {} "condition" {italic} "
Any SQL WHERE clause. new or current can appear instead of an instance variable whenever an instance variable is permissible in SQL.
" {} "action" {italic} "
Any SQL statement. new or current can appear instead of an instance variable whenever an instance variable is permissible in SQL.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE" {italic} "
Message returned if the rule is successfully created.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Make Sam get the same salary adjustment as Joe:
" {} "
create rule example_1 as
on update EMP.salary where current.name = \"Joe\"
do update EMP (salary = new.salary)
where EMP.name = \"Sam\"
" {code} "
At the time Joe receives a salary adjustment, the event will become true and Joe's current instance and proposed new instance are available to the execution routines. Hence, his new salary is \
substituted into the action part of the rule which is subsequently executed. This propagates Joe's salary on to Sam.
Make Bill get Joe's salary when it is accessed:
" {} "
create rule example_2 as
on select to EMP.salary
where current.name = \"Bill\"
do instead
select (EMP.salary) from EMP
where EMP.name = \"Joe\"
" {code} "
Deny Joe access to the salary of employees in the shoe department (current_user returns the name of the current user):
" {} "
create rule example_3 as
on select to EMP.salary
where current.dept = \"shoe\" and current_user = \"Joe\"
do instead nothing
" {code} "
Create a view of the employees working in the toy department.
" {} "
create TOYEMP(name = char16, salary = int4)
create rule example_4 as
on select to TOYEMP
do instead
select (EMP.name, EMP.salary) from EMP
where EMP.dept = \"toy\"
" {code} "
All new employees must make 5,000 or less
" {} "
create rule example_5 as
on insert to EMP where new.salary > 5000
do update newset salary = 5000
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
A caution about SQL rules is in order. If the same class name or instance variable appears in the event, the condition and the action parts of a rule, they are all considered different tuple \
variables. More accurately, new and current are the only tuple variables that are shared between these clauses. For example, the following two rules have the same semantics:
" {} "
on update to EMP.salary where EMP.name = \"Joe\"
do update EMP ( ... ) where ...
on update to EMP-1.salary where EMP-2.name = \"Joe\"
do update EMP-3 ( ... ) where ...
" {code} "
Each rule can have the optional tag INSTEAD. Without this tag, action will be performed in addition to the user command when the event in the condition part of the rule occurs. Alternately, \
the action part will be done instead of the user command. In this later case, the action can be the keyword NOTHING.
When choosing between the rewrite and instance rule systems for a particular rule application, remember that in the rewrite system, current refers to a relation and some qualifiers whereas in \
the instance system it refers to an instance (tuple).
It is very important to note that the rewrite rule system will neither detect nor process circular rules. For example, though each of the following two rule definitions are accepted by Postgres, the \
retrieve command will cause Postgres to crash:
Example 14-1. Example of a circular rewrite rule combination.
" {} "
create rule bad_rule_combination_1 as
on select to EMP
do instead select to TOYEMP
create rule bad_rule_combination_2 as
on select to TOYEMP
do instead select to EMP
" {code} "
This attempt to retrieve from EMP will cause Postgres to crash.
" {} "
select * from EMP
" {code} "
You must have rule definition access to a class in order to define a rule on it. Use GRANT and REVOKE to change permissions.
" {} "Bugs" {bold} "
The object in a SQL rule cannot be an array reference and cannot have parameters.
Aside from the \"oid\" field, system attributes cannot be referenced anywhere in a rule. Among other things, this means that functions of instances (e.g., \"foo(emp)\" where \
\"emp\" is a class) cannot be called anywhere in a rule.
The rule system stores the rule text and query plans as text attributes. This implies that creation of rules may fail if the rule plus its various internal representations exceed some value that is on \
the order of one page (8KB). "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_sequence.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"CREATE SEQUENCE" {bold} " will enter a new sequence number generator into the current data base. This involves creating and initialising a new single-row table with the name seqname. The generator will be \"owned\" by the user issuing the command.
After a sequence is created, you may use the function nextval(seqname) to get a new number from the sequence. The function currval('seqname') may be used to determine the number returned by the last call to nextval(seqname) for the specified sequence in the current session. The function setval('seqname', newvalue) may be used to set the current value of the specified sequence. The next call to nextval(seqname) will return the given value plus the sequence increment.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE SEQUENCE seqname
\[ INCREMENT increment \]
\[ MINVALUE minvalue \]
\[ MAXVALUE maxvalue \]
\[ START start \]
\[ CACHE cache \]
\[ CYCLE \]
" {code} "
" {} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "seqname" {italic} "
The name of a sequence to be created.
" {} "increment" {italic} "
The INCREMENT increment clause is optional. A positive value will make an ascending sequence, a negative one a descending sequence. The default value is one (1).
" {} "minvalue" {italic} "
The optional clause MINVALUE minvalue determines the minimum value a sequence can generate. The defaults are 1 and -2147483647 for ascending and descending sequences, respectively.
" {} "maxvalue" {italic} "
Use the optional clause MAXVALUE maxvalue to determine the maximum value for the sequence. The defaults are 2147483647 and -1 for ascending and descending sequences, respectively.
" {} "start" {italic} "
The optional START start clause enables the sequence to begin anywhere. The default starting value is minvalue for ascending sequences and maxvalue for descending ones.
" {} "cache" {italic} "
The CACHE cache option enables sequence numbers to be preallocated and stored in memory for faster access. The minimum value is 1 (only one value can be generated at a time, i.e. no cache) and this is also the default.
" {} "CYCLE" {italic} "
The optional CYCLE keyword may be used to enable the sequence to continue when the maxvalue or minvalue has been reached by an ascending or descending sequence respectively. If the limit is reached, the next number generated will be whatever the minvalue or maxvalue is, as appropriate.
" {} "CAUTION" {title} "
Unexpected results may be obtained if a cache setting greater than one is used for a sequence object that will be used concurrently by multiple backends. Each backend will allocate \"cache\" successive sequence values during one access to the sequence object and increase the sequence object's last_value accordingly. Then, the next cache-1 uses of nextval within that backend simply return the preallocated values without touching the shared object. So, numbers allocated but not used in the current session will be lost. Furthermore, although multiple backends are guaranteed to allocate distinct sequence values, the values may be generated out of sequence when all the backends are considered. (For example, with a cache setting of 10, backend A might reserve values 1..10 and return nextval=1, then backend B might reserve values 11..20 and return nextval=11 before backend A has generated nextval=2.) Thus, with a cache setting of one it is safe to assume that nextval values are generated sequentially; with a cache setting greater than one you should only assume that the nextval values are all distinct, not that they are generated purely sequentially. Also, last_value will reflect the latest value reserved by any backend, whether or not it has yet been returned by nextval.
CREATE SEQUENCE is a Postgres language extension. There is no CREATE SEQUENCE statement in SQL92."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_table.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"CREATE TABLE" {bold} "
CREATE \[ TEMPORARY | TEMP \] TABLE table (
column type
\[ NULL | NOT NULL \] \[ UNIQUE \] \[ DEFAULT value \]
\[column_constraint_clause | PRIMARY KEY } \[ ... \] \]
\[, ... ]
\[, PRIMARY KEY ( column \[, ...\] ) \]
\[, CHECK ( condition ) \]
\[, table_constraint_clause \]
) \[ INHERITS ( inherited_table \[, ...\] ) \]
" {code} "
TEMPORARY
The table is created only for this session, and is automatically dropped on session exit. Existing permanent tables with the same name are not visible while the temporary table exists.
" {} "
table" {italic} "
The name of a new table to be created.
" {} "
column" {italic} "
The name of a column.
" {} "
type" {italic} "
The type of the column. This may include array specifiers. Refer to the PostgreSQL User's Guide for further information about data types and arrays.
" {} "
DEFAULT value" {italic} "
A default value for a column. See the DEFAULT clause for more information.
" {} "
column_constraint_clause" {italic} "
The optional column constraint clauses specify a list of integrity constraints or tests which new or updated entries must satisfy for an insert or update operation to succeed. Each constraint must evaluate to a boolean expression. Although SQL92 requires the column_constraint_clause to refer to that column only, Postgres allows multiple columns to be referenced within a single column constraint. See the column constraint clause for more information.
" {} "
table_constraint_clause" {italic} "
The optional table CONSTRAINT clause specifies a list of integrity constraints which new or updated entries must satisfy for an insert or update operation to succeed. Each constraint must evaluate to a boolean expression. Multiple columns may be referenced within a single constraint. Only one PRIMARY KEY clause may be specified for a table; PRIMARY KEY column (a table constraint) and PRIMARY KEY (a column constraint) are mutually exclusive.. See the table constraint clause for more information.
" {} "
INHERITS inherited_table" {italic} "
The optional INHERITS clause specifies a collection of table names from which this table automatically inherits all fields. If any inherited field name appears more than once, Postgres reports an error. Postgres automatically allows the created table to inherit functions on tables above it in the inheritance hierarchy.
Aside: Inheritance of functions is done according to the conventions of the Common Lisp Object System (CLOS).
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_table_as.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE TABLE AS" {bold} " CREATE TABLE AS enables a table to be created from the contents of an existing table. It has functionality equivalent to SELECT TABLE INTO, but with perhaps a more obvious syntax.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
CREATE TABLE table \[ (column \[, ...\] ) \]
AS select_clause
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "table" {italic} "
The name of a new table to be created.
" {} "column" {italic} "
The name of a column. Multiple column names can be specified using a comma-delimited list of column names.
" {} "select_clause" {italic} "
A valid query statement. Refer to SELECT for a description of the allowed syntax.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
Refer to CREATE TABLE and SELECT for a summary of possible output messages. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_trigger.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE TRIGGER" {bold} " will enter a new trigger into the current data base. The trigger will be associated with the relation relname and will execute the specified function funcname.
The trigger can be specified to fire either before the operation is attempted on a tuple (before constraints are checked and the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE is attempted) or after the operation \
has been attempted (e.g. after constraints are checked and the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE has completed). If the trigger fires before the event, the trigger may skip the operation for the \
current tuple, or change the tuple being inserted (for INSERT and UPDATE operations only). If the trigger fires after the event, all changes, including the last insertion, update, or deletion, are \
\"visible\" to the trigger.
Refer to the chapters on SPI and Triggers in the PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide for more information.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE TRIGGER name \{ BEFORE | AFTER \}
\{ event \[OR ...\] \}
ON table FOR EACH \{ ROW | STATEMENT \}
EXECUTE PROCEDURE funcname ( arguments )
" {code} "Inputs" {bold} "
" {} "name" {italic} "
The name of an existing trigger.
" {} "table" {italic} "
The name of a table.
" {} "event" {italic} "
One of INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE.
" {} "funcname" {italic} "
A user-supplied function.
" {} "Outputs" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE" {italic} "
This message is returned if the trigger is successfully created.
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Check if the specified distributor code exists in the distributors table before appending or updating a row in the table films:
" {} "
CREATE TRIGGER if_dist_exists
BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE ON films FOR EACH ROW
EXECUTE PROCEDURE check_primary_key ('did', 'distributors', 'did');
" {code} "
Before cancelling a distributor or updating its code, remove every reference to the table films:
" {} "
CREATE TRIGGER if_film_exists
BEFORE DELETE OR UPDATE ON distributors FOR EACH ROW
EXECUTE PROCEDURE check_foreign_key (1, 'CASCADE', 'did', 'films', 'did');
" {code} "Compatibility" {bold} "
" {} "SQL92" {italic} "
There is no CREATE TRIGGER in SQL92.
The second example above may also be done by using a FOREIGN KEY constraint as in:
" {} "
CREATE TABLE distributors (
did DECIMAL(3),
name VARCHAR(40),
CONSTRAINT if_film_exists
FOREIGN KEY(did) REFERENCES films
ON UPDATE CASCADE ON DELETE CASCADE
);
" {code} "
However, foreign keys are not yet implemented (as of version 6.4) in Postgres.
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
" {} "CREATE TRIGGER" {italic} " is a Postgres language extension.
Only the relation owner may create a trigger on this relation.
As of the current release (v6.4), STATEMENT triggers are not implemented.
Refer to DROP TRIGGER for information on how to remove triggers. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_type.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE TYPE" {bold} " allows the user to register a new user data type with Postgres for use in the current data base. The user who defines a type becomes its owner. Typename is the name of the new \
type and must be unique within the types defined for this database.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE TYPE typename (
INPUT = input_function
, OUTPUT = output_function
, INTERNALLENGTH = (internallength | VARIABLE)
\[ , EXTERNALLENGTH = (externallength | VARIABLE) \]
\[ , ELEMENT = element \]
\[ , DELIMITER = delimiter \]
\[ , DEFAULT = \"default\" \]
\[ , SEND = send_function \]
\[ , RECEIVE = receive_function \]
\[ , PASSEDBYVALUE \]
)
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Refer to DROP TYPE to remove an existing type.
See also CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE OPERATOR and the chapter on Large Objects in the PostgreSQL Programmer's Guide.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_user.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE USER" {bold} " will add a new user to an instance of Postgres.
The new user will be given a usesysid of: 'SELECT MAX(usesysid) + 1 FROM pg_shadow'. This means that Postgres users' usesysids will not correspond to their operating system(OS) \
user ids. The exception to this rule is the 'postgres' user, whose OS user id is used as the usesysid during the initdb process. If you still want the OS user id and the usesysid to match for any \
given user, use the \"createuser\" script provided with the Postgres distribution.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE USER username
\[ WITH PASSWORD password \]
\[ CREATEDB | NOCREATEDB \]
\[ CREATEUSER | NOCREATEUSER \]
\[ IN GROUP groupname \[, ...\] \]
\[ VALID UNTIL 'abstime' \]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
Create a user with no password:
" {} " CREATE USER jonathan
" {code} "
Create a user with a password:
" {} " CREATE USER davide WITH PASSWORD jw8s0F4
" {code} "
Create a user with a password, whose account is valid until the end of 2001. Note that after one second has ticked in 2002, the account is not valid:
" {} " CREATE USER miriam WITH PASSWORD jw8s0F4 VALID UNTIL 'Jan 1 2002'
" {code} "
Create an account where the user can create databases:
" {} " CREATE USER manuel WITH PASSWORD jw8s0F4 CREATEDB
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
CREATE USER statement is a Postgres language extension.
Use DROP USER or ALTER USER statements to remove or modify a user account.
Refer to the pg_shadow table for further information.
" {} "
Table = pg_shadow
+--------------------------+--------------------------+-------+
| Field | Type | Length|
+--------------------------+--------------------------+-------+
| usename | name | 32 |
| usesysid | int4 | 4 |
| usecreatedb | bool | 1 |
| usetrace | bool | 1 |
| usesuper | bool | 1 |
| usecatupd | bool | 1 |
| passwd | text | var |
| valuntil | abstime | 4 |
+--------------------------+--------------------------+-------+
" {code}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/create_view.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "CREATE VIEW" {bold} " will define a view of a table. This view is not physically materialized. Specifically, a query rewrite retrieve rule is automatically generated to support retrieve operations on \
views.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
CREATE VIEW view
AS SELECT query
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Create a view consisting of all Comedy films:
" {} "
CREATE VIEW kinds AS
SELECT *
FROM films
WHERE kind = 'Comedy';
SELECT * FROM kinds;
code |title |did| date_prod|kind |len
-----+-------------------------+---+----------+----------+------
UA502|Bananas |105|1971-07-13|Comedy | 01:22
C_701|There's a Girl in my Soup|107|1970-06-11|Comedy | 01:36
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Use the DROP VIEW statement to drop views. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/data_types.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t configure -tabs {130 300 450}
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Data types\n\n" {title} \
"Postgres has a rich set of native data types available to users. Users may add new types to Postgres using the DEFINE TYPE command described elsewhere.
In the context of data types, the following sections will discuss SQL standards compliance, porting issues, and usage. Some Postgres types correspond directly to SQL92-compatible types. In other cases, data types defined by SQL92 syntax are mapped directly into native Postgres types. Many of the built-in types have obvious external formats. However, several types are either unique to Postgres, such as open and closed paths, or have several possibilities for formats, such as the date and time types.
" {} \
"Postgres Type\tSQL92 or SQL3 Type\tDescription\n" {bold} \
"bool\tboolean\tlogical boolean (true/false)
box\t\trectangular box in 2D plane\tchar(n)
character(n)\t\tfixed-length character string
cidr\t\tIP version 4 network or host address
circle\t\tcircle in 2D plane
date\tdate\tcalendar date without time of day
float4/8\tfloat(p)\tfloating-point number with precision p
float8\treal, double precision\tdouble-precision floating-point number
inet\t\tIP version 4 network or host address
int2\tsmallint\tsigned two-byte integer
int4\tint, integer\tsigned 4-byte integer
int4\tdecimal(p,s)\texact numeric for p <= 9, s = 0
int4\tnumeric(p,s)\texact numeric for p == 9, s = 0
int8\t\tsigned 8-byte integer
line\t\tinfinite line in 2D plane
lseg\t\tline segment in 2D plane
money\tdecimal(9,2)\tUS-style currency
path\t\topen and closed geometric path in 2D plane
point\t\tgeometric point in 2D plane
polygon\t\tclosed geometric path in 2D plane
serial\t\tunique id for indexing and cross-reference
time\ttime\ttime of day
timespan\tinterval\tgeneral-use time span
timestamp\ttimestamp with time zone\tdate/time
varchar(n)\tcharacter varying(n)\tvariable-length character string
Note: The cidr and inet types are designed to handle any IP type but only ipv4 is handled in the current implementation. Everything here that talks about ipv4 will apply to ipv6 in a future release.
" {} \
"Postgres Function Constants
Postgres Function\tSQL92 Constant\tDescription" {bold} \
"
getpgusername()\tcurrent_user\tuser name in current session
date('now')\tcurrent_date\tdate of current transaction
time('now')\tcurrent_time\ttime of current transaction
timestamp('now')\tcurrent_timestamp\tdate and time of current transaction
" {}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/datefunc.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"DateTime functions\n\n" {title} \
"abstime(datetime) " {bold} "
Returns: abstime
convert to abstime
" {} "age(datetime,datetime) " {bold} "
Returns: timespan
preserve months and years
" {} "datetime(abstime) " {bold} "
Returns: datetime
convert to datetime
" {} "datetime(date) " {bold} "
Returns: datetime
convert to datetime
" {} "datetime(date,time) " {bold} "
Returns: datetime
convert to datetime
" {} "date_part(text,datetime) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
portion of date
" {} "date_part(text,timespan) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
portion of time
" {} "date_trunc(text,datetime) " {bold} "
Returns: datetime
truncate date
" {} "isfinite(abstime) " {bold} "
Returns: bool
a finite time?
" {} "isfinite(datetime) " {bold} "
Returns: bool
a finite time?
" {} "isfinite(timespan) " {bold} "
Returns: bool
a finite time?
" {} "reltime(timespan) " {bold} "
Returns: reltime
convert to reltime
" {} "timespan(reltime) " {bold} "
Returns: timespan
convert to timespan
" {} \
"PostgreSQL functions\n" {link pgfunctions} \
"Next - geometric functions" {link geomfunc}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/declare.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DECLARE" {bold} " allows a user to create cursors, which can be used to retrieve a small number of rows at a time out of a larger query. Cursors can return data either in text or in binary foramt.
Normal cursors return data in text format, either ASCII or another encoding scheme depending on how the Postgres backend was built. Since data is stored natively in binary format, the system \
must do a conversion to produce the text format. In addition, text formats are often larger in size than the corresponding binary format. Once the information comes back in text form, the client \
application may have to convert it to a binary format to manipulate it anyway.
BINARY cursors give you back the data in the native binary representation. So binary cursors will tend to be a little faster since they suffer less conversion overhead.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DECLARE cursor \[ BINARY \] \[ INSENSITIVE \] \[ SCROLL \]
CURSOR FOR query
\[ FOR \[ READ ONLY | UPDATE \[ OF column \[, ...\] \] \]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
To declare a cursor:
" {} "
DECLARE liahona CURSOR
FOR SELECT * FROM films;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Cursors are only available in transactions.
Postgres does not have an explicit OPEN cursor statement; a cursor is considered to be open when it is declared.
Note: In SQL92 cursors are only available in embedded applications. ecpg, the embedded SQL preprocessor for Postgres, supports the SQL92 conventions, including those \
involving DECLARE and OPEN statements. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/delete.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DELETE" {bold} " emoves rows which satisfy the WHERE condition, from the specified table. \
If the condition is absent, the effect is to delete all rows in the table. The result is a valid, but empty table. \
You must have write access to the table in order to modify it, as well as read access to any table whose values are read in the condition.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
DELETE FROM table \[ WHERE condition \]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
Remove all films but musicals:
" {} "
DETETE FROM films WHERE kind <> 'Musical';
SELECT * FROM films;
code |title |did| date_prod|kind |len
-----+-------------------------+---+----------+----------+------
UA501|West Side Story |105|1961-01-03|Musical | 02:32
TC901|The King and I |109|1956-08-11|Musical | 02:13
WD101|Bed Knobs and Broomsticks|111| |Musical | 01:57
(3 rows)
Clear the table films:
DELETE FROM films;
SELECT * FROM films;
code|title|did|date_prod|kind|len
----+-----+---+---------+----+---
(0 rows)
" {code} "Compatibility" {bold} "
SQL92
SQL92 allows a positioned DELETE statement:
DELETE FROM table WHERE CURRENT OF cursor
where cursor identifies an open cursor. Interactive cursors in Postgres are read-only. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_aggregate.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP AGGREGATE" {bold} " will remove all references to an existing aggregate definition. To execute this command the current user must be the owner of the aggregate.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP AGGREGATE name type
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To remove the myavg aggregate for type int4:
DROP AGGREGATE myavg int4;
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The DROP AGGREGATE statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to the CREATE AGGREGATE statement to create aggregate functions. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_database.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP DATABASE" {bold} " removes the catalog entries for an existing database and deletes the directory containing the data. It can only be executed by the database administrator (See the \
CREATE DATABASE command for details).
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP DATABASE name
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
DROP DATABASE statement is a Postgres language extension.
Tip: This query cannot be executed while connected to the target database. It is usually preferable to use the destroydb script instead.
Refer to the CREATE DATABASE statement for information on how to create a database. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_function.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"DROP FUNCTION" {bold} " will remove references to an existing C function. To execute this command the user must be the owner of the function. The input argument types to the function must be specified, as only the function with the given name and argument types will be removed.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP FUNCTION name ( \[ type \[, ...\] \] )
" {code} "
Inputs
" {} "name" {italic} "
The name of an existing function.
" {} "type" {italic} "
The type of function parameters.
Outputs
" {} "DROP" {code} "
Message returned if the command completes successfully.
WARN RemoveFunction: Function \"name\" (\"types\") does not exist
This message is given if the function specified does not exist in the current database."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_index.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP INDEX" {bold} " drops an existing index from the database system. To execute this command you must be the owner of the index.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP INDEX index_name
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
This command will remove the title_idx index:
" {} "
DROP INDEX title_idx;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
DROP INDEX is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to the CREATE INDEX statement for information on how to create indexes. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_language.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP LANGUAGE" {bold} " will remove the definition of the previously registered procedural language having the name 'langname'.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE 'langname'
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
This command removes the PL/Sample language:
" {} "
DROP PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE 'plsample'
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The DROP PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE for information on how to create procedural languages. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_operator.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP OPERATOR" {bold} " The DROP OPERATOR statement drops an existing operator from the database. To execute this command you must be the owner of the operator. \
The left or right type of a left or right unary operator, respectively, may be specified as NONE.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
DROP OPERATOR id ( type | NONE \[,...\] )
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
Remove power operator a^n for int4:
" {} "
DROP OPERATOR ^ (int4, int4);
" {code} "
Remove left unary operator !a for booleans:
" {} "
DROP OPERATOR ! (none, bool);
" {code} "
Remove right unary factorial operator a! for int4:
" {} "
DROP OPERATOR ! (int4, none);
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The DROP OPERATOR statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE OPERATOR for information on how to create operators.
It is the user's responsibility to remove any access methods and operator classes that rely on the deleted operator.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_rule.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP RULE" {bold} " drops a rule from the specified Postgres rule system. Postgres will immediately cease enforcing it and will purge its definition from the system catalogs.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP RULE name
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To drop the rewrite rule newrule:
DROP RULE newrule
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The DROP RULE statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE RULE for information on how to create rules. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_sequence.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP SEQUENCE" {bold} " removes sequence number generators from the data base. With the current implementation of sequences as special tables it works just like the DROP TABLE statement.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
DROP SEQUENCE seqname \[, ...\]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
To remove sequence serial from database:
DROP SEQUENCE serial
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The DROP SEQUENCE statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to the CREATE SEQUENCE statement for information on how to create a sequence. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_table.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP TABLE" {bold} " removes tables and views from the database. Only its owner may destroy a table or view. A table may be emptied of rows, but not destroyed, by using DELETE.
If a table being destroyed has secondary indexes on it, they will be removed first. The removal of just a secondary index will not affect the contents of the underlying table.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
DROP TABLE table \[, ...\]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
To destroy the films and distributors tables:
DROP TABLE films, distributors
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
Refer to CREATE TABLE and ALTER TABLE for information on how to create or modify tables. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_trigger.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP TRIGGER" {bold} " will remove all references to an existing trigger definition. To execute this command the current user must be the owner of the trigger.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP TRIGGER name ON table
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
Destroy the if_dist_exists trigger on table films:
DROP TRIGGER if_dist_exists ON films;
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
DROP TRIGGER is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE TRIGGER for information on how to create triggers. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_type.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP TYPE" {bold} " will remove a user type from the system catalogs.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP TYPE typename
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To remove the box type:
DROP TYPE box
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
DROP TYPE statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE TYPE for inforamation on how to create types.
It is the user's responsibility to remove any operators, functions, aggregates, access methods, subtypes, and classes that use a deleted type.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_user.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP USER" {bold} " removes the specified user from the database, along with any databases owned by the user. It does not remove tables, views, or triggers owned by the named user in databases \
not owned by the user. This statement can be used in place of the destroyuser script, regardless of how the user was created.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP USER username
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
To drop a user account:
DROP USER Jonathan;
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
DROP USER is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to CREATE USER and ALTER USER for information on how to create or modify user accounts.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/drop_view.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "DROP VIEW" {bold} " drops an existing view from the database. To execute this command you must be the owner of the view.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
DROP VIEW view
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
This command will remove the view called kinds:
DROP VIEW kinds;
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
The Postgres DROP TABLE statement also drops views.
Refer to CREATE VIEW for information on how to create views. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/explain.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "EXPLAIN" {bold} " This command outputs details about the supplied query. The default output is the computed query cost. The cost value is only meaningful to the optimizer in comparing various query plans. \
VERBOSE displays the full query plan and cost to your screen, and pretty-prints the plan to the postmaster log file.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
EXPLAIN \[ VERBOSE \] query
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
To show a query plan for a simple query:
" {} "
postgres=> explain select * from foo;
NOTICE: QUERY PLAN:
Seq Scan on foo (cost=0.00 rows=0 width=4)
EXPLAIN
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
There is only sparse documentation on the optimizer's use of cost information in Postgres. General information on cost estimation for query optimization can be found in database textbooks.
Refer to the Programmer's Guide in the chapters on indexes and the genetic query optimizer for more \
information."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/fetch.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "FETCH" {bold} " FETCH allows a user to retrieve rows using a cursor. The number of rows retrieved is specified by #. If the number of rows remaining in the cursor is less than #, then only those available are \
fetched. Substituting the keyword ALL in place of a number will cause all remaining rows in the cursor to be retrieved. Instances may be fetched in both FORWARD and BACKWARD \
directions. The default direction is FORWARD.
Tip: Negative numbers are now allowed to be specified for the row count. A negative number is equivalent to reversing the sense of the FORWARD and BACKWARD \
keywords. For example, FORWARD -1 is the same as BACKWARD 1.
Note that the FORWARD and BACKWARD keywords are Postgres extensions. The SQL92 syntax is also supported, specified in the second form of the command. See below for details on \
compatibility issues.
Once all rows are fetched, every other fetch access returns no rows.
Updating data in a cursor is not supported by Postgres, because mapping cursor updates back to base tables is not generally possible, as is also the case with VIEW updates. Consequently, \
users must issue explicit UPDATE commands to replace data.
Cursors may only be used inside of transactions because the data that they store spans multiple user queries.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
FETCH \[ selector \] \[ count \]
\{ IN | FROM \} cursor
FETCH \[ RELATIVE \] \[ \{ \[ # | ALL | NEXT | PRIOR \] \} \]
FROM \] cursor
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
--set up and use a cursor:
--
BEGIN WORK;
DECLARE liahona CURSOR
FOR SELECT * FROM films;
--Fetch first 5 rows in the cursor liahona:
--
FETCH FORWARD 5 IN liahona;
code |title |did| date_prod|kind |len
-----+-----------------------+---+----------+----------+------
BL101|The Third Man |101|1949-12-23|Drama | 01:44
BL102|The African Queen |101|1951-08-11|Romantic | 01:43
JL201|Une Femme est une Femme|102|1961-03-12|Romantic | 01:25
P_301|Vertigo |103|1958-11-14|Action | 02:08
P_302|Becket |103|1964-02-03|Drama | 02:28
--Fetch previous row:
--
FETCH BACKWARD 1 IN liahona;
code |title |did| date_prod|kind |len
-----+-----------------------+---+----------+----------+------
P_301|Vertigo |103|1958-11-14|Action | 02:08
-- close the cursor and commit work:
--
CLOSE liahona;
COMMIT WORK;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Refer to MOVE statements to change cursor position. Refer to DECLARE statements to declare a cursor. Refer to BEGIN WORK, COMMIT WORK, ROLLBACK WORK statements for \
further information about transactions."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/form_design.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "Form designing" {title} "
For the moment, it has only some basic widgets : labels, entries, buttons , listboxes\
, checkboxes and radiobuttons. Also there is a pseudo query widget that allows you\
to have access to a query results.
How do you generate widgets :
-select a widget from the toolbox by clicking the appropriate icon
-move to the canvas , point with the mouse at the desired location and click the mouse button to begin
-keeping the mouse-button pressed move the mouse in order to draw a rectangle that will hold the widget
-release the mouse-button
In the rectangle that you have designed it will appear the selected object. Move now to the attribute window to change some of its properties.
Renaming, resizing items are possible (for the moment) only by modifying appropriate parameters in attribute window. You must press Enter in the edit field after changing a dimension in order to be accepted. You can also move items by dragging them or delete them by pressing Del key after selecting them.
In attribute window, there are some fields named Command and Variable. The field Command have meaning only for Button or checkboxes widgets and holds the command that will be invoked when the button is pressed. Also, there is a \"autoload\" style script for the form that will be executed when form will bne opened.
The field Variable have meaning only for Buttons, EditField , Label widgets , checkboxes and radiobuttons and it is the name of the global variable that will hold the value for that widget. For checkboxes the values are t and f (from true and false) in order to simplify binding to logical data fields.
For radiobuttons, it is usual to assign the same variable to the same radiobuttons within the same group. That variable will contain the value field from the radiobutton that has been pressed. Let's presume that you have entered 3 radiobuttons with values red, green and blue, all of them having the same variable named color. If you will press them, they will assign their names to global variable.
In order to make a simple test, put an entry field and set it's variable to v1 and a button who's command is \"set v1 whisky\". Press the button \"Test form\" and click on the button. In that entry should appear whisky.
Another test is defining in Script module a script called \"My first script\" having the following commands:
" {} "tk_messageBox -title Warning -message \"This is my first message!\" " {code} "
and then define a button with the command is Scripts::execute \"My first script\". "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/forms.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "Forms" {title} "
Forms" {bold} " tab is used to inspect, create and design\
database stored forms that can be later executed.
Forms are actually Tcl/Tk code stored in the opened database in a special table called \"pga_forms\" \
and they can be executed by selecting it and pressing the \"Open\" button.
The design module will allow you do define the graphical layout of the form and\
to bind Tcl/Tk code to different widgets. You will really need to know Tcl/Tk in\
order to be able to write PgAccess forms.
Due to internal limits of PostgreSQL that cannot store more than 8Kb per record\
and taking into account that pga_forms store one form per record it's possible that\
too complicated forms cannot be stored into the table. Too complicated code in\
forms could be stored in scripts instead thought scripts also are limited to the\
8 Kb size.
See also " {} "form designing" {link form_design}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/functions.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "Functions" {title} "
The Functions tab is used to inspect the user defined functions in the\
database, to define new functions and to alter the existing ones.
Press the \"New\" button to define a new function. You should enter the\
function name, the function parameters (if any) separated by comma. \
If function returns a value, you should specify the " {} \
"PostgreSQL data type" {link data_types} " that function will return.
You must also specify the language that will be used to parse the defined\
function. You could specify SQL, plpgsql, pgtcl or C. Then you should enter the\
function body. Press \"Save\" button in order to save it
" {} "Example:" {italic} "
We have a table called \"products\" that is indexed on \"id\" (int4) field and\
contains the float8 field \"price\". We will define a new function \"get_product_price\"\
that will return the product price for a given id.
You should enter " {} "get_product_price" {code} " as the function name, " {} \
"int4" {code} " in parameters entry, " {} "float8" {code} " for returns, " {} \
"SQL" {code} " for the language. Then go to the function body definition and type:" {} "
SELECT price FROM products where id = \$1" {code} "
To delete a function, select it from the list box and use the menu command\
Object/Delete.
For more information see SQL commands " {} "CREATE FUNCTION" {link create_function} " and " {} \
"DROP FUNCTION" {link drop_function}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/geomfunc.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Geometric functions\n\n" {title} \
"area(box) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
area of box
" {} "area(circle) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
area of circle
" {} "box(box,box) " {bold} "
Returns: box
boxes to intersection box
" {} "center(box) " {bold} "
Returns: point
center of object
" {} "center(circle) " {bold} "
Returns: point
center of object
" {} "diameter(circle) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
diameter of circle
" {} "height(box) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
vertical size of box
" {} "isclosed(path) " {bold} "
Returns: bool
a closed path?
" {} "isopen(path) " {bold} "
Returns: bool
an open path?
" {} "length(lseg) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
length of line segment
" {} "length(path) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
length of path
" {} "pclose(path) " {bold} "
Returns: path
convert path to closed
" {} "point(lseg,lseg) " {bold} "
Returns: point
intersection
" {} "points(path) " {bold} "
Returns: int4
number of points
" {} "popen(path) " {bold} "
Returns: path
convert path to open
" {} "radius(circle) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
radius of circle
" {} "width(box) " {bold} "
Returns: float8
horizontal size
" {} \
"PostgreSQL functions\n" {link pgfunctions} \
"Next - IP V4 functions" {link ipv4func}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/grant.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "GRANT" {bold} " GRANT allows the creator of an object to give specific permissions to all users (PUBLIC) or to a certain user or group. Users other than the creator don't have any access permission unless \
the creator GRANTs permissions, after the object is created.
Once a user has a privilege on an object, he is enabled to exercise that privilege. There is no need to GRANT privileges to the creator of an object, the creator automatically holds ALL \
privileges, and can also drop the object.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
GRANT privilege \[, ...\]
ON object \[, ...\]
TO \{ PUBLIC | GROUP group | username \}
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
-- grant insert privilege to all users on table films:
--
GRANT INSERT ON films TO PUBLIC;
-- grant all privileges to user manuel on view kinds:
--
GRANT ALL ON kinds TO manuel;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Use the psql \\z command for further information about permissions on existing objects:
" {} "
Database = lusitania
+------------------+------------------------------------------------+
| Relation | Grant/Revoke Permissions |
+------------------+------------------------------------------------+
| mytable | \{\"=rw\",\"miriam=arwR\",\"group todos=rw\"\} |
+------------------+------------------------------------------------+
Legend:
uname=arwR -- privileges granted to a user
group gname=arwR -- privileges granted to a GROUP
=arwR -- privileges granted to PUBLIC
r -- SELECT
w -- UPDATE/DELETE
a -- INSERT
R -- RULE
arwR -- ALL
" {code} "Tip" {bold} "
Tip: Currently, to create a GROUP you have to insert data manually into table pg_group as:
INSERT INTO pg_group VALUES ('todos');
CREATE USER miriam IN GROUP todos;
Refer to REVOKE statements to revoke access privileges. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/history.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"PostgreSQL history\n\n" {title} \
"The Berkeley Postgres project\n" {bold} \
"Implementation of the Postgres DBMS began in 1986. The initial concepts for the system were presented in The Design of Postgres and the definition of the initial data model appeared in The Postgres Data Model. The design of the rule system at that time was described in The Design of the Postgres Rules System. The rationale and architecture of the storage manager were detailed in The Postgres Storage System.
Postgres has undergone several major releases since then. The first 'demoware' system became operational in 1987 and was shown at the 1988 ACM-SIGMOD Conference. We released Version 1, described in The Implementation of Postgres, to a few external users in June 1989. In response to a critique of the first rule system (A Commentary on the Postgres Rules System), the rule system was redesigned (On Rules, Procedures, Caching and Views in Database Systems) and Version 2 was released in June 1990 with the new rule system. Version 3 appeared in 1991 and added support for multiple storage managers, an improved query executor, and a rewritten rewrite rule system. For the most part, releases since then have focused on portability and reliability.
Postgres has been used to implement many different research and production applications. These include: a financial data analysis system, a jet engine performance monitoring package, an asteroid tracking database, a medical information database, and several geographic information systems. Postgres has also been used as an educational tool at several universities. Finally, Illustra Information Technologies (since merged into Informix) picked up the code and commercialized it. Postgres became the primary data manager for the Sequoia 2000 scientific computing project in late 1992. Furthermore, the size of the external user community nearly doubled during 1993. It became increasingly obvious that maintenance of the prototype code and support was taking up large amounts of time that should have been devoted to database research. In an effort to reduce this support burden, the project officially ended with Version 4.2.
" {} \
"Postgres95\n" {bold} \
"In 1994, Andrew Yu and Jolly Chen added a SQL language interpreter to Postgres, and the code was subsequently released to the Web to find its own way in the world. Postgres95 was a public-domain, open source descendant of this original Berkeley code.
Postgres95 is a derivative of the last official release of Postgres (version 4.2). The code is now completely ANSI C and the code size has been trimmed by 25%. There are a lot of internal changes that improve performance and code maintainability. Postgres95 v1.0.x runs about 30-50% faster on the Wisconsin Benchmark compared to v4.2. Apart from bug fixes, these are the major enhancements:
The query language Postquel has been replaced with SQL (implemented in the server). We do not yet support subqueries (which can be imitated with user defined SQL functions). Aggregates have been re-implemented. We also added support for ``GROUP BY''. The libpq interface is still available for C programs.
In addition to the monitor program, we provide a new program (psql) which supports GNU readline.
We added a new front-end library, libpgtcl, that supports Tcl-based clients. A sample shell, pgtclsh, provides new Tcl commands to interface tcl programs with the Postgres95 backend.
The large object interface has been overhauled. We kept Inversion large objects as the only mechanism for storing large objects. (This is not to be confused with the Inversion file system which has been removed.)
The instance-level rule system has been removed. Rules are still available as rewrite rules.
A short tutorial introducing regular SQL features as well as those of ours is distributed with the source code.
GNU make (instead of BSD make) is used for the build. Also, Postgres95 can be compiled with an unpatched gcc (data alignment of doubles has been fixed).
" {} \
"PostgreSQL\n" {bold} \
"By 1996, it became clear that the name \"Postgres95\" would not stand the test of time. A new name, PostgreSQL, was chosen to reflect the relationship between original Postgres and the more recent versions with SQL capability. At the same time, the version numbering was reset to start at 6.0, putting the numbers back into the sequence originally begun by the Postgres Project.
The emphasis on development for the v1.0.x releases of Postgres95 was on stabilizing the backend code. With the v6.x series of PostgreSQL, the emphasis has shifted from identifying and understanding existing problems in the backend to augmenting features and capabilities, although work continues in all areas.
Major enhancements include:
- Important backend features, including subselects, defaults, constraints, and triggers, have been implemented.
- Additional SQL92-compliant language features have been added, including primary keys, quoted identifiers, literal string type coersion, type casting, and binary and hexadecimal integer input.
- Built-in types have been improved, including new wide-range date/time types and additional geometric type support.
- Overall backend code speed has been increased by approximately 20-40%, and backend startup time has decreased 80% since v6.0 was released."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/index.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"PgAccess help index" {title} \
"
Topics available:
" {} \
" Tables\n" {link tables} \
" Queries\n" {link queries} \
" Views\n" {link views} \
" Sequences\n" {link sequences} \
" Functions\n" {link functions} \
" Reports\n" {link reports} \
" Forms\n" {link forms} \
" Scripts\n" {link scripts} \
" Users\n" {link users} \
" Schema\n\n" {link schema} \
" PostgreSQL\n" {link postgresql} \
" The author of PgAccess\n" {link author}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/inheritance.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Inheritance" {title} "
Let's create two classes. The capitals class contains state capitals which are also cities. Naturally, the capitals class should inherit from cities.
" {} "CREATE TABLE cities (
name text,
population float,
altitude int -- (in ft)
);
CREATE TABLE capitals (
state char2
) INHERITS (cities);
" {code} "
In this case, an instance of capitals inherits all attributes (name, population, and altitude) from its parent, cities. The type of the attribute name is text, a native Postgres type for variable length ASCII strings. The type of the attribute population is float, a native Postgres type for double precision floating point numbers. State capitals have an extra attribute, state, that shows their state. In Postgres, a class can inherit from zero or more other classes, and a query can reference either all instances of a class or all instances of a class plus all of its descendants.
" {} "Note" {italic} ": The inheritance hierarchy is a actually a directed acyclic graph.
For example, the following query finds all the cities that are situated at an attitude of 500ft or higher:
" {} "SELECT name, altitude FROM cities WHERE altitude > 500;
+----------+----------+
|name | altitude |
+----------+----------+
|Las Vegas | 2174 |
+----------+----------+
|Mariposa | 1953 |
+----------+----------+
" {code} "
On the other hand, to find the names of all cities, including state capitals, that are located at an altitude over 500ft, the query is:
" {} "SELECT c.name, c.altitude FROM cities* c WHERE c.altitude > 500;
" {code} "which returns:" {} "
+----------+----------+
|name | altitude |
+----------+----------+
|Las Vegas | 2174 |
+----------+----------+
|Mariposa | 1953 |
+----------+----------+
|Madison | 845 |
+----------+----------+
" {code} "
Here the \"*\" after cities indicates that the query should be run over cities and all classes below cities in the inheritance hierarchy. Many of the commands that we have already discussed -- select, update and delete -- support this \"*\" notation, as do others, like alter.
" {}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/insert.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "INSERT" {bold} " allows one to insert new rows into a table. One can insert a single row at time or several rows as a result of a query. The columns in the target list may be listed in any order. In every \
column not present in the target list will be inserted the default value, if column has not a declared default value it will be assumed as NULL. If the expression for each column is not of the \
correct data type, automatic type coercion will be attempted.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
INSERT INTO table \[ ( column \[, ...\] ) \]
\{ VALUES ( expression \[, ...\] ) | SELECT query \}
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
--Insert a single row into table films;
--(in the second example the column date_prod is omitted
--therefore will be stored in it a default value of NULL):
--
INSERT INTO films VALUES
('UA502','Bananas',105,'1971-07-13','Comedy',INTERVAL '82 minute');
INSERT INTO films (code, title, did, date_prod, kind)
VALUES ('T_601', 'Yojimbo', 106, DATE '1961-06-16', 'Drama');
--Insert a single row into table distributors, note that
--only column \"name\" is specified, to the non specified
--column \"did\" will be assigned its default value:
--
INSERT INTO distributors (name) VALUES ('British Lion');
--Insert several rows into table films from table tmp:
--
INSERT INTO films
SELECT * FROM tmp;
--Insert into arrays:
--Create an empty 3x3 gameboard for noughts-and-crosses
--(all of these queries create the same board attribute)
--(Refer to the PostgreSQL User's Guide for further
--information about arrays).
INSERT INTO tictactoe (game, board\[1:3\]\[1:3\])
VALUES (1,'\{\{\"\",\"\",\"\"\},\{\},\{\"\",\"\"\}\}');
INSERT INTO tictactoe (game, board\[3\]\[3\])
VALUES (2,'\{\}');
INSERT INTO tictactoe (game, board)
VALUES (3,'\{\{,,\},\{,,\},\{,,\}\}');
" {code} "Compatibility" {bold} "
SQL92
The INSERT statement is fully compatible with SQL92. Possible limitations in features of the query clause are documented for the SELECT statement.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/ipv4func.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"IP V4 functions\n\n" {title} \
"broadcast(cidr)" {bold} "
Returns: text
construct broadcast address as text
" {} "broadcast(inet) " {bold} "
Returns: text
construct broadcast address as text
" {} "host(inet) " {bold} "
Returns: text
extract host address as text
" {} "masklen(cidr) " {bold} "
Returns: int4
calculate netmask length
" {} "masklen(inet) " {bold} "
Returns: int4
calculate netmask length
" {} "netmask(inet) " {bold} "
Returns: text
construct netmask as text
" {} \
"PostgreSQL functions\n" {link pgfunctions}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/isolation.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Isolation levels" {title} "
" {} "Read Committed Isolation Level" {bold} "
Read Committed is the default isolation level in Postgres. When a transaction runs on this isolation level, a query sees only data committed before the query began and never sees either dirty data or concurrent transaction changes committed during query execution.
If a row returned by a query while executing an UPDATE statement (or DELETE or SELECT FOR UPDATE) is being updated by a concurrent uncommitted transaction then the second transaction that tries to update this row will wait for the other transaction to commit or rollback. In the case of rollback, the waiting transaction can proceed to change the row. In the case of commit (and if the row still exists; i.e. was not deleted by the other transaction), the query will be re-executed for this row to check that new row version satisfies query search condition. If the new row version satisfies the query search condition then row will be updated (or deleted or marked for update).
Note that the results of execution of SELECT or INSERT (with a query) statements will not be affected by concurrent transactions.
" {} "Serializable Isolation Level" {bold} "
Serializable provides the highest transaction isolation. When a transaction is on the serializable level, a query sees only data committed before the transaction began and never see either dirty data or concurrent transaction changes committed during transaction execution. So, this level emulates serial transaction execution, as if transactions would be executed one after another, serially, rather than concurrently.
If a row returned by query while executing a UPDATE (or DELETE or SELECT FOR UPDATE) statement is being updated by a concurrent uncommitted transaction then the second transaction that tries to update this row will wait for the other transaction to commit or rollback. In the case of rollback, the waiting transaction can proceed to change the row. In the case of a concurrent transaction commit, a serializable transaction will be rolled back with the message
" {} "ERROR: Can't serialize access due to concurrent update" {code} "
because a serializable transaction cannot modify rows changed by other transactions after the serializable transaction began.
" {} "Note" {italic} ": Note that results of execution of SELECT or INSERT (with a query) will not be affected by concurrent transactions.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/keywords.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"PostgreSQL reserved key words\n\n" {title} \
"The following are Postgres reserved words which are also SQL92 or SQL3 reserved words: " {} \
"
ADD ALL ALTER AND ANY AS ASC
BEGIN BETWEEN BOTH BY
CASCADE CAST CHAR CHARACTER CHECK CLOSE
COLLATE COLUMN COMMIT CONSTRAINT
CREATE CURRENT_DATE CURRENT_TIME
CURRENT_TIMESTAMP CURRENT_USER CURSOR
DECIMAL DECLARE DEFAULT DELETE DESC DISTINCT DROP
EXECUTE EXISTS EXTRACT
FETCH FLOAT FOR FROM FULL
GRANT
HAVING
IN INNER INSERT INTERVAL INTO IS
JOIN
LEADING LEFT LIKE LOCAL
NAMES NATIONAL NATURAL NCHAR NO NOT NULL NUMERIC
ON OR OUTER
PARTIAL PRIMARY PRIVILEGES PROCEDURE PUBLIC
REFERENCES REVOKE RIGHT ROLLBACK
SELECT SET SUBSTRING
TO TRAILING TRIM
UNION UNIQUE UPDATE USER USING
VALUES VARCHAR VARYING VIEW
WHERE WITH WORK
" {code} \
"The following are Postgres reserved words which are neither SQL92 nor SQL3 reserved words. These are allowed to be present as column labels, but not as identifiers: " {} \
"
ABORT ANALYZE
BINARY
CLUSTER CONSTRAINT COPY
DO
EXPLAIN EXTEND
LISTEN LOAD LOCK
MOVE
NEW NONE NOTIFY
RESET
SETOF SHOW
UNLISTEN UNTIL
VACUUM VERBOSE
" {code} \
"The following are Postgres reserved words which are also SQL92 or SQL3 reserved words, and which are allowed to be present as column labels, but not as identifiers: " {} \
"
CASE COALESCE CROSS CURRENT
ELSE END
FALSE FOREIGN
GLOBAL GROUP
LOCAL
NULLIF
ORDER
POSITION PRECISION
TABLE THEN TRANSACTION TRUE
WHEN
" {code} \
"The following are either SQL92 or SQL3 reserved key words which are not key words in Postgres. These have no proscribed usage in Postgres at the time of writing (v6.5) but may become reserved key words in the future: " {} \
"
Note: Some of these key words represent functions in SQL92. These functions are defined in Postgres, but the parser does not consider the names to be key words and they are allowed in other contexts.
ALLOCATE ARE ASSERTION AT AUTHORIZATION AVG
BIT BIT_LENGTH
CASCADED CATALOG COLLATION CONNECT CONNECTION
CONSTRAINTS CONTINUE CONVERT CORRESPONDING COUNT
DATE DEALLOCATE DEC DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR DIAGNOSTICS DISCONNECT DOMAIN
END-EXEC ESCAPE EXCEPT EXCEPTION EXEC EXTERNAL
FIRST FOUND
GET GO GOTO
IDENTITY IMMEDIATE INDICATOR INITIALLY INPUT INTERSECT ISOLATION
LAST LEVEL LOWER
MAX MIN MODULE
OCTET_LENGTH OPEN OUTPUT OVERLAPS
PREPARE PRESERVE
RESTRICT ROWS
SCHEMA SECTION SESSION SESSION_USER SIZE SOME
SQL SQLCODE SQLERROR SQLSTATE SUM SYSTEM_USER
TEMPORARY TRANSLATE TRANSLATION
UNKNOWN UPPER USAGE
VALUE
WHENEVER WRITE
" {code}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/listen.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "LISTEN" {bold} " registers the current Postgres backend as a listener on the notify condition notifyname. \
Whenever the command NOTIFY notifyname is invoked, either by this backend or another one connected to the same database, all the backends currently listening on that notify condition are \
notified, and each will in turn notify its connected frontend application. See the discussion of NOTIFY for more information. \
A backend can be deregistered for a given notify condition with the UNLISTEN command. Also, a backend's listen registrations are automatically cleared when the backend process exits. \
The method a frontend application must use to detect notify events depends on which Postgres application programming interface it uses. With the basic libpq library, the application issues \
LISTEN as an ordinary SQL command, and then must periodically call the routine PQnotifies to find out whether any notify events have been received. Other interfaces such as libpgtcl provide \
higher-level methods for handling notify events; indeed, with libpgtcl the application programmer should not even issue LISTEN or UNLISTEN directly. See the documentation for the library \
you are using for more details.
The reference page for NOTIFY contains a more extensive discussion of the use of LISTEN and NOTIFY.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
LISTEN notifyname
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
-- Configure and execute a listen/notify sequence from psql
postgres=> listen virtual;
LISTEN
postgres=> notify virtual;
NOTIFY
ASYNC NOTIFY of 'virtual' from backend pid '11239' received
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
notifyname can be any string valid as a name; it need not correspond to the name of any actual table. If notifyname is enclosed in double-quotes, it need not even be a syntactically valid name, \
but can be any string up to 31 characters long.
In some previous releases of Postgres, notifyname had to be enclosed in double-quotes when it did not correspond to any existing table name, even if syntactically valid as a name. That is no \
longer required. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/load.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "LOAD" {bold} " Loads an object (or \".o\") file into the Postgres backend address space. Once a file is loaded, all functions in that file can be accessed. This function is used in support of user-defined types and \
functions.
If a file is not loaded using LOAD, the file will be loaded automatically the first time the function is called by Postgres. LOAD can also be used to reload an object file if it has been edited and \
recompiled. Only objects created from C language files are supported at this time.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
LOAD 'filename'
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
--Load the file /usr/postgres/demo/circle.o
--
LOAD '/usr/postgres/demo/circle.o'
" {} "Notes" {bold} "
Functions in loaded object files should not call functions in other object files loaded through the LOAD command. For example, all functions in file A should call each other, functions in the \
standard or math libraries, or in Postgres itself. They should not call functions defined in a different loaded file B. This is because if B is reloaded, the Postgres loader is not able to relocate the \
calls from the functions in A into the new address space of B. If B is not reloaded, however, there will not be a problem.
Object files must be compiled to contain position independent code. For example, on DECstations you must use /bin/cc with the -G 0 option when compiling object files to be loaded. \
Note that if you are porting Postgres to a new platform, LOAD will have to work in order to support ADTs.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/lock.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "LOCK" {bold} " Postgres always uses the least restrictive lock mode whenever possible. LOCK TABLE provided for cases when you might need more restrictive locking.
For example, an application runs a transaction at READ COMMITTED isolation level and needs to ensure the existance of data in a table for the duration of the transaction. To achieve this you \
could use SHARE lock mode over the table before querying. This will protect data from concurrent changes and provide any further read operations over the table with data in their actual current \
state, because SHARE lock mode conflicts with any ROW EXCLUSIVE one acquired by writers, and your LOCK TABLE table IN SHARE MODE statement will wait until any concurrent \
write operations commit or rollback.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
LOCK \[ TABLE \] table
LOCK \[ TABLE \] table IN \[ ROW | ACCESS \] \{ SHARE | EXCLUSIVE \} MODE
LOCK \[ TABLE \] table IN SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE MODE
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
--
-- SHARE lock primary key table when going to perform
-- insert into foreign key table.
--
" {} " BEGIN WORK;
LOCK TABLE films IN SHARE MODE;
SELECT id FROM films
WHERE name = 'Star Wars: Episode I - The Phantom Menace';
--
-- Do ROLLBACK if record was not returned
--
INSERT INTO films_user_comments VALUES
(_id_, 'GREAT! I was waiting for it for so long!');
COMMIT WORK;
--
-- SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE lock primary key table when going to perform
-- delete operation.
--
BEGIN WORK;
LOCK TABLE films IN SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE MODE;
DELETE FROM films_user_comments WHERE id IN
(SELECT id FROM films WHERE rating < 5);
DELETE FROM films WHERE rating < 5;
COMMIT WORK;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
LOCK is a Postgres language extension.
Except for ACCESS SHARE/EXCLUSIVE lock modes, all other Postgres lock modes and the LOCK TABLE syntax are compatible with those present in Oracle.
LOCK works only inside transactions. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/mathfunc.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Mathematical functions\n\n" {title} \
"dexp(float8)" {bold} \
"
Returns: float8
raise e to the specified exponent
" {} \
"dpow(float8,float8)" {bold} \
"
Returns: float8
raise a number to the specified exponent
" {} \
"float(int)" {bold} \
"
Returns: float8
convert integer to floating point
" {} \
"float4(int)" {bold} \
"
Returns: float4
convert integer to floating point
" {} \
"integer(float)" {bold} \
"
Returns: int
convert floating point to integer
" {} \
"PostgreSQL functions\n" {link pgfunctions} \
"Next - string functions" {link stringfunc}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/move.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "MOVE" {bold} "allows a user to move cursor position a specified number of rows. MOVE works like the FETCH command, but only positions the cursor and does not return rows.
Refer to the FETCH command for details on syntax and usage.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
MOVE \[ selector \] \[ count \]
\{ IN | FROM \} cursor
FETCH \[ RELATIVE \] \[ \{ \[ # | ALL | NEXT | PRIOR \] \} \] FROM \] cursor
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
--set up and use a cursor:
--
" {} " BEGIN WORK;
DECLARE liahona CURSOR FOR SELECT * FROM films;
--Skip first 5 rows:
--
MOVE FORWARD 5 IN liahona;
MOVE
--Fetch 6th row in the cursor liahona:
--
FETCH 1 IN liahona;
FETCH
code |title |did| date_prod|kind |len
-----+------+---+----------+----------+------
P_303|48 Hrs|103|1982-10-22|Action | 01:37
(1 row)
-- close the cursor liahona and commit work:
--
CLOSE liahona;
COMMIT WORK;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
MOVE is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to FETCH for a description of valid arguments. Refer to DECLARE to declare a cursor. Refer to BEGIN WORK, COMMIT WORK, ROLLBACK WORK statements for further \
information about transactions. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/mvcc.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Multi-Version Concurrency Control" {title} "
Multi-Version Concurrency Control (MVCC) is an advanced technique for\
improving database performance in a multi-user environment. " {} "Vadim Mikheev" {bold} " provided the implementation for Postgres.
" {} "Introduction" {bold} "
Unlike most other database systems which use locks for concurrency control, Postgres maintains data consistency by using a multiversion model. This means that while querying a database each transaction sees a snapshot of data (a database version) as it was some time ago, regardless of the current state of the underlying data. This protects the transaction from viewing inconsistent data that could be caused by (other) concurrent transaction updates on the same data rows, providing transaction isolation for each database session.
The main difference between multiversion and lock models is that in MVCC locks acquired for querying (reading) data don't conflict with locks acquired for writing data and so reading never blocks writing and writing never blocks reading.
" {} "Isolation levels" {link isolation}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/new_query.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Creating a new query" {bold} "
Select the \"Queries\" tab from the main window and press\
the \"New\" button.
You will need to enter the query name and the SQL command for the query. If\
you desire, you could use the " {} "visual query designer" {link visual_designer} "
You can design dynamic queries that can include a parameter that will be\
provided later at query execution time by using the \[parameter \"message\"\] function\
as in the following examples :" {} "
select * from people where age <= \[parameter \"Maximum age?\"\]
select * from invoices where received_date = '\[parameter \"Invoice date?\"\]' " {code} "
Before query execution a popup dialog will be displayed in order to get that\
parameter and to substitute it in the query command.
Checking the \"save this query as a view\" checkbox will create a new view from\
the current query.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/new_table.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Creating a new table" {bold} "
Select the \"Tables\" tab from the main window and then press then \"New\" button.\
A form will be displayed allowing you to define a new table.
You should enter the table name and then to define the fields.\
At this point you can define also a primary key for that table by checking the \"primary key\" checkbox for the fields that will be included in the primary key. Fields selected for the primary key will be displayed with a * in the K column.\
The \"size\" entry is used in order to specify the dimension for those field types\
that have variable dimensions (varchar, char). Otherwise, it will be disabled.\
The \"default value\" entry can be used in order to specify the field's default\
value that will be assigned if a value is not specified in the insert command.
The \"check\" entry can be used in order to specify a boolean expression using\
tables fields or defined functions that will\
be checked on every insert or update command. The \"constraint\" entry is optional\
and it's just for naming purposes.
" {} "Example:" {italic} "
(price > 0) and (quantity > 0) and valid_product(product_id)
" {code} "
In the above example, price and quantity are fields from the new table and\
valid_product(product_id) is a SQL function that will return the boolean value true\
if the product_id was found in another table \"products\".
In the \"Inherits\" field you can select one or more tables. They will be separated\
with commas. The new table will inherit all the fields from the parent tables.\
Read more " {} "about inheritance here." {link inheritance} "
Select a field from the listbox and use the \"Move up\" and \"Move down\" buttons in order to rearrange the field order. At the end, press the \"Create\" button to define the table.
Read also about " {} "CREATE TABLE" {link create_table} " SQL command."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/notify.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "NOTIFY" {bold} " The NOTIFY command sends a notify event to each frontend application that has previously executed LISTEN notifyname for the specified notify condition in the current database.
The information passed to the frontend for a notify event includes the notify condition name and the notifying backend process's PID. It is up to the database designer to define the condition \
names that will be used in a given database and what each one means.
Commonly, the notify condition name is the same as the name of some table in the database, and the notify event essentially means
\"I changed this table, take a look at it to see what's new\". \
But no such association is enforced by the NOTIFY and LISTEN commands. For example, a database designer could use several different condition names to signal different sorts of changes \
to a single table.
NOTIFY provides a simple form of signal or IPC (interprocess communication) mechanism for a collection of processes accessing the same Postgres database. Higher-level mechanisms can \
be built by using tables in the database to pass additional data (beyond a mere condition name) from notifier to listener(s).
When NOTIFY is used to signal the occurrence of changes to a particular table, a useful programming technique is to put the NOTIFY in a rule that is triggered by table updates. In this way, \
notification happens automatically when the table is changed, and the application programmer can't accidentally forget to do it.
NOTIFY interacts with SQL transactions in some important ways. Firstly, if a NOTIFY is executed inside a transaction, the notify events are not delivered until and unless the transaction is \
committed. This is appropriate, since if the transaction is aborted we would like all the commands within it to have had no effect --- including NOTIFY. But it can be disconcerting if one is \
expecting the notify events to be delivered immediately. Secondly, if a listening backend receives a notify signal while it is within a transaction, the notify event will not be delivered to its \
connected frontend until just after the transaction is completed (either committed or aborted). Again, the reasoning is that if a notify were delivered within a transaction that was later aborted, \
one would want the notification to be undone somehow --- but the backend cannot \"take \
back\" a notify once it has sent it to the frontend. So notify events are only delivered between \
transactions. The upshot of this is that applications using NOTIFY for real-time signaling should try to keep their transactions short.
NOTIFY behaves like Unix signals in one important respect: if the same condition name is signaled multiple times in quick succession, recipients may get only one notify event for several \
executions of NOTIFY. So it is a bad idea to depend on the number of notifies received. Instead, use NOTIFY to wake up applications that need to pay attention to something, and use a \
database object (such as a sequence) to keep track of what happened or how many times it happened.
It is common for a frontend that sends NOTIFY to be listening on the same notify name itself. In that case it will get back a notify event, just like all the other listening frontends. Depending on \
the application logic, this could result in useless work --- for example, re-reading a database table to find the same updates that that frontend just wrote out. In Postgres 6.4 and later, it is \
possible to avoid such extra work by noticing whether the notifying backend process's PID (supplied in the notify event message) is the same as one's own backend's PID (available from \
libpq). When they are the same, the notify event is one's own work bouncing back, and can be ignored. (Despite what was said in the preceding paragraph, this is a safe technique. Postgres \
keeps self-notifies separate from notifies arriving from other backends, so you cannot miss an outside notify by ignoring your own notifies.)
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
NOTIFY notifyname
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
-- Configure and execute a listen/notify sequence from psql
" {} " postgres=> listen virtual;
LISTEN
postgres=> notify virtual;
NOTIFY
ASYNC NOTIFY of 'virtual' from backend pid '11239' received
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
notifyname can be any string valid as a name; it need not correspond to the name of any actual table. If notifyname is enclosed in double-quotes, it need not even be a syntactically valid name, \
but can be any string up to 31 characters long.
In some previous releases of Postgres, notifyname had to be enclosed in double-quotes when it did not correspond to any existing table name, even if syntactically valid as a name. That is no \
longer required.
In Postgres releases prior to 6.4, the backend PID delivered in a notify message was always the PID of the frontend's own backend. So it was not possible to distinguish one's own notifies from \
other clients' notifies in those earlier releases. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/open_query.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Open a query for vieweing" {bold} "
Select the \"Queries\" tab from the main window and select a query from the list. Press on \
the \"Open\" button.
If the query will return some records (i.e. is not an action query) a query \
viewer will be displayed and the selected rows from the result will be displayed.
You will not be able to specify a sort field or a filter as you can do it in \
table viewer. If you want to specify sort fields, go and edit the query command \
and add there the desired sort order or filter conditions.
Also, you will not be able to change or to add new records.
If the selected query is an \"action query\" (INSERT INTO, DELETE FROM, UPDATE) \
a confirmation for the query execution will be requested.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/open_table.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Opening tables for viewing and editing" {bold} "
Select the \"Tables\" tab from the main window ,select a table from the listbox and click with the mouse on the \"Open\" button. A new table viewer window will be opened showing you the records from that table
" {} "Note:" {italic} " Due to the fact that the records being displayed are kept in memory, only the first 200 records from that table will be displayed. The maximum number of records being displayed can be changed in the Database/Preference dialog.
You can sort and filter the records being displayed. Go to the \"Sort field\" entry and type the name of the field. Add the desc (descending) keyword if you want records to be sorted in reverse order. If you want to sort the records based on multiple fields just separate them with commas
" {} "Example:" {italic} "
Sort field: price
Sort field: price desc, customer asc
" {code} "
If you want to select for display just some records frm that table go to the \"Filter conditions\" entry and specify a filter criteria.
" {} "Example:" {italic} "
Filter conditions: (price > 150) and (not sold)
" {code} "
After specifying a sort field or a filter conditions, pres Enter or the \"Reload\" button."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/pgfunctions.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"PostgreSQL functions" {title} \
"
Many data types have functions available for conversion to other related types. In addition, there are some type-specific functions. Some functions are also available through operators and may be documented as operators only.
" {} \
"\tSQL functions\n" {link sqlfunc} \
"\tMathematical functions\n" {link mathfunc} \
"\tString functions\n" {link stringfunc} \
"\tDate/Time functions\n" {link datefunc} \
"\tGeometric functions\n" {link geomfunc} \
"\tIP V4 functions" {link ipv4func}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/postgresql.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"PostgreSQL" {title} \
"\n\n" {} \
"What is PostgreSQL?\n" {bold} \
" PostgreSQL is a object-relational database management system, originally developed at the University of California at Berkeley. PostgreSQL is based on Postgres release 4.2. The Postgres project, led by Professor Michael Stonebraker, was sponsored by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), the Army Research Office (ARO), the National Science Foundation (NSF), and ESL, Inc.\n\n" {} \
" History of PostgreSQL\n" {link history} \
" Copyrights\n" {link copyrights} \
" Y2K statement\n" {link y2k} \
" PostgreSQL reserved key words\n" {link keywords} \
" Data types" {link data_types} " , " {} "Functions\n" {link pgfunctions} \
" Quick guide of PostgreSQL commands\n" {link sql_guide} \
" Inheritance\n" {link inheritance} \
" Multi-Version Concurency Control\n" {link mvcc}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/queries.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Queries" {title} \
"\n\n" {} \
" The following topics are available:\n" {} \
" creating a new query\n" {link new_query} \
" opening a query for viewing\n" {link open_query} \
" visual query designer\n" {link visual_designer}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/reports.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "The Reports module is still in alpha stage.
The module should be able to design and execute a report based on a table\
or from an existing query.
Grouping, sorting, subtotals, expressions should be implemented.
Report output can be printed as a Postscript file.
For the moment I have no time to do that so volunteers are welcome.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/reset.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "RESET" {bold} " restores variables to the default values. Refer to the SET command for details on allowed values and defaults. RESET is an alternate form for SET variable = DEFAULT
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
RESET variable
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
-- reset DateStyle to its default;
" {} "
RESET DateStyle;
" {code} "
-- reset Geqo to its default;
" {} "RESET GEQO;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The RESET statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to SET/SHOW statements to set/show variable values. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/revoke.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "REVOKE" {bold} " allows creator of an object to revoke permissions granted before, from all users (via PUBLIC) or a certain user or group.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
REVOKE privilege \[, ...\]
ON object \[, ...\]
FROM \{ PUBLIC | GROUP ER\">gBLE> | username \}
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
-- revoke insert privilege from all users on table films:
--
" {} "REVOKE INSERT ON films FROM PUBLIC;
" {code} "
-- revoke all privileges from user manuel on view kinds:
--
" {} "REVOKE ALL ON kinds FROM manuel;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
Refer to psql \\z command for further information about permissions on existing objects:
" {} "
Database = lusitania
+------------------+-------------------------------------------------+
| Relation | Grant/Revoke Permissions |
+------------------+-------------------------------------------------+
| mytable | \{\"=rw\",\"miriam=arwR\",\"group todos=rw\"\} |
+------------------+-------------------------------------------------+
Legend:
uname=arwR -- privileges granted to a user
group gname=arwR -- privileges granted to a GROUP
=arwR -- privileges granted to PUBLIC
r -- SELECT
w -- UPDATE/DELETE
a -- INSERT
R -- RULE
arwR -- ALL
Tip: Currently, to create a GROUP you have to insert data manually into table pg_group as:
INSERT INTO pg_group VALUES ('todos');
CREATE USER miriam IN GROUP todos;
" {code}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/rollback.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "ROLLBACK" {bold} " rolls back the current transaction and causes all the updates made by the transaction to be discarded.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
ROLLBACK \[ WORK | TRANSACTION \]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
--To abort all changes:
--
ROLLBACK WORK;
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The keywords WORK and TRANSACTION are noise and can be omitted.
Use " {} "COMMIT" {link commit} " to successfully terminate a transaction. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/schema.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "
To be written"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/scripts.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "
To be written"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/select.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "SELECT" {bold} " will return rows from one or more tables. Candidates for selection are rows which satisfy the WHERE condition; if WHERE is omitted, all rows are candidates.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
SELECT \[ALL|DISTINCT \[ON column\] \]
expression \[ AS
name \] \[, ...\]
\[ INTO \[TEMP\] \[TABLE\] new_table \]
\[ FROM table
\[alias \] \[, ...\] \]
\[ WHERE condition \]
\[ GROUP BY column \[, ...\] \]
\[ HAVING condition \[, ...\] \]
\[ { UNION \[ALL\] | INTERSECT | EXCEPT } select \]
\[ ORDER BY column \[ ASC | DESC \] \[, ...\] \]
\[ FOR UPDATE \[OF class_name...\]\]
\[ LIMIT count \[OFFSET|, count\]\]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
To join the table films with the table distributors:
" {} "
SELECT f.title, f.did, d.name, f.date_prod, f.kind
FROM distributors d, films f
WHERE f.did = d.did
title |did|name | date_prod|kind
-------------------------+---+----------------+----------+----------
The Third Man |101|British Lion |1949-12-23|Drama
The African Queen |101|British Lion |1951-08-11|Romantic
Une Femme est une Femme |102|Jean Luc Godard |1961-03-12|Romantic
Vertigo |103|Paramount |1958-11-14|Action
Becket |103|Paramount |1964-02-03|Drama
48 Hrs |103|Paramount |1982-10-22|Action
War and Peace |104|Mosfilm |1967-02-12|Drama
West Side Story |105|United Artists |1961-01-03|Musical
Bananas |105|United Artists |1971-07-13|Comedy
Yojimbo |106|Toho |1961-06-16|Drama
There's a Girl in my Soup|107|Columbia |1970-06-11|Comedy
Taxi Driver |107|Columbia |1975-05-15|Action
Absence of Malice |107|Columbia |1981-11-15|Action
Storia di una donna |108|Westward |1970-08-15|Romantic
The King and I |109|20th Century Fox|1956-08-11|Musical
Das Boot |110|Bavaria Atelier |1981-11-11|Drama
Bed Knobs and Broomsticks|111|Walt Disney | |Musical
To sum the column len of all films and group the results by kind:
SELECT kind, SUM(len) AS total FROM films GROUP BY kind;
kind |total
----------+------
Action | 07:34
Comedy | 02:58
Drama | 14:28
Musical | 06:42
Romantic | 04:38
To sum the column len of all films, group the results by kind and show those group totals that are less than 5 hours:
SELECT kind, SUM(len) AS total
FROM films
GROUP BY kind
HAVING SUM(len) < INTERVAL '5 hour';
kind |total
----------+------
Comedy | 02:58
Romantic | 04:38
The following two examples are identical ways of sorting the individual results according to the contents of the second column (name):
SELECT * FROM distributors ORDER BY name;
SELECT * FROM distributors ORDER BY 2;
did|name
---+----------------
109|20th Century Fox
110|Bavaria Atelier
101|British Lion
107|Columbia
102|Jean Luc Godard
113|Luso films
104|Mosfilm
103|Paramount
106|Toho
105|United Artists
111|Walt Disney
112|Warner Bros.
108|Westward
This example shows how to obtain the union of the tables distributors and actors, restricting the results to those that begin with letter W in each table. Only distinct rows are to be used, so
the ALL keyword is omitted:
-- distributors: actors:
-- did|name id|name
-- ---+------------ --+--------------
-- 108|Westward 1|Woody Allen
-- 111|Walt Disney 2|Warren Beatty
-- 112|Warner Bros. 3|Walter Matthau
-- ... ...
SELECT distributors.name
FROM distributors
WHERE distributors.name LIKE 'W%'
UNION
SELECT actors.name
FROM actors
WHERE actors.name LIKE 'W%'
name
--------------
Walt Disney
Walter Matthau
Warner Bros.
Warren Beatty
Westward
Woody Allen
" {code} "Compatibility" {bold} "
Extensions
Postgres allows one to omit the FROM clause from a query. This feature was retained from the original PostQuel query language:
" {} "
SELECT distributors.* WHERE name = 'Westwood';
did|name
---+----------------
108|Westward
" {code}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/select_into.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "SELECT INTO" {bold} " creates a new table from the results of a query. Typically, this query draws data from an existing table, but any SQL query is allowed.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
SELECT \[ ALL | DISTINCT \] expression \[ AS name \] \[, ...\]
INTO \[TEMP\] \[ TABLE \] new_table \]
\[ FROM table \[alias\] \[, ...\] \]
\[ WHERE condition \]
\[ GROUP BY column \[, ...\] \]
\[ HAVING condition \[, ...\] \]
\[ { UNION \[ALL\] | INTERSECT | EXCEPT } select\]
\[ ORDER BY column \[ ASC | DESC \] \[, ...\] \]
\[ FOR UPDATE \[OF class_name...\]\]
\[ LIMIT count \[OFFSET|, count\]\]
" {code} "Note" {bold} "
CREATE TABLE AS is functionally equivalent to the SELECT INTO command. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/sequences.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end " The " {} "Sequences" {bold} " tab is used to\
define new sequence number generators or to inspect them.
Sequences are used sometimes for assigning default values to some unique\
fields in order to obtain a unique id. Sequences are returning an int4\
value. For example, a new sequence will be automatically defined if you\
are adding a 'serial' field type into a table.
In order to define a new sequence you should supply at least the sequence\
name. The default increment is 1, the default start value and minvalue is 1.
Inspecting a sequence will show you the last number generated.
For more information see also " {} "CREATE SEQUENCE" {link create_sequence} \
" SQL command." {}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/set.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "SET" {bold} " will modify configuration parameters for variable during a session.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
SET variable \{ TO | = \} \{
'value' | DEFAULT \}
SET TIME ZONE \{ 'timezone' | LOCAL | DEFAULT \};
SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL \{ READ COMMITTED | SERIALIZED \}
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
--Set the style of date to ISO:
--
SET DATESTYLE TO 'ISO';
--Enable GEQO for queries with 4 or more tables
--
SET GEQO ON=4;
--Set GEQO to default:
--
SET GEQO = DEFAULT;
--set the timezone for Berkeley, California:
SET TIME ZONE 'PST8PDT';
SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP AS today;
today
----------------------
1998-03-31 07:41:21-08
--set the timezone for Italy:
SET TIME ZONE 'Europe/Rome';
SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP AS today;
today
----------------------
1998-03-31 17:41:31+02
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The SET variable statement is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to SHOW and RESET to display or reset the current values. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/show.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "will display the current configuration parameters for variable during a session.
The session can be configured using SET statement, and values can be restored to the defaults using RESET statement. Parameters and values are case-insensitive.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
SHOW variable
" {} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
-- show DateStyle;
SHOW DateStyle;
NOTICE:DateStyle is Postgres with US (NonEuropean) conventions
-- show Geqo;
SHOW GEQO;
NOTICE:GEQO is ON
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
The SHOW is a Postgres language extension.
Refer to SET/RESET to set/reset variable values. See also SET TIME ZONE. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/sql_guide.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t configure -tabs {170 400}
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"SQL guide\n" {title} \
"
" {} "ABORT" {link abort} " Aborts the current transaction
" {} "ALTER TABLE" {link alter_table} " Modifies table properties
" {} "ALTER USER" {link alter_user} " Modifies user account information
" {} "BEGIN" {link begin} " Begins a transaction in chained mode
" {} "CLOSE" {link close} " Close a cursor
" {} "CLUSTER" {link cluster} " Gives storage clustering advice to the backend
" {} "COMMIT" {link commit} " Commits the current transaction
" {} "COPY" {link copy} " Copies data between files and tables
" {} "CREATE AGGREGATE" {link create_aggregate} " Defines a new aggregate function
" {} "CREATE DATABASE" {link create_database} " Creates a new database
" {} "CREATE FUNCTION" {link create_function} " Defines a new function
" {} "CREATE INDEX" {link create_index} " Constructs a secondary index
" {} "CREATE LANGUAGE" {link create_language} " Defines a new language for functions
" {} "CREATE OPERATOR" {link create_operator} " Defines a new user operator
" {} "CREATE RULE" {link create_rule} " Defines a new rule
" {} "CREATE SEQUENCE" {link create_sequence} " Creates a new sequence number generator
" {} \
"CREATE TABLE" {link create_table} " Creates a new table
" {} "CREATE TABLE AS" {link create_table_as} " Creates a new table
" {} "CREATE TRIGGER" {link create_trigger} " Creates a new trigger
" {} "CREATE TYPE" {link create_type} " Defines a new base data type
" {} "CREATE USER" {link create_user} " Creates account information for a new user
" {} "CREATE VIEW" {link create_view} " Constructs a virtual table
" {} "DECLARE" {link declare} " Defines a cursor for table access
" {} "DELETE" {link delete} " Deletes rows from a table
" {} "DROP AGGREGATE" {link drop_aggregate} " Removes the definition of an aggregate function
" {} "DROP DATABASE" {link drop_database} " Destroys an existing database
" {} "DROP FUNCTION" {link drop_function} " Removes a user-defined C function
" {} "DROP INDEX" {link drop_index} " Removes an index from a database
" {} "DROP LANGUAGE" {link drop_language} " Removes a user-defined procedural language
" {} "DROP OPERATOR" {link drop_operator} " Removes an operator from the database
" {} "DROP RULE" {link drop_rule} " Removes an existing rule from the database
" {} "DROP SEQUENCE" {link drop_sequence} " Removes an existing sequence
" {} "DROP TABLE" {link drop_table} " Removes existing tables from a database
" {} "DROP TRIGGER" {link drop_trigger} " Removes the definition of a trigger
" {} "DROP TYPE" {link drop_type} " Removes a user-defined type from the system catalogs
" {} "DROP USER" {link drop_user} " Removes an user account information
" {} "DROP VIEW" {link drop_view} " Removes an existing view from a database
" {} "EXPLAIN" {link explain} " Shows statement execution details
" {} "FETCH" {link fetch} " Gets rows using a cursor
" {} "GRANT" {link grant} " Grants access privilege to a user, a group or all users
" {} "INSERT" {link insert} " Inserts new rows into a table
" {} "LISTEN" {link listen} " Listen for notification on a notify condition
" {} "LOAD" {link load} " Dynamically loads an object file
" {} "LOCK" {link lock} " Explicit lock of a table inside a transaction
" {} "MOVE" {link move} " Moves cursor position
" {} "NOTIFY" {link notify} " Signals all frontends and backends listening on a notify condition
" {} "RESET" {link reset} " Restores run-time parameters for session to default values
" {} "REVOKE" {link revoke} " Revokes access privilege from a user, a group or all users.
" {} "ROLLBACK" {link rollback} " Aborts the current transaction
" {} "SELECT" {link select} " Retrieve rows from a table or view.
" {} "SELECT INTO" {link select_into} " Create a new table from an existing table or view
" {} "SET" {link set} " Set run-time parameters for session
" {} "SHOW" {link show} " Shows run-time parameters for session
" {} "UNLISTEN" {link unlisten} " Stop listening for notification
" {} "UPDATE" {link update} " Replaces values of columns in a table
" {} "VACUUM" {link vacuum} " Clean and analyze a Postgres database
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/sqlfunc.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"SQL functions\n\n" {title} \
"COALESCE(list)" {bold} "
return first non-NULL value in list
Example:
COALESCE(a2, c2 + 5, 0)
" {} "IFNULL(input,non-NULL substitute)" {bold} "
return second argument if first is NULL
Example:
IFNULL(c1, 'N/A')
" {} "CASE WHEN expr THEN expr \[...\] ELSE expr END" {bold} "
return expression for first true clause
Example:
CASE WHEN c1 = 1 THEN 'match' ELSE 'no match' END
" {} \
"PostgreSQL functions\n" {link pgfunctions} \
"Next - mathematical functions" {link mathfunc}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/stringfunc.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"String functions\n\n" {title} \
"SQL92 String Functions" {bold} \
" - SQL92 defines string functions with specific syntax. Some of these are implemented using other Postgres functions. The supported string types for SQL92 are char, varchar, and text.
" {} "
char_length(string)" {bold} "
Returns: int4
length of string" {} "
character_length(string)" {bold} "
Returns: int4
length of string" {} "
lower(string)" {bold} "
Returns: string
convert string to lower case" {} "
octet_length(string)" {bold} "
Returns: int4
storage length of string" {} "
position(string in string)" {bold} "
Returns: int4
location of specified substring" {} "
substring(string \[from int\] \[for int\])" {bold} "
Returns: string
extract specified substring" {} "
trim(\[leading|trailing|both\] \[string\] from string)" {bold} "
Returns: string
trim characters from string" {} "
upper(text)" {bold} "
Returns: text
convert text to upper case
Many additional string functions are available for text, varchar(), and char() types. Some are used internally to implement the SQL92 string functions listed above.
" {} "PostgreSQL String Functions
char(text)" {bold} "
Returns: char
convert text to char type
" {} "char(varchar)" {bold} "
Returns: char
convert varchar to char type
" {} "initcap(text)" {bold} "
Returns: text
first letter of each word to upper case
" {} "lpad(text,int,text)" {bold} "
Returns: text
left pad string to specified length
" {} "ltrim(text,text)" {bold} "
Returns: text
left trim characters from text
" {} "textpos(text,text)" {bold} "
Returns:text
locate specified substring
" {} "rpad(text,int,text)" {bold} "
Returns: text
right pad string to specified length
" {} "rtrim(text,text)" {bold} "
Returns: text
right trim characters from text
" {} "substr(text,int\[,int\])" {bold} "
Returns: text
extract specified substring
" {} "text(char)" {bold} "
Returns: text
convert char to text type
" {} "text(varchar)" {bold} "
Returns: text
convert varchar to text type
" {} "translate(text,from,to)" {bold} "
Returns: text
convert character in string
" {} "varchar(char)" {bold} "
Returns: varchar
convert char to varchar type
" {} "varchar(text)" {bold} "
Returns: varchar
convert text to varchar type
Most functions explicitly defined for text will work for char() and varchar() arguments.
" {} \
"PostgreSQL functions\n" {link pgfunctions} \
"Next - Date/Time functions" {link datefunc}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/tables.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Tables" {title} \
"\n\n" {} \
" The following topics are available:\n" {} \
" creating a new table\n" {link new_table} \
" opening a table for viewing and editing\n" {link open_table} \
" adding new records to an existing table\n" {link add_records} \
" viewing and changing table structure\n" {link view_table_structure}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/unlisten.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "UNLISTEN" {bold} " is used to remove an existing NOTIFY registration. UNLISTEN cancels any existing registration of the current Postgres session as a listener on the notify condition notifyname. \
The special condition wildcard \"*\" cancels all listener registrations for the current session.
" {} "NOTIFY" {link notify} " contains a more extensive discussion of the use of LISTEN and NOTIFY.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
UNLISTEN \{ notifyname | * \}
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
postgres=> LISTEN virtual;
LISTEN
postgres=> NOTIFY virtual;
NOTIFY
ASYNC NOTIFY of 'virtual' from backend pid '12317' received
postgres=> UNLISTEN virtual;
UNLISTEN
postgres=> NOTIFY virtual;
NOTIFY
-- notice no NOTIFY event is received
postgres=>
" {code} "Notes" {bold} "
classname needs not to be a valid class name but can be any string valid as a name up to 32 characters long.
The backend does not complain if you UNLISTEN something you were not listening for. Each backend will automatically execute UNLISTEN * when exiting.
A restriction in some previous releases of Postgres that a classname which does not correspond to an actual table must be enclosed in double-quotes is no longer present.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/update.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "UPDATE" {bold} " changes the values of the columns specified for all rows which satisfy condition. Only the columns to be modified need appear as column.
Array references use the same syntax found in SELECT. That is, either single array elements, a range of array elements or the entire array may be replaced with a single query.
You must have write access to the table in order to modify it, as well as read access to any table whose values are mentioned in the WHERE condition.
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
" {} "
UPDATE table SET column = expression \[, ...\]
\[ FROM fromlist \]
\[ WHERE condition \]
" {code} "Usage" {bold} "
" {} "
--Change word \"Drama\" with \"Dramatic\" on column kind:
--
UPDATE films
SET kind = 'Dramatic'
WHERE kind = 'Drama';
SELECT * FROM films WHERE kind = 'Dramatic' OR kind = 'Drama';
code |title |did| date_prod|kind |len
-----+-------------+---+----------+----------+------
BL101|The Third Man|101|1949-12-23|Dramatic | 01:44
P_302|Becket |103|1964-02-03|Dramatic | 02:28
M_401|War and Peace|104|1967-02-12|Dramatic | 05:57
T_601|Yojimbo |106|1961-06-16|Dramatic | 01:50
DA101|Das Boot |110|1981-11-11|Dramatic | 02:29
" {code} "Compatibility" {bold} "
SQL92
SQL92 defines a different syntax for positioned UPDATE statement:
" {} "
UPDATE table SET column = expression \[, ...\]
WHERE CURRENT OF cursor
" {code} "where cursor identifies an open cursor. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/users.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "
To be written"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/vacuum.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"VACUUM" {bold} " serves two purposes in Postgres as both a means to reclaim storage and also a means to collect information for the optimizer.
VACUUM opens every class in the database, cleans out records from rolled back transactions, and updates statistics in the system catalogs. The statistics maintained include the number of tuples and number of pages stored in all classes. Running VACUUM periodically will increase the speed of the database in processing user queries.
" {} "Notes:" {italic} " The open database is target for VACUUM.
We recommend that active production databases be cleaned nightly, in order to keep statistics relatively current. The VACUUM query may be executed at any time, however. In particular, after copying a large class into Postgres or after deleting a large number of records, it may be a good idea to issue a VACUUM query. This will update the system catalogs with the results of all recent changes, and allow the Postgres query optimizer to make better choices in planning user queries.
If the server crashes during a VACUUM command, chances are it will leave a lock file hanging around. Attempts to re-run the VACUUM command result in an error message about the creation of a lock file. If you are sure VACUUM is not running, remove the pg_vlock file in your database directory (i.e. PGDATA/base/dbname/pg_vlock).
" {} "Synopsis" {bold} "
VACUUM \[ VERBOSE \] \[ ANALYZE \] \[ table \]
VACUUM \[ VERBOSE \] ANALYZE \[ table \[ (column \[, ...\] ) \] \]
" {code} "VERBOSE" {italic} "
Prints a detailed vacuum activity report for each table.
" {} "ANALYZE" {italic} "
Updates column statistics used by the optimizer to determine the most efficient way to execute a query. The statistics represent the disbursion of the data in each column. This information is valuable when several execution paths are possible.
" {} "table" {italic} "
The name of a specific table to vacuum. Defaults to all tables.
" {} "column" {italic} "
The name of a specific column to analyze. Defaults to all columns. "
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/view_table_structure.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"View and change table structure" {bold} "
Select the Tables tab from the main window , select the desired table and press the \"Design\" button. You will get a tabbed dialog containing general information for the table, table structure, index information and permissions.
You will be able to add new fields, rename the existing ones and add new indexes. In order to add a new index, select the fields that will be included in the index (multiple selections with shift-click) and press the \"Add new index\" button.
A confirmation form will be displayed. The index name will be asigned by default by concatenating using underscore the table name with the fields names but you can change it as you will. Checking the \"Is unique?\" check box will force the creation of a unique index.
You can inspect the properties of a index by selecting it from the list of defined indexes. You can also delete one of them by selecting the index and then pressing the \"Delete index\" button.\
You can cluster an index fo the table, more information on " {} "cluster SQL command" {link cluster} "
Through \"Permissions\" tab you can assign new permissions for the table or alter the existing ones. See also " {} "GRANT" {link grant} " and " {} "REVOKE" {link revoke} " SQL commands."
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/views.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end "
To be written"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/visual_designer.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Visual query designer" {bold} "
PgAccess is using an advanced tool for visual designing of queries. \
For those of you that have used Microsoft Access, it will be very familiar.
When a new query is build, an empty canvas will be presented to you. \
In the bottom of the screen there is the " {} "result" {italic} " zone.
Add new tables on the canvas by selecting them from the drop-down or by entering \
their names in the \"Add table\" entry and then pressing Enter.
After adding the source tables on the canvas you can make links between fields from \
different tables by dragging one field and dropping it on the label of the\
corresponding field in the linked table. Links can be deleted by selecting them\
(the link line will change it's colour) and then press \"Delete\" key.
In order to delete a table from the canvas, select it by mouse clicking on the\
name of the table and then press the \"Delete\" key. The tables can be moved\
on the canvas by dragging them from their name labels. The entire canvas can\
be panned by dragging it from an empty area.
In order to select fields that will be included in the result, drag the desired \
field from the table and drop it in the result zone in the desired column.\
If there is already another field in that column, it will be shifted to the \
right together with all the remaining fields to the right and the new field will \
be inserted in the desired column.
You can also specify a condition for records to be included in the result. Go \
to the result zone and in the \"Criteria\" row enter the condition for the \
selected field." {} "
Example:" {italic} "
> 150
we will presume that we entered the above criteria for a numeric field. Or:
= 'CPU'
for a character field.
If you don't want a field to be included in the result and you dropped it into \
the result area just for adding a selection criteria on it, mouse click on \
the Yes or No label in the \"Return\" row.
In order to sort the results on a field, mouse click on the 'unsorted' label in \
the \"Sort\" row.
If you want to remove a field from the result zone, click on it's name and \
then hit the \"Delete\" key.
Pressing the \"Show SQL\" button will display the SQL command that will be \
build from the current tables and result columns. Clicking on the canvas will \
make it dissapear and the table layout will be displayed again.
Check the query execution by pressing on the \"Execute SQL\" button. If the \
query has been executed without error, a query viewer will be displayed and \
you will be able to see the selected rows. When everything is ok, save the \
query command to the query builder by pressing the \"Save to query builder\" \
button.
"
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/help/y2k.hlp deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
.pgaw:Help.f.t insert end \
"Year 2000 statement\n\n" {title} \
"Author : " {bold} "Written by Thomas Lockhart on 1998-10-22\n" {} \
{
The PostgreSQL Global Development Team provides the Postgres software code tree as a public service, without warranty and without liability for it's behavior or performance. However, at the time of writing:
The author of this statement, a volunteer on the Postgres support team since November, 1996, is not aware of any problems in the Postgres code base related to time transitions around Jan 1, 2000 (Y2K).
The author of this statement is not aware of any reports of Y2K problems uncovered in regression testing or in other field use of recent or current versions of Postgres. We might have expected to hear about problems if they existed, given the installed base and the active participation of users on the support mailing lists.
To the best of the author's knowledge, the assumptions Postgres makes about dates specified with a two-digit year are documented in the current User's Guide in the chapter on data types. For two-digit years, the significant transition year is 1970, not 2000; e.g. "70-01-01" is interpreted as "1970-01-01", whereas "69-01-01" is interpreted as "2069-01-01".
Any Y2K problems in the underlying OS related to obtaining "the current time" may propagate into apparent Y2K problems in Postgres.
Refer to The Gnu Project and The Perl Institute for further discussion of Y2K issues, particularly as it relates to open source, no fee software.
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/languages/francais deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
array set Messages {
"Label" "Etiquette"
"Save schema" "Sauver schémas"
"Is unique ?" "Est unique ?"
"Report builder" "Constructeur d'états"
"Criteria" "Critère"
"FATAL ERROR upgrading PgAccess table" "ERREUR FATALE en actualisant la table PgAccess"
"Save this query as a view" "Sauver cette requête comme vue ?"
"Page header" "En-tête de page"
"Query name" "Nom de requête"
"Please select an object first!" "Selectionnez un objet d'abord"
"Fields :" "Le champs de index"
"Name" "Nom"
"File name" "Nom du fichier"
"Detail record" "Detail d'enregistrement"
"Auto-load the last opened database at startup" "Chargement automatique de la base au démarrage"
"Maxvalue" "Valeur maximale"
"Start value" "Valeur de début"
"Report fields" "Champs de l'état"
"Test form" "Tester formulaire"
"Error trying to connect to database '%s' on host %s \n\nPostgreSQL error message:%s" "Erreur de liaison à la base de données '%s' pour machine %s \n\nMessage d'erreur PostgreSQL :%s"
"No field type ?" "Type champ inexistant ?"
"User without name?" "Cette utilisateur a-t-il un nom?"
"You have to supply a name for this schema!" "Vous devez fournir un nom pour ce schéma !"
"Last value" "Dernière valeur"
"Preferences" "Préférences"
"View '%s' already exists!\nOverwrite ?" "La vue '%s' existe déjà!\n Ecraser ?"
"You have to select an index!" "Vous devez selectionner un index!"
"Field type" "Type de champ"
"Script name" "Nom du script"
"Reload" "Valider"
"Remove table %s from query?" "Eliminer table %s de la requête ?"
"SQL window" "Fenêtre SQL"
"Allow user to create other users" "Peut créer d'autres utilisateurs"
"Delete current record ?" "Détruire enregistrement courant ?"
"List box" "Liste"
"Save to query builder" "Sauver le constructeur de requêtes"
"fixed width" "largeur de police fixe"
"Scripts" "Scripts"
"Yes" "Oui"
"Add label" "Ajouter étiquette"
"Sequence created!" "Le séquence avait été créée"
"Field information" "Information de champ"
"Design" "Editer"
"Field" "Champ"
"You have to supply an external file name!" "Vous devez fournir un nom du fichier"
"Increment" "Incrément"
"No" "Non"
"Form design" "Création du formulaire"
"You must supply a return type!" "Vous devez fournir un type de retour"
"Remove field from result ?" "Eliminer champ du résultat ?"
"There is another object (a %s) with the same name.\nPlease change it!" "Il y a un autre objet (%s) avec le même nom.\nChangez le SVP!"
"This query has no commands?" "Cette requête n'a pas de définition?"
"Execute query" "Execute requête"
"field cannot be null" "champ ne peut être vide"
"Help" "Aide"
"Rename column" "Renomme champ"
"Database" "Base de données"
"Information" "Information"
"Close" "Fermer"
"Command" "Commande"
"Table" "Table"
"verify password" "encore un fois"
"Vacuum" "Vider"
"Default value" "Valeur par defaut"
"Import" "Importer"
"Delete index" "Détruire index"
"Move up" "Monter"
"index properties" "Propriétés d'index"
"check" "vérifier"
"Create new table" "Création de nouvelle table"
"Visual query designer" "Créateur visuel de requêtes"
"Delete all" "Détruire tous"
"You are going to delete\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Vous allez détruire\n\n %s \n\nD'accord?"
"Schema name" "Nom de schéma"
"Error executing query" "Erreur en exécutant la requête"
"Report name" "Nom de l'état"
"Add field" "Ajout champ"
"Field name" "Nom de champ"
"FATAL ERROR searching for PgAccess system tables" "ERREUR FATALE en cherchant le système de tables PgAccess"
"A big number of rows displayed in table view will take a lot of memory!" "L'affichage d'un grand nombre de colonnes prend beaucoup de mémoire"
"Preview" "Pré-visualisation"
"Users" "Utilisateurs"
"Owner" "Auteur"
"Form's window internal name" "Le nom interne de la fenêtre de formulaire"
"Sort field" "Trier champs"
"New name is the same as the old one!" "Le nouveau nom est le même que l'ancien"
"Warning" "Avertissement"
"Suggestions at" "Suggestions à"
"Functions" "Fonctions"
"Schema" "Schéma"
"Open" "Ouvrir"
"size" "taille"
"Delete" "Détruire"
"Returns" "Retours"
"Define new user" "Définir nouvel utilisateur"
"Move down" "Descendre"
"Design script" "Script de création"
"Check box" "Case à cocher"
"FINAL WARNING" "DERNIER AVERTISSEMENT"
"Add table" "Ajouter table"
"Table viewer font" "Police de visualisateur de tables"
"The field type is not specified!" "Le type de champ n'est pas spécifié"
"Close test form" "Fermer test du formulaire"
"Export table" "Exporter"
"Add new index" "Ajout nouvel index"
"Left" "Gauche"
"Field delimiter" "Séparateur de champs"
"Add formula" "Ajouter formule"
"Open database" "Ouvre la base de données"
"Return" "Retour"
"Changed fonts may appear in the next working session!" "Les nouvelles polices apparaîtront à la prochaine session"
"Error" "Erreur"
"Enter a field name" "Entrez un nom de champ !"
"field name" "Nom de champ"
"Forms" "Formulaires"
"Cannot add column" "Ne peut ajouter de colonne"
"Clean" "Nettoyer"
"Delete all objects ?" "Détruire tous les objets"
"Preferred language" "Langage préféré"
"Execute SQL" "Exécute SQL"
"Sequences" "Séquences"
"Button" "Bouton"
"Language" "Langage"
"Query '%s' was not found!" "La requête '%s' n'a pas été trouvée"
"Object" "Objet"
"Font fixed" "Police fixe"
"Table name" "Nom de table"
"Export" "Export"
"Change user" "Changer utilisateur"
"You must give object a new name!" "Vous devez donner un nouveau nom"
"Query" "Requête"
"User name" "Nom d'utilisateur"
"Font normal" "Police normale"
"Import table" "Importer"
"Toolbar" "Outils"
"Radio btn" "Radio"
"You must supply a name for this function!" "Vous devez fournir un nom pour la fonction"
"You have to select index fields!" "Vous devez selectionner le champ pour l'index"
"Constraint" "Contrainte"
"The script must have a name" "Le script doit avoir un nom"
"Save" "Sauver"
"Exit" "Quitter"
"Inherits" "Source"
"Delete field" "Détruire"
"About" "A propos"
"Empty field name ?" "Nom de champ inexistant ?"
"All report information will be deleted.\n\nProceed ?" "Toutes les informations de l'état vont être détruites\n\nContinuer ?"
"Host" "Machine"
"vacuuming database %s ..." "Vider base %s ..."
"Indexes defined" "Index définis"
"You must specify field size!" "La taille du champ doit être précisée"
"Schema '%s' already exists!" "Le schéma '%s' existe déjà!"
"There is another field with the same name: '%s'!\n\nReplace it ?" "Il y a un autre champ avec le même nom : '%s'!\n\nRemplacer?"
"Contents" "Contient"
"Views" "Vues"
"Variable" "Variable"
"Error executing query\n\n%s\n\nPostgreSQL error message:\n%s\nPostgreSQL status:%s" "Erreur en exécutant la requête\n\n%s\n\nMessage d'erreur PostgreSQL :\n%s \n Statut de PostgreSQL:%s"
"Filter conditions" "Conditions de filtre"
"Error retrieving query definition" "Erreur en retrouvant la définition de la requête"
"Error deleting view" "Erreur en détruisant la vue"
"New" "Nouveau"
"Tables" "Tables"
"Create" "Créer"
"Forms need an internal name, only literals, low case" "Les formulaires ont besoin d'un nom interne, seulement en lettres minuscules"
"Do you want to save the form into the database?" "Voulez vous sauver le formulaire dans la base?"
"Schema '%s' was not found!" "Le schéma '%s' n'a pas été trouvé"
"proportional" "Proportionnelle"
"Function saved!" "Le fonction avait ete créée"
"with OIDs" "avec des OIDs"
"Table information" "Information de table"
"Error inserting new record" "Erreur en introduisant le nouvel enregistrement"
"Column name '%s' already exists in this table!" "Le nom de colonne existe déjà dans cette table !"
"File" "Fichier"
"Your table has no fields!" "Cette table n'a pas de champ?"
"Height" "Hauteur"
"You will always get the latest version at:" "Le derniere version toujours à"
"Form must have a name" "Le formulaire doit avoir un nom !"
"Password" "Mot de passe"
"Valid until (date)" "Valable jusqu'à"
"Report source" "Source de l'état"
"Allow user to create databases" "Peut créer une base"
"Cancel" "Abandon"
"Is clustered ?" "Est groupé ?"
"Add new column" "Ajout nouveau champ"
"Show SQL" "Montrez le code SQL."
"New name" "Nouveau nom"
"Table '%s' not found!" "Le table '%s' n'est pas trouvée"
"Form name" "Nom du formulaire"
"Visual designer" "Créateur visuel"
"You choose to delete index\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Vous allez détruire index\n\n %s \n\nConfirmation?"
"Error retrieving from" "Erreur en retrouvant..."
"Save query definition" "Sauver la définition de la requête"
"A Tcl/Tk interface to\nPostgreSQL\nby Constantin Teodorescu" "Une Tcl/Tk interface pour\nPostgreSQL\npar Constantin Teodorescu"
"Operation completed!" "Opération finie"
"Max rows displayed in table/query view" "Nombre maximal de colonnes affichées dans la table/vue de requête"
"Passwords do not match!" "Les mots de passe ne vont pas"
"Rename" "Renommer"
"Entry" "Entrée"
"Error retrieving schema definition" "Erreur en retrouvant la définition du schéma"
"This is an action query!\n\nExecute it?" "Ceci est une requête d'action !\nExécuter ?"
"Error retrieving view definition for" "Erreur en lisant la définition pour la vue"
"options" "options"
"Sequence '%s' not found!" "Le séquence '%s' n'a pas été trouvée"
"Text" "Texte"
"Tcl error executing pg_exec %s\n\n%s" "Erreur Tcl en exécutant %s\n\n%s"
"Width" "Largeur"
"You have to supply a name for this query!" "Vous devez donner un nom à cette requête"
"Accessing data. Please wait ..." "Lit les données. Patience ..."
"Report footer" "Pied de rapport"
"Parameters" "Paramètres"
"Queries" "Requêtes"
"Query '%s' already exists!" "La requête '%s' existe dejà!"
"Font bold" "Police grasse"
"Query builder" "Constructeur de requêtes"
"Error defining view" "Erreur en définissant la vue"
"Top" "Haut"
"You must supply a name for your table!" "Vous devez introduire un nom pour cette table"
"Page footer" "Pied de page"
"Font italic" "Police italique"
"Field name not entered!" "Le nom de champ n'est pas entré"
"Index name cannot be null!" "Le nom de l'index ne peut être nul"
"Sort" "Trier"
"Import-Export table" "Import/Export table"
"Point" "Point"
"type" "type"
"You should supply a name for this sequence" "Vous devez donner un nom à la séquence"
"Remove link ?" "Détruire cette liaison?"
"You have to supply a table name!" "Vous devez fournir un nom de table"
"Report header" "En tête de l'état"
"Attributes" "Attributs"
"Table '%s' already in schema" "Le table est déjà dans le schéma"
"Username" "Utilisateur"
"Minvalue" "Valeur minimale"
"Sequence name" "Nom de séquence"
"Define sequence" "Définir la séquence"
"Function" "Fonction"
"Sorting and filtering not (yet) available from queries!\n\nPlease enter them in the query definition!" "Tri et filtrage pas (encore) possible à partir des requêtes!\n\nEntrez les dans la définition de la requête SVP"
"Reports" "Etats"
"Columns" "Champs"
"Indexes" "Index"
"Permissions" "Permissions"
"not null" "non vide"
"Cluster index" "index groupe"
"index columns" "index champs"
"Add user" "Ajoute utilisateur"
"Change permissions" "Change droits"
"select" "sélections"
"update" "actualise"
"insert" "introduire"
"rule" "règles"
"Identification" "Identification"
"Owner ID" "ID du propriétaire"
"Has primary key ?" "A une clé primaire ?"
"Has rules ?" "A des règles?"
"Statistics" "Statistiques"
"Number of tuples" "Nombre des enregistrements"
"Number of pages" "Nombres des pages"
"Index name" "Nom d'index"
"Index fields" "Champs d'index"
"Table OID" "OID de table"
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/languages/italiano deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
array set Messages {
"Label" "Etichetta"
"Save schema" "Salva lo schema"
"Is unique ?" "E' unico ?"
"Report builder" "Report builder"
"Criteria" "Criterio"
"FATAL ERROR upgrading PgAccess table" "ERRORE FATALE aggiornando le tabelle PgAccess"
"Save this query as a view" "Salva questa query come View"
"Page header" "Testata di pagina"
"Query name" "Nome query"
"Please select an object first!" "Seleziona prima un'oggetto!"
"Fields :" "Campi :"
"Name" "Nome"
"File name" "Nome del file"
"Detail record" "Dettaglio del record"
"Auto-load the last opened database at startup" "Apertura automatica ultimo database all'avvio"
"Maxvalue" "Valore massimo"
"Start value" "Valore d'inizio"
"Report fields" "Campi disponibili"
"Test form" "Test form"
"Error trying to connect to database '%s' on host %s \n\nPostgreSQL error message:%s" "Errore di connessione al database '%s' sull'host %s \n\nMessaggio d'errore di PostgreSQL :%s"
"No field type ?" "Nessun tipo per il campo?"
"User without name?" "Utente senza nome ?"
"You have to supply a name for this schema!" "Devi specificare un nome per lo schema!"
"Last value" "Ultimo valore"
"Preferences" "Preferenze"
"View '%s' already exists!\nOverwrite ?" "View '%s' esiste gia'!\nSovrascrivo ?"
"You have to select an index!" "Devi scegliere un'indice!"
"Field type" "Tipo campo"
"Script name" "Nome dello Script"
"Reload" "Ricarica"
"Remove table %s from query?" "Rimuovere la tabella %s dalla query?"
"SQL window" "Finestra SQL"
"Allow user to create other users" "L'utente puo' creare altri utenti"
"Delete current record ?" "Cancello il record corrente? "
"List box" "Lista"
"Save to query builder" "Salva nel query builder"
"fixed width" "larghezza fissa"
"Scripts" "Scripts"
"Yes" "Si"
"Add label" "Aggiungi etichetta"
"Sequence created!" "Sequenza creata !"
"Field information" "Informazioni sul campo"
"Design" "Disegna"
"Field" "Campo"
"You have to supply an external file name!" "Devi specificare un nome file esterno!"
"Increment" "Incremento"
"No" "No"
"Form design" "Disegna il Form"
"You must supply a return type!" "Devi specificare il tipo di dato ritornato"
"Remove field from result ?" "Eliminare il campo dal risultato ?"
"There is another object (a %s) with the same name.\nPlease change it!" "Esiste un'altro oggetto (un %s) con lo stesso nome.\nCambia nome!"
"This query has no commands?" "Questa query non ha comandi ?"
"Execute query" "Esegui query"
"field cannot be null" "Il campo non puo' essere nullo"
"Help" "Aiuto"
"Rename column" "Rinomina campo"
"Database" "Database"
"Information" "Informazioni"
"Close" "Chiudi"
"Command" "Comando"
"Table" "Tabella"
"verify password" "verifica password"
"Vacuum" "Vacuum"
"Default value" "Valore predefinito"
"Import" "Importa"
"Delete index" "Cancella indice"
"Move up" "Muovi su'"
"index properties" "proprieta' dell'indice"
"check" "Controlla"
"Create new table" "Crea una nuova tabella"
"Visual query designer" "Visual query designer"
"Delete all" "Cancella tutto"
"You are going to delete\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Stai per cancellare\n\n %s\n\n Procedo?"
"Schema name" "Nome dello schema"
"Error executing query" "Errore eseguendo la query"
"Report name" "Nome del report"
"Add field" "Aggiungi campo"
"Field name" "Nome campo"
"FATAL ERROR searching for PgAccess system tables" "ERRORE FATALE cercando le tabelle PgAccess di sistema"
"A big number of rows displayed in table view will take a lot of memory!" "Un numero grande di righe visualizzate richiedera' molta memoria!"
"Preview" "Anteprima"
"Users" "Utenti"
"Owner" "Proprietario"
"Form's window internal name" "Il nome interno del form"
"Sort field" "Campo ordinato"
"New name is the same as the old one!" "Nuovo nome uguale al precedente!"
"Warning" "Attenzione"
"Suggestions at" "Suggerimenti a"
"Functions" "Funzioni"
"Schema" "Schema"
"Open" "Apri"
"size" "Dimensione"
"Delete" "Cancella"
"Returns" "Risultati"
"Define new user" "Definisce nuovo utente"
"Move down" "Muovi Gi"
"Design script" "Design script"
"Check box" "Casella si/no"
"FINAL WARNING" "Ultimo Warning"
"Add table" "Nuova tabella"
"Table viewer font" "Carattere del visualizzatore tabelle"
"The field type is not specified!" "Il tipo del campo non e' stato specificato!"
"Close test form" "Chiudi test form"
"Export table" "Esporta tabelle"
"Add new index" "Aggiungi nuovo indice"
"Left" "Sinistra"
"Field delimiter" "Delimitatore di campo"
"Add formula" "Aggiungi formula"
"Open database" "Apri il Database"
"Return" "Risultato"
"Changed fonts may appear in the next working session!" "I caratteri cambiati saranno visibili nella prossima sessione!"
"Error" "Errore"
"Enter a field name" "Inserisci un nome campo"
"field name" "Nome Campo"
"Forms" "Forms"
"Cannot add column" "Non posso aggiungere una colonna"
"Clean" "Pulisci"
"Delete all objects ?" "Cancellare tutti gli oggetti ?"
"Preferred language" "Lingua preferita"
"Execute SQL" "Esegui SQL"
"Sequences" "Sequences"
"Button" "Bottone"
"Language" "Lingua"
"Query '%s' was not found!" "La query '%s' non e' stata trovata!"
"Object" "Oggetto"
"Font fixed" "Carattere fisso"
"Table name" "Nome tabella"
"Export" "Esporta"
"Change user" "Cambia utente"
"You must give object a new name!" "Devi dare un nuovo nome all'oggetto!"
"Query" "Query"
"User name" "Nome utente"
"Font normal" "Carattere normale"
"Import table" "Importa"
"Toolbar" "Barra degli strumenti"
"Radio btn" "Bottone a scelta"
"You must supply a name for this function!" "Devi fornire un nome per questa funzione!"
"You have to select index fields!" "Devi selezionare i campi dell'indice"
"Constraint" "Constraint"
"The script must have a name" "Lo script deve avere un nome"
"Save" "Salva"
"Exit" "Esci"
"Inherits" "Eredita"
"Delete field" "Cancella campo"
"About" "Apropos"
"Empty field name ?" "Nome del campo vuoto?"
"All report information will be deleted.\n\nProceed ?" "Tutte le informazioni relative al report saranno cancellate.\n\n Procedo ?"
"Host" "Host"
"vacuuming database %s ..." "vacuuming database %s ..."
"Indexes defined" "Indici definiti"
"Owner ID" "Proprietario ID"
"You must specify field size!" "Devi specificare la dimensione del campo!"
"Schema '%s' already exists!" "Lo schema '%s' esiste gia'!"
"There is another field with the same name: '%s'!\n\nReplace it ?" "C'e' un'altro campo con lo stesso nome: '%s'!\n\nSostituisco ? "
"Contents" "Contenuto"
"Views" "Views"
"Variable" "Variabile"
"Error executing query\n\n%s\n\nPostgreSQL error message:\n%s\nPostgreSQL status:%s" "Errore eseguendo la query\n\n%s\n\nErrore PostgreSQL:\n%s\nPostgreSQL status:%s"
"Filter conditions" "Condizioni di filtro"
"Error retrieving query definition" "Errore caricando la definizione della query"
"Error deleting view" "Errore durante la cancellazione"
"New" "Nuovo"
"Tables" "Tabelle"
"Create" "Crea"
"Forms need an internal name, only literals, low case" "Il form ha bisogno di un nome interno, solo lettere minuscole"
"Do you want to save the form into the database?" "Vuoi salvare il form nel database ?"
"Schema '%s' was not found!" "Lo schema '%s' non e' stato trovato!"
"proportional" "proporzionale"
"Function saved!" "Funzione salvata!"
"with OIDs" "con OIDs"
"Table information" "Informazioni tabella"
"Error inserting new record" "Errore inserendo il nuovo record"
"Column name '%s' already exists in this table!" "Il campo '%s' esiste gia'!"
"File" "File"
"Your table has no fields!" "La tabella non ha campi !"
"Height" "Altezza"
"You will always get the latest version at:" "Troverai l'ultima versione su:"
"Form must have a name" "Il form deve avere un nome"
"Password" "Password"
"Valid until (date)" "Valido fino a"
"Report source" "Sorgente del report"
"Allow user to create databases" "L'utente puo' creare database"
"Cancel" "Abbandona"
"Is clustered ?" "Is clustered ?"
"Add new column" "Aggiungi nuovo campo"
"Show SQL" "Mostra SQL"
"New name" "Nuovo nome"
"Table '%s' not found!" "Tabella '%s' non trovata!"
"Form name" "Nome form"
"Visual designer" "Visual Designer"
"You choose to delete index\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Hai scelto di cancellare l'indice\n\n %s \n\nProcedo?"
"Error retrieving from" "Errore caricando da"
"Save query definition" "Salva la definizione della query"
"A Tcl/Tk interface to\nPostgreSQL\nby Constantin Teodorescu" "Una interfaccia Tcl/Tk verso\nPostgreSQL\n di Constantin Teodorescu"
"Operation completed!" "Operazione completata!"
"Max rows displayed in table/query view" "Numero massimo di righe nella visualiz. tabella/query"
"Passwords do not match!" "La password non corrisponde!"
"Rename" "Rinomina"
"Entry" "Entry"
"Error retrieving schema definition" "Errore caricando la definizione dello schema"
"This is an action query!\n\nExecute it?" "Questa e' una query d'azione\n\nLa eseguo?"
"Error retrieving view definition for" "Errore caricando la definizione di"
"options" "opzioni"
"Sequence '%s' not found!" "Sequence '%s' non trovata!"
"Text" "Testo"
"Tcl error executing pg_exec %s\n\n%s" "Errore Tcl eseguendo pg_exec %s\n\n%s"
"Width" "Larghezza"
"You have to supply a name for this query!" "Devi specificare un nomer per la query"
"Accessing data. Please wait ..." "Carico i dati, attendi..."
"Report footer" "Piede del report"
"Parameters" "Parametri"
"Queries" "Queries"
"Query '%s' already exists!" "La query '%s' esiste gia'!"
"Font bold" "Carattere grassetto"
"Query builder" "Query builder"
"Error defining view" "Errore definendo la query"
"Top" "Sopra"
"You must supply a name for your table!" "Devi specificare un nome per la tabella!"
"Page footer" "Pie' di pagina"
"Font italic" "Carattere corsivo"
"Field name not entered!" "Nome del campo non inserito!"
"Index name cannot be null!" "Il nome dell'indice non puo' essere nullo!"
"Sort" "Ordina"
"Import-Export table" "Importa/Esporta tabella"
"Point" "Punto"
"type" "tipo"
"You should supply a name for this sequence" "Tu devi fornire un nome per la sequenza"
"Remove link ?" "Rimuovere collegamento ?"
"You have to supply a table name!" "Devi specificare il nome tabella!"
"Report header" "Testata del report"
"Attributes" "Attributi"
"Table '%s' already in schema" "Tabella '%s' esiste gia' nello schema!"
"Username" "Nome utente"
"Minvalue" "Valore minimo"
"Sequence name" "Nome del sequence"
"Define sequence" "Definisci la sequenza"
"Function" "Funzione"
"Sorting and filtering not (yet) available from queries!\n\nPlease enter them in the query definition!" "Ordinamento e filtri non ancora disponibili dalle query!\n\nInseriscili nella definizione della query!"
"Reports" "Reports"
"primary key" "chiave primaria"
"Visual schema designer" "Ambiente sviluppo relazioni visuale"
Print Stampa
"Print to Postscript" "Stampa Postscript"
Commands Azioni
"Report preview" "Anteprima report"
"The printed image in Postscript is in the file pgaccess-report.ps" "La stampa in Poscript nel file pgaccess-report.ps"
"Columns" "Campi"
"Indexes" "Indici"
"Permissions" "Autorita"
"not null" "non nullo"
"Cluster index" "Cluster indice"
"index columns" "campi dello indice"
"Add user" "Nuovo utente"
"Change permissions" "Cambiare autorita"
"select" "selezioni"
"update" "update"
"insert" "inserisci"
"rule" "regoli"
"Identification" "Identificatione"
"Owner ID" "ID dello proprieta"
"Has primary key ?" "Chiave primaria ?"
"Has rules ?" "Regoli definiti ?"
"Statistics" "Statistica"
"Number of tuples" "Numero righe"
"Number of pages" "Numero pagine"
"Index name" "Nome indici"
"Index fields" "Campi dello indice"
"Table OID" "Tabella OID"
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/languages/magyar deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
array set Messages {
"Label" "Cimke"
"Save schema" "Sma mentse"
"Is unique ?" "Egyedi (UNIQUE) ?"
"Report builder" "Jelents szerkeszt"
"Criteria" "Felttelek"
"FATAL ERROR upgrading PgAccess table" "FATLIS HIBA keletkezett a PgAccess tbla frissitse kzben"
"Save this query as a view" "Nzetknt (VIEW) akarod elmenteni a lekrdezst?"
"Page header" "Oldal fejlc"
"Query name" "Lekrdezs nv"
"Please select an object first!" "Elszr vlassz egy objektumot!"
"Fields :" "Mezk :"
"Name" "Nv"
"File name" "Fjl nv"
"Detail record" "Rszletes bejegyzs"
"Auto-load the last opened database at startup" "Az utolsknt hasznlt adatbzis automatikus nyitsa inditskor"
"Maxvalue" "Maximlis rtk"
"Start value" "Kezdrtk"
"Report fields" "Jelents mezk"
"Test form" "Teszt krdiv (FORM)"
"Error trying to connect to database '%s' on host %s \n\nPostgreSQL error message:%s" "Hiba a(z) '%s' nev adatbzishoz kapcsolds kzben a(z) '%s' szerveren.\n\nPostgreSQL hibazenet:%s"
"No field type ?" "Nincs a meznek tipusa ?"
"User without name?" "Felhasznl nv nlkl ?"
"You have to supply a name for this schema!" "Nevet kell adj ennek a smnak !"
"Last value" "Legutbbi rtk"
"Preferences" "Bellitsok"
"View '%s' already exists!\nOverwrite ?" "A(z) '%s' nev nzet (VIEW) mr ltezik!\n Fellirs ?"
"You have to select an index!" "Vlasztanod kell egy indexet!"
"Field type" "Meztipus"
"Script name" "Szkript neve"
"Reload" "jratlt"
"Remove table %s from query?" "Trlni akarod a(z) '%s' tblt ebbl a lekrdezsbl ?"
"SQL window" "SQL ablak"
"Allow user to create other users" "Engedly a felhasznlnak j felhasznl kszitsre"
"Delete current record ?" "Az aktulis bejegyzs trlse ?"
"List box" "Lista"
"Save to query builder" "Mentsd a lekrdezs szerkesztbe"
"fixed width" "fix szlessg"
"Scripts" "Szkriptek"
"Yes" "Igen"
"Add label" "Adj hozz cimkt"
"Sequence created!" "A szekvencia (SEQUENCE) elkszlt!"
"Field information" "Mez informci"
"Design" "Tervezs"
"Field" "Mez"
"You have to supply an external file name!" "Meg kell adj egy kls fjlnevet!"
"Increment" "Nvels"
"No" "Nem"
"Form design" "Krdiv (FORM) tervezs"
"You must supply a return type!" "Szksg van visszatrsi rtkre!"
"Remove field from result ?" "A mez trlse az eredmnybl ?"
"There is another object (a %s) with the same name.\nPlease change it!" "Van mr ilyen nev (%s) objektum!\nLgyszives vltoztasd meg!"
"This query has no commands?" "Ebben a lekrdezsben nincs parancs?"
"Execute query" "Lekrdezs futtatsa"
"field cannot be null" "a mez nem lehet NULL"
"Help" "Sg"
"Rename column" "Az oszlop tnevezse"
"Database" "Adatbzis"
"Information" "Informci"
"Close" "Zrs"
"Command" "Utasits"
"Table" "Tbla"
"verify password" "jelsz ellenrzs"
"Vacuum" "Porszivzs (VACUUM)"
"Default value" "Alaprtk"
"Import" "Behozatal"
"Delete index" "Index trls"
"Move up" "Mozgasd fel"
"index properties" "index tulajdonsgok"
"check" "ellenrzi"
"Create new table" "j tbla kszits"
"Visual query designer" "Lekrdezs tervez"
"Delete all" "Trlni mindet"
"You are going to delete\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Le fogod trlni az albbit:\n\n %s \n\nFolytatod?"
"Schema name" "Sma neve"
"Error executing query" "Hiba a lekrdezs futtatsa kzben"
"Report name" "Jelents neve"
"Add field" "Mez hozzads"
"Field name" "Meznv"
"FATAL ERROR searching for PgAccess system tables" "FATLIS HIBA a PgAccess rendszertblk keressnl"
"A big number of rows displayed in table view will take a lot of memory!" "A nzetnl (VIEW) kijelzend sorok nagy szma miatt sok memria fog lefoglaldni !"
"Preview" "Elzetes nzet"
"Users" "Felhasznlk"
"Owner" "Tulajdonos"
"Form's window internal name" "Krdiv (FORM) ablaknak bels hasznlat neve"
"Sort field" "Mez rendezse"
"New name is the same as the old one!" "Az j nv megegyezik a rgivel!"
"Warning" "Figyelem"
"Suggestions at" "Javaslatok itt:"
"Functions" "Fggvnyek"
"Schema" "Sma"
"Open" "Nyit"
"size" "mret"
"Delete" "Trls"
"Returns" "Visszatr"
"Define new user" "j felhasznl definilsa"
"Move down" "Mozgasd le"
"Design script" "Szkript tervezs"
"Check box" "Check box"
"FINAL WARNING" "UTOLS FIGYELMEZTETS"
"Add table" "Tbla hozzads"
"Table viewer font" "Tbla nz betkszlet"
"The field type is not specified!" "A mez tipusa nincs megadva!"
"Close test form" "Zrd le a teszt krdivet (FORM)"
"Export table" "Tbla kivitel"
"Add new index" "j index hozzads"
"Left" "Bal"
"Field delimiter" "Mez hatrol"
"Add formula" "Formula hozzads"
"Open database" "Adatbzis megnyits"
"Return" "Visszatrs"
"Changed fonts may appear in the next working session!" "A megvltoztatott betkszlet a kvetkez futtatsnl lesz lthat!"
"Error" "Hiba"
"Enter a field name" "Adj meg egy meznevet !"
"field name" "Meznv"
"Forms" "Krdivek"
"Cannot add column" "Nem lehet oszlopot hozzadni"
"Clean" "Trls"
"Delete all objects ?" "Minden objektum trlse ?"
"Preferred language" "Vlasztott nyelv"
"Execute SQL" "SQL futtats"
"Sequences" "Szekvencik"
"Button" "Gomb"
"Language" "Nyelv"
"Query '%s' was not found!" "A(z) '%s' nev lekrdezs nem tallhat!"
"Object" "Objektum"
"Font fixed" "Fix betkszlet"
"Table name" "Tblanv"
"Export" "Kivitel"
"Change user" "Felhasznlcsere"
"You must give object a new name!" "Az objektumnak j nevet kell adjl!"
"Query" "Lekrdezs"
"User name" "Felhasznlnv"
"Font normal" "Normlis betkszlet"
"Import table" "Tbla bevitel"
"Toolbar" "Eszkzpult"
"Radio btn" "Rdigomb"
"You must supply a name for this function!" "Hinyzik a fggvny neve!"
"You have to select index fields!" "Az index mezket kell vlasztanod!"
"Constraint" "Knyszer (CONSTRAINT)"
"The script must have a name" "Hinyzik a szkript neve"
"Save" "Ments"
"Exit" "Kilps"
"Inherits" "rkli"
"Delete field" "Mez trls"
"About" "A programrl"
"Empty field name ?" "Nom de champ inexistant ?"
"All report information will be deleted.\n\nProceed ?" "Toutes les informations de l'tat vont tre dtruites\n\nContinuer ?"
"Host" "Szerver"
"vacuuming database %s ..." "A(z) %s adatbzis porszivzsa ..."
"Indexes defined" "Definilt indexek"
"You must specify field size!" "Hinyzik a mezmret!"
"Schema '%s' already exists!" "A(z) '%s' schma mr ltezik!"
"There is another field with the same name: '%s'!\n\nReplace it ?" "Mr van ilyen nev mez: '%s'!\n\nFellirs ?"
"Contents" "Tartalom"
"Views" "Nzetek"
"Variable" "Vltoz"
"Error executing query\n\n%s\n\nPostgreSQL error message:\n%s\nPostgreSQL status:%s" "Hiba a lekrdezs futtatsa kzben\n\n%s\n\nPostgreSQL hibazenet:\n%s\nPostgreSQL sttusz:%s"
"Filter conditions" "Szrfelttelek"
"Error retrieving query definition" "Hiba a lekrdezs definicijnak betltsnl"
"Error deleting view" "Hiba a nzet (VIEW) trlsnl"
"New" "j"
"Tables" "Tblk"
"Create" "Elkszit"
"Forms need an internal name, only literals, low case" "A krdiveknek (FORM) kell egy bels nv, csak kisbetkkel"
"Do you want to save the form into the database?" "El akarod menteni a krdivet (FORM) az adatbzisba ?"
"Schema '%s' was not found!" "A(z) '%s' nev sma nem tallhat!"
"proportional" "megfelel"
"Function saved!" "A fggvny elmentve!"
"with OIDs" "OID-ekkel"
"Table information" "Tbla informci"
"Error inserting new record" "Hiba az j bejegyzs trolsval"
"Column name '%s' already exists in this table!" "A(z) '%s' nev oszlop mr ltezik ebben a tblban !"
"File" "Fjl"
"Your table has no fields!" "A tblban nincsenek mezk!"
"Height" "Magassg"
"You will always get the latest version at:" "A legfrissebb verzi megszerezhet innen:"
"Form must have a name" "Hinyzik a krdiv (FORM) neve !"
"Password" "Jelsz"
"Valid until (date)" "rvnyes eddig (dtum)"
"Report source" "A jelents forrsa"
"Allow user to create databases" "Engedly a felhasznlnak j adatbzis kszitsre"
"Cancel" "Mgsem"
"Is clustered ?" "CLUSTER-elt ?"
"Add new column" "j oszlop hozzads"
"Show SQL" "SQL parancsok"
"New name" "j nv"
"Table '%s' not found!" "A(z) '%s' nev tbla nem tallhat!"
"Form name" "Krdiv (FORM) nv"
"Visual designer" "Tervez"
"You choose to delete index\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Biztos, hogy akarod trlni az albbi indexet?\n\n %s"
"Error retrieving from" "Hiba a betltsnl errl a helyrl"
"Save query definition" "A lekrdezs elmentse"
"A Tcl/Tk interface to\nPostgreSQL\nby Constantin Teodorescu" "Egy Tcl/Tk fellet a\nPostgreSQL-hez\nKszitette: Constantin Teodorescu"
"Operation completed!" "Beavatkozs vgrehajtva!"
"Max rows displayed in table/query view" "Maximlis sorok szma a tblknl/lekrdezseknl"
"Passwords do not match!" "A jelszk nem egyeznek!"
"Rename" "tnevezs"
"Entry" "Bejegyzs"
"Error retrieving schema definition" "Hiba a sma-definici betltse kzben"
"This is an action query!\n\nExecute it?" "Ez nem lekrdezs, hanem parancs.\nFuttats ?"
"Error retrieving view definition for" "Hiba a nzet (VIEW) betltse kzben "
"options" "bellitsok"
"Sequence '%s' not found!" "A(z) '%s' nev szekvencia nem tallhat!"
"Text" "Szveg"
"Tcl error executing pg_exec %s\n\n%s" "Tcl hiba a pg_exec futtatsnl %s\n\n%s"
"Width" "Szlessg"
"You have to supply a name for this query!" "Hinyzik a lekrdezs neve!"
"Accessing data. Please wait ..." "Adatelrs. Kis trelmet ..."
"Report footer" "A jelents alja"
"Parameters" "Paramterek"
"Queries" "Lekrdezsek"
"Query '%s' already exists!" "A(z) '%s' nev lekrdezs mr ltezik!"
"Font bold" "Vastag betkszlet"
"Query builder" "Lekrdezs szerkeszt"
"Error defining view" "Hiba a nzet (VIEW) definilsnl"
"Top" "Cscs"
"You must supply a name for your table!" "Hinyzik a tbla neve!"
"Page footer" "A lap alja"
"Font italic" "Dlt betkszlet"
"Field name not entered!" "A meznv hinyzik!"
"Index name cannot be null!" "Az index nem lehet NULL!"
"Sort" "Rendezs"
"Import-Export table" "Tbla behozatal/kivitel"
"Point" "Pont"
"type" "tipus"
"You should supply a name for this sequence" "Hinyzik a szekvencia neve!"
"Remove link ?" "A kapcsolat trlse?"
"You have to supply a table name!" "Hinyzik a tbla neve!"
"Report header" "Jelents fejlc"
"Attributes" "Attribtumok"
"Table '%s' already in schema" "A(z) '%s' tbla mr szerepel a smban!"
"Username" "Felhasznl nv"
"Minvalue" "Minimlis rtk"
"Sequence name" "Szekvencianv"
"Define sequence" "Szekvencia definils"
"Function" "Fggvny"
"Sorting and filtering not (yet) available from queries!\n\nPlease enter them in the query definition!" "A rendezs s szrs (mg) nem megoldott a lekrdezseknl!\n\nHasznld ket a lekrdezs definicikban!"
"Reports" "Jelentsek"
"Columns" "Oszlopok"
"Indexes" "Indexek"
"Permissions" "Engedlyek"
"not null" "nem NULL"
"Cluster index" "Index CLUSTER-els"
"index columns" "indexelt oszlopok"
"Add user" "Felhasznl hozzads"
"Change permissions" "Engedlyek megvltoztatsa"
"select" "olvass"
"update" "frissits"
"insert" "trols"
"rule" "szablyok"
"Identification" "Azonosits"
"Owner ID" "Tulajdonos azonosit"
"Has primary key ?" "Van elsdleges kulcsa ?"
"Has rules ?" "Vannak szablyok ?"
"Statistics" "Statisztika"
"Number of tuples" "Bejegyzsek szma"
"Number of pages" "Oldalak szma"
"Index name" "Index nv"
"Index fields" "Index mezk"
"Table OID" "Tbla OID"
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/languages/romana deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
array set Messages {
"Label" "Etichet"
"Save schema" "Salveaz planul"
"Is unique ?" "Este index unic ?"
"Report builder" "Proiectare rapoarte"
"Criteria" "Conditie"
"FATAL ERROR upgrading PgAccess table" "EROARE FATALA la actualizarea tabelei PgAccess"
"Save this query as a view" "Salveaz aceast selecie ca o vedere"
"Page header" "Cap de pagin"
"Query name" "Nume selecie"
"Please select an object first!" "Selectati mai intai un obiect!"
"Fields :" "Cmpurile indexului"
"Name" "Nume"
"File name" "Nume fiier"
"Detail record" "nregistrri"
"Auto-load the last opened database at startup" "ncarc automat la lansare ultima baz deschis"
"Maxvalue" "Valoare maxim"
"Start value" "ncepe de la"
"Report fields" "Cmpuri disponibile"
"Test form" "Testeaz macheta"
"Error trying to connect to database '%s' on host %s \n\nPostgreSQL error message:%s" "Eroare la conectarea la baza de date '%s' pe masina %s \n\nMesajul de eroare PostgreSQL:%s"
"No field type ?" "Tip cimp necompletat!"
"User without name?" "Utilizatorul asta n-ar si el un nume?"
"You have to supply a name for this schema!" "Trebuie sa dati un nume acestui plan!"
"Last value" "Ultima valoare"
"Preferences" "Preferine"
"View '%s' already exists!\nOverwrite ?" "Vederea '%s' mai exista!\nO suprainscriem ?"
"You have to select an index!" "Trebuie sa selectati un index!"
"Field type" "Tip cmp"
"Script name" "Nume script"
"Reload" "Rencrcare"
"Remove table %s from query?" "Eliminati tabela %s din selectie?"
"SQL window" "Comenzi SQL executate"
"Allow user to create other users" "Are voie s creeze ali utilizatori"
"Delete current record ?" "Stergeti inregistrarea curenta?"
"List box" "List"
"Save to query builder" "Salveaz fraza SQL"
"fixed width" "lime fix"
"Scripts" "Scripturi"
"Yes" "Da"
"Add label" "Adaug etichet"
"Sequence created!" "Secventa a fost creata!"
"Field information" "Informaii despre cmpuri"
"Design" "Proiecteaz"
"Field" "Cimp"
"You have to supply an external file name!" "Trebuie sa introduceti numele fisierului extern!"
"Increment" "Increment"
"No" "Nu"
"Form design" "Proiectare machet"
"You must supply a return type!" "Trebuie sa introduceti tipul rezultatului"
"Remove field from result ?" "Eliminati acest cimp din rezultat?"
"There is another object (a %s) with the same name.\nPlease change it!" "Mai este un obiect (%s) cu acelasi nume!\nSchimbati-l!"
"This query has no commands?" "Aceasta selectie nu are definitie?"
"Execute query" "Execut selecia"
"field cannot be null" "obligatoriu de completat"
"Help" "Ajutor"
"Rename column" "Redenumete cmp"
"Database" "Baza de date"
"Information" "Informaii"
"Close" "nchide"
"Command" "Comand"
"Table" "Tabela"
"verify password" "verific parola"
"Vacuum" "Taseaz"
"Default value" "Valoare implicit"
"Import" "Import"
"Delete index" "terge index"
"Move up" "Urc"
"index properties" "proprieti index"
"check" "verific"
"Create new table" "Creaz tabel nou"
"Visual query designer" "Proiectare vizuala a selectiilor"
"Delete all" "terge toate"
"You are going to delete\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Urmeaza sa stergeti obiectul\n\n %s \n\nConfirmati?"
"Schema name" "Numele planului"
"Error executing query" "Eroare la executia selectiei"
"Report name" "Nume raport"
"Add field" "Adaug-l"
"Field name" "Nume cmp"
"FATAL ERROR searching for PgAccess system tables" "EROARE FATALA la citirea tabelelor necesare PgAccess"
"A big number of rows displayed in table view will take a lot of memory!" "Un numr mare de nregistrri ncrcate va lua mult memorie"
"Preview" "ncercare"
"Users" "Utilizatori"
"Owner" "Aparine lui"
"Form's window internal name" "Numele intern al machetei"
"Sort field" "Cmpuri sortare"
"New name is the same as the old one!" "Numele nou este acelasi cu numele vechi!"
"Warning" "Avertisment"
"Suggestions at" "Sugestii la"
"Functions" "Funcii"
"Schema" "Plan"
"Open" "Deschide"
"size" "mrime"
"Delete" "terge"
"Returns" "ntoarce"
"Define new user" "Definire utilizator nou"
"Move down" "Coboar"
"Design script" "Proiecteaz script"
"Check box" "Marcaj"
"FINAL WARNING" "AVERTISMENT FINAL"
"Add table" "Adaug tabel"
"Table viewer font" "Fonturi tabele"
"The field type is not specified!" "Tipul cimpului nu a fost specificat"
"Close test form" "Inchide macheta test"
"Export table" "Export tabel"
"Add new index" "Adaug index nou"
"Left" "Stnga"
"Field delimiter" "Delimitator cmp"
"Add formula" "Adaug formul"
"Open database" "Deschide baza de date"
"Return" "Selectat"
"Changed fonts may appear in the next working session!" "Fonturile se vor schimba la urmtoarea lansare"
"Error" "Eroare"
"Enter a field name" "Trebuie sa introduceti numele cimpului"
"field name" "Nume cmp"
"Forms" "Machete"
"Cannot add column" "Nu putem adauga cimpul"
"Clean" "Cur"
"Delete all objects ?" "Stergeti toate obiectele?"
"Preferred language" "Limba preferat"
"Execute SQL" "Execut selecia"
"Sequences" "Secvene"
"Button" "Buton"
"Language" "Limbaj"
"Query '%s' was not found!" "Definitia pentru selectia '%s' nu a fost gasita"
"Object" "Obiect"
"Font fixed" "Font fix"
"Table name" "Nume tabel"
"Export" "Export"
"Change user" "Modificare date utilizator"
"You must give object a new name!" "Trebuie sa introduceti totusi numele nou"
"Query" "Query"
"User name" "Nume utilizator"
"Font normal" "Font normal"
"Import table" "Import tabel"
"Toolbar" "Scule"
"Radio btn" "Selector"
"You must supply a name for this function!" "Trebuie sa introduceti un nume pentru aceasta functie"
"You have to select index fields!" "Trebuie sa selectati cimpurile indexului!"
"Constraint" "Cerine"
"The script must have a name" "Script-ul ar trebui sa aiba un nume"
"Save" "Salveaz"
"Exit" "Terminare"
"Inherits" "Strmoi"
"Delete field" "terge cmp"
"About" "Despre"
"Empty field name ?" "Nume cimp necompletat"
"All report information will be deleted.\n\nProceed ?" "Toate obiectele din raport vor fi sterse!\n\nSinteti de acord?"
"Host" "Maina"
"vacuuming database %s ..." "Tasm baza de date %s ..."
"Indexes defined" "Indeci definii"
"You must specify field size!" "Marimea cimpului trebuie specificata"
"Schema '%s' already exists!" "Schema '%s' exista deja!"
"There is another field with the same name: '%s'!\n\nReplace it ?" "Mai exista un cimp cu acelasi nume: '%s'!\n\nIl inlocuim cu descrierea noua?"
"Contents" "Coninut"
"Views" "Vederi"
"Variable" "Variabil"
"Error executing query\n\n%s\n\nPostgreSQL error message:\n%s\nPostgreSQL status:%s" "Eroare la executia selectiei:\n\n%s\n\nMesaj de eroare PostgreSQL:\n%s\nStare:%s"
"Filter conditions" "Condiii de filtrare"
"Error retrieving query definition" "Eroare la citirea definitiei pentru selectie"
"Error deleting view" "Eroare la stergerea vederii"
"New" "Nou"
"Tables" "Tabele"
"Create" "Creaz"
"Forms need an internal name, only literals, low case" "Machetele au nevoie de un nume intern, doar litere mici"
"Do you want to save the form into the database?" "Vrei sa salvezi descrierea machetei in baza de date?"
"Schema '%s' was not found!" "Schema '%s' nu a fost gasita!"
"proportional" "proporional"
"Function saved!" "Functia a fost salvata!"
"with OIDs" "cu OID-uri"
"Table information" "Informaii despre tabela"
"Error inserting new record" "Eroare la adaugarea noii inregistrari"
"Column name '%s' already exists in this table!" "Cimpul '%s' exista deja in tabela!"
"File" "Fiier"
"Your table has no fields!" "Tabela asta nu are nici un cimp ?"
"Height" "nlime"
"You will always get the latest version at:" "ntotdeauna ultima versiune se va gsi la"
"Form must have a name" "Macheta trebuie sa aiba si ea un nume!"
"Password" "Parol"
"Valid until (date)" "Valabil pn la"
"Report source" "Sursa raportului"
"Allow user to create databases" "Are voie s creeze baze de date"
"Cancel" "Abandon"
"Is clustered ?" "E conglomerat ?"
"Add new column" "Adaug cmp nou"
"Show SQL" "Arat comanda"
"New name" "Nume nou"
"Table '%s' not found!" "Tabela '%s' nu a fost gasita!"
"Form name" "Nume machet"
"Visual designer" "Proiectare vizual"
"You choose to delete index\n\n %s \n\nProceed?" "Urmeaza sa stergeti indexul\n\n %s \n\nConfirmati?"
"Error retrieving from" "Eroare la citirea tabelei"
"Save query definition" "Salveaz definiia seleciei"
"A Tcl/Tk interface to\nPostgreSQL\nby Constantin Teodorescu" "O interfa Tcl/Tk pentru\nPostgreSQL\nde Constantin Teodorescu"
"Operation completed!" "Operatiune terminata!"
"Max rows displayed in table/query view" "Numr maxim nregistrri afiate"
"Passwords do not match!" "Parolele nu se prea potrivesc!"
"Rename" "Redenumete"
"Entry" "Cmp"
"Error retrieving schema definition" "Eroare la citirea definitiei pentru plan"
"This is an action query!\n\nExecute it?" "Aceasta este o comanda nu o selectie!\n\nO executam?"
"Error retrieving view definition for" "Eroare la citirea definitiei pentru vederea"
"options" "opiuni"
"Sequence '%s' not found!" "Secventa '%s' nu a fost gasita!"
"Text" "Text"
"Tcl error executing pg_exec %s\n\n%s" "Eroare Tcl la executia comenzii %s\n\n%s"
"Width" "Lime"
"You have to supply a name for this query!" "Trebuie sa dati totusi un nume acestei selectii"
"Accessing data. Please wait ..." "Citim inregistrarile. Asteptati ..."
"Report footer" "ncheiere raport"
"Parameters" "Parametrii"
"Queries" "Selecii"
"Query '%s' already exists!" "Selectia '%s' exista deja!"
"Font bold" "Font ngroat"
"Query builder" "Proiectare selectii"
"Error defining view" "Eroare la definirea vederii"
"Top" "Sus"
"You must supply a name for your table!" "Trebuie sa introduceti un nume pentru aceasta tabela!"
"Page footer" "ncheiere pagin"
"Font italic" "Font nclinat"
"Field name not entered!" "Nu ati introdus numele cimpului!"
"Index name cannot be null!" "Numele indexului trebuie sa fie completat!"
"Sort" "Sortare"
"Import-Export table" "Import/Export tabela"
"Point" "Selecteaz"
"type" "tip"
"You should supply a name for this sequence" "Ar trebui sa dai un nume secventei"
"Remove link ?" "Stergeti aceasta legatura?"
"You have to supply a table name!" "Trebuie sa introduceti numele tabelei!"
"Report header" "Cap de raport"
"Attributes" "Atribute"
"Table '%s' already in schema" "Tabela '%s' exista deja pe plan!"
"Username" "Utilizator"
"Minvalue" "Valoare minim"
"Sequence name" "Nume secven"
"Define sequence" "Definete secven"
"Function" "Funcie"
"Sorting and filtering not (yet) available from queries!\n\nPlease enter them in the query definition!" "Sortari si filtrari nu se pot face din vizualizare selectii\n\nSpecificati-le in definitia selectiei!"
"Reports" "Rapoarte"
"primary key" "cheie primar"
"Back" "Inapoi"
"Columns" "Coloane"
"Indexes" "Indeci"
"Permissions" "Drepturi"
"not null" "nenul"
"Cluster index" "Aglomereaz indexul"
"index columns" "compunerea indexului"
"Add user" "Adaug utilizator"
"Change permissions" "Schimb drepturile de acces"
"select" "selecii"
"update" "actualizri"
"insert" "inserri"
"rule" "reguli"
"Identification" "Identificare"
"Owner ID" "ID-ul proprietarului"
"Has primary key ?" "Are cheie primar ?"
"Has rules ?" "Are reguli definite ?"
"Statistics" "Statistice"
"Number of tuples" "Numr nregistrri"
"Number of pages" "Numr pagini"
"Index name" "Nume index"
"Index fields" "Coloanele indexului"
"Table OID" "OID-ul tabelei"
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/mainlib.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Mainlib {
proc {cmd_Delete} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
set objtodelete [get_dwlb_Selection]
if {$objtodelete==""} return;
set delmsg [format [intlmsg "You are going to delete\n\n %s \n\nProceed?"] $objtodelete]
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg "FINAL WARNING"] -parent .pgaw:Main -message $delmsg -type yesno -default no]=="no"} { return }
switch $PgAcVar(activetab) {
Tables {
sql_exec noquiet "drop table \"$objtodelete\""
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_layout where tablename='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Tables
}
Schema {
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_schema where schemaname='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Schema
}
Views {
sql_exec noquiet "drop view \"$objtodelete\""
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_layout where tablename='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Views
}
Queries {
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_queries where queryname='$objtodelete'"
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_layout where tablename='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Queries
}
Scripts {
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_scripts where scriptname='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Scripts
}
Forms {
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_forms where formname='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Forms
}
Sequences {
sql_exec quiet "drop sequence \"$objtodelete\""
cmd_Sequences
}
Functions {
delete_function $objtodelete
cmd_Functions
}
Reports {
sql_exec noquiet "delete from pga_reports where reportname='$objtodelete'"
cmd_Reports
}
Users {
sql_exec noquiet "drop user \"$objtodelete\""
cmd_Users
}
}
}
proc {cmd_Design} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
if {[.pgaw:Main.lb curselection]==""} return;
set objname [.pgaw:Main.lb get [.pgaw:Main.lb curselection]]
set tablename $objname
switch $PgAcVar(activetab) {
Tables {
Tables::design $objname
}
Schema {
Schema::open $objname
}
Queries {
Queries::design $objname
}
Views {
Views::design $objname
}
Scripts {
Scripts::design $objname
}
Forms {
Forms::design $objname
}
Functions {
Functions::design $objname
}
Reports {
Reports::design $objname
}
Users {
Users::design $objname
}
}
}
proc {cmd_Forms} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select formname from pga_forms order by formname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(formname)
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Functions} {} {
global CurrentDB
set maxim 16384
setCursor CLOCK
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select oid from pg_database where datname='template1'" rec {
set maxim $rec(oid)
}
}
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select proname from pg_proc where oid>$maxim order by proname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(proname)
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Import_Export} {how} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
Window show .pgaw:ImportExport
set PgAcVar(impexp,tablename) {}
set PgAcVar(impexp,filename) {}
set PgAcVar(impexp,delimiter) {}
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Tables"} {
set tn [get_dwlb_Selection]
set PgAcVar(impexp,tablename) $tn
if {$tn!=""} {set PgAcVar(impexp,filename) "$tn.txt"}
}
.pgaw:ImportExport.expbtn configure -text [intlmsg $how]
}
proc {cmd_New} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
switch $PgAcVar(activetab) {
Tables {
Tables::new
}
Schema {
Schema::new
}
Queries {
Queries::new
}
Users {
Users::new
}
Views {
Views::new
}
Sequences {
Sequences::new
}
Reports {
Reports::new
}
Forms {
Forms::new
}
Scripts {
Scripts::new
}
Functions {
Functions::new
}
}
}
proc {cmd_Open} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
set objname [get_dwlb_Selection]
if {$objname==""} return;
switch $PgAcVar(activetab) {
Tables { Tables::open $objname }
Schema { Schema::open $objname }
Forms { Forms::open $objname }
Scripts { Scripts::open $objname }
Queries { Queries::open $objname }
Views { Views::open $objname }
Sequences { Sequences::open $objname }
Functions { Functions::design $objname }
Reports { Reports::open $objname }
}
}
proc {cmd_Queries} {} {
global CurrentDB
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select queryname from pga_queries order by queryname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(queryname)
}
}
}
proc {cmd_Rename} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Views"} return;
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Sequences"} return;
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Functions"} return;
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Users"} return;
set temp [get_dwlb_Selection]
if {$temp==""} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:Main -message [intlmsg "Please select an object first!"]
return;
}
set PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name) $temp
Window show .pgaw:RenameObject
}
proc {cmd_Reports} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select reportname from pga_reports order by reportname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end "$rec(reportname)"
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Users} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from pg_user order by usename" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(usename)
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Scripts} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select scriptname from pga_scripts order by scriptname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(scriptname)
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Sequences} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select relname from pg_class where (relname not like 'pg_%') and (relkind='S') order by relname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(relname)
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Tables} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
foreach tbl [Database::getTablesList] {.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $tbl}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {cmd_Schema} {} {
global CurrentDB
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select schemaname from pga_schema order by schemaname" rec {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(schemaname)
}
}
}
proc {cmd_Views} {} {
global CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
catch {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select c.relname,count(c.relname) from pg_class C, pg_rewrite R where (relname !~ '^pg_') and (r.ev_class = C.oid) and (r.ev_type = '1') group by relname" rec {
if {$rec(count)!=0} {
set itsaview($rec(relname)) 1
}
}
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select relname from pg_class where (relname !~ '^pg_') and (relkind='r') and (relhasrules) order by relname" rec {
if {[info exists itsaview($rec(relname))]} {
.pgaw:Main.lb insert end $rec(relname)
}
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {delete_function} {objname} {
global CurrentDB
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select proargtypes,pronargs from pg_proc where proname='$objname'" rec {
set PgAcVar(function,parameters) $rec(proargtypes)
set nrpar $rec(pronargs)
}
set lispar {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$nrpar} {incr i} {
lappend lispar [Database::getPgType [lindex $PgAcVar(function,parameters) $i]]
}
set lispar [join $lispar ,]
sql_exec noquiet "drop function $objname ($lispar)"
}
proc {draw_tabs} {} {
global PgAcVar
set ypos 85
foreach tab $PgAcVar(tablist) {
label .pgaw:Main.tab$tab -borderwidth 1 -anchor w -relief raised -text [intlmsg $tab]
place .pgaw:Main.tab$tab -x 10 -y $ypos -height 25 -width 82 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
lower .pgaw:Main.tab$tab
bind .pgaw:Main.tab$tab <Button-1> "Mainlib::tab_click $tab"
incr ypos 25
}
set PgAcVar(activetab) ""
}
proc {get_dwlb_Selection} {} {
set temp [.pgaw:Main.lb curselection]
if {$temp==""} return "";
return [.pgaw:Main.lb get $temp]
}
proc {sqlw_display} {msg} {
if {![winfo exists .pgaw:SQLWindow]} {return}
.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t insert end "$msg\n\n"
.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t see end
set nrlines [lindex [split [.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t index end] .] 0]
if {$nrlines>50} {
.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t delete 1.0 3.0
}
}
proc {open_database} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
if {$PgAcVar(opendb,username)!=""} {
if {$PgAcVar(opendb,host)!=""} {
set connres [catch {set newdbc [pg_connect -conninfo "host=$PgAcVar(opendb,host) port=$PgAcVar(opendb,pgport) dbname=$PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) user=$PgAcVar(opendb,username) password=$PgAcVar(opendb,password)"]} msg]
} else {
set connres [catch {set newdbc [pg_connect -conninfo "dbname=$PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) user=$PgAcVar(opendb,username) password=$PgAcVar(opendb,password)"]} msg]
}
} else {
set connres [catch {set newdbc [pg_connect $PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) -host $PgAcVar(opendb,host) -port $PgAcVar(opendb,pgport)]} msg]
}
if {$connres} {
setCursor DEFAULT
showError [format [intlmsg "Error trying to connect to database '%s' on host %s \n\nPostgreSQL error message:%s"] $PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) $PgAcVar(opendb,host) $msg"]
return $msg
} else {
catch {pg_disconnect $CurrentDB}
set CurrentDB $newdbc
set PgAcVar(currentdb,host) $PgAcVar(opendb,host)
set PgAcVar(currentdb,pgport) $PgAcVar(opendb,pgport)
set PgAcVar(currentdb,dbname) $PgAcVar(opendb,dbname)
set PgAcVar(currentdb,username) $PgAcVar(opendb,username)
set PgAcVar(currentdb,password) $PgAcVar(opendb,password)
set PgAcVar(statusline,dbname) $PgAcVar(currentdb,dbname)
set PgAcVar(pref,lastdb) $PgAcVar(currentdb,dbname)
set PgAcVar(pref,lasthost) $PgAcVar(currentdb,host)
set PgAcVar(pref,lastport) $PgAcVar(currentdb,pgport)
set PgAcVar(pref,lastusername) $PgAcVar(currentdb,username)
Preferences::save
catch {setCursor DEFAULT ; Window hide .pgaw:OpenDB}
tab_click Tables
# Check for pga_ tables
foreach {table structure} {pga_queries {queryname varchar(64),querytype char(1),querycommand text,querytables text,querylinks text,queryresults text,querycomments text} pga_forms {formname varchar(64),formsource text} pga_scripts {scriptname varchar(64),scriptsource text} pga_reports {reportname varchar(64),reportsource text,reportbody text,reportprocs text,reportoptions text} pga_schema {schemaname varchar(64),schematables text,schemalinks text}} {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select relname from pg_class where relname='$table'"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {FATAL ERROR searching for PgAccess system tables}] : $PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)\nStatus:$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)"
catch {pg_disconnect $CurrentDB}
exit
} elseif {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]==0} {
pg_result $pgres -clear
sql_exec quiet "create table $table ($structure)"
sql_exec quiet "grant ALL on $table to PUBLIC"
} else {
foreach fieldspec [split $structure ,] {
set field [lindex [split $fieldspec] 0]
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select \"$field\" from \"$table\""]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
if {![regexp "attribute '$field' not found" $PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)]} {
showError "[intlmsg {FATAL ERROR upgrading PgAccess table}] $table: $PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)\nStatus:$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)"
catch {pg_disconnect $CurrentDB}
exit
} else {
pg_result $pgres -clear
sql_exec quiet "alter table \"$table\" add column $fieldspec "
}
}
}
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
}
# searching for autoexec script
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from pga_scripts where scriptname ~* '^autoexec$'" recd {
eval $recd(scriptsource)
}
return ""
}
}
proc {tab_click} {tabname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
set w .pgaw:Main.tab$tabname
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
set curtab $tabname
#if {$PgAcVar(activetab)==$curtab} return;
.pgaw:Main.btndesign configure -state disabled
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)!=""} {
place .pgaw:Main.tab$PgAcVar(activetab) -x 10
.pgaw:Main.tab$PgAcVar(activetab) configure -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
}
$w configure -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)
place $w -x 7
place .pgaw:Main.lmask -x 80 -y [expr 86+25*[lsearch -exact $PgAcVar(tablist) $curtab]]
set PgAcVar(activetab) $curtab
# Tabs where button Design is enabled
if {[lsearch {Tables Schema Scripts Queries Functions Views Reports Forms Users} $PgAcVar(activetab)]!=-1} {
.pgaw:Main.btndesign configure -state normal
}
.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
cmd_$curtab
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Main {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Main
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel \
-background #efefef -cursor left_ptr
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 332x390+96+172
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base "PostgreSQL access"
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load index"
label $base.labframe \
-relief raised
listbox $base.lb \
-background #fefefe \
-selectbackground #c3c3c3 \
-foreground black -highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:Main.sb set}
bind $base.lb <Double-Button-1> {
Mainlib::cmd_Open
}
button $base.btnnew \
-borderwidth 1 -command Mainlib::cmd_New -text [intlmsg New]
button $base.btnopen \
-borderwidth 1 -command Mainlib::cmd_Open -text [intlmsg Open]
button $base.btndesign \
-borderwidth 1 -command Mainlib::cmd_Design -text [intlmsg Design]
label $base.lmask \
-borderwidth 0 \
-text { }
frame $base.fm \
-borderwidth 1 -height 75 -relief raised -width 125
menubutton $base.fm.mndb \
-borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) \
-menu .pgaw:Main.fm.mndb.01 -padx 4 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Database]
menu $base.fm.mndb.01 \
-borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) \
-tearoff 0
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command {
Window show .pgaw:OpenDB
set PgAcVar(opendb,host) $PgAcVar(currentdb,host)
set PgAcVar(opendb,pgport) $PgAcVar(currentdb,pgport)
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e3
wm transient .pgaw:OpenDB .pgaw:Main
.pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e3 selection range 0 end} \
-label [intlmsg Open] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command {.pgaw:Main.lb delete 0 end
set CurrentDB {}
set PgAcVar(currentdb,dbname) {}
set PgAcVar(statusline,dbname) {}} \
-label [intlmsg Close]
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command Database::vacuum -label [intlmsg Vacuum]
$base.fm.mndb.01 add separator
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command {Mainlib::cmd_Import_Export Import} -label [intlmsg {Import table}]
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command {Mainlib::cmd_Import_Export Export} -label [intlmsg {Export table}]
$base.fm.mndb.01 add separator
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command Preferences::configure -label [intlmsg Preferences]
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command "Window show .pgaw:SQLWindow" -label [intlmsg "SQL window"]
$base.fm.mndb.01 add separator
$base.fm.mndb.01 add command \
-command {
set PgAcVar(activetab) {}
Preferences::save
catch {pg_disconnect $CurrentDB}
exit} -label [intlmsg Exit]
label $base.lshost \
-relief groove -text localhost -textvariable PgAcVar(currentdb,host)
label $base.lsdbname \
-anchor w \
-relief groove -textvariable PgAcVar(statusline,dbname)
scrollbar $base.sb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:Main.lb yview} -orient vert
menubutton $base.fm.mnob \
-borderwidth 1 \
-menu .pgaw:Main.fm.mnob.m -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -text [intlmsg Object]
menu $base.fm.mnob.m \
-borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) \
-tearoff 0
$base.fm.mnob.m add command \
-command Mainlib::cmd_New -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -label [intlmsg New]
$base.fm.mnob.m add command \
-command Mainlib::cmd_Delete -label [intlmsg Delete]
$base.fm.mnob.m add command \
-command Mainlib::cmd_Rename -label [intlmsg Rename]
menubutton $base.fm.mnhelp \
-borderwidth 1 \
-menu .pgaw:Main.fm.mnhelp.m -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -text [intlmsg Help]
menu $base.fm.mnhelp.m \
-borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) \
-tearoff 0
$base.fm.mnhelp.m add command \
-label [intlmsg Contents] -command {Help::load index}
$base.fm.mnhelp.m add command \
-label PostgreSQL -command {Help::load postgresql}
$base.fm.mnhelp.m add separator
$base.fm.mnhelp.m add command \
-command {Window show .pgaw:About} -label [intlmsg About]
place $base.labframe \
-x 80 -y 30 -width 246 -height 325 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lb \
-x 90 -y 75 -width 210 -height 272 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.btnnew \
-x 89 -y 40 -width 75 -height 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.btnopen \
-x 166 -y 40 -width 75 -height 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.btndesign \
-x 243 -y 40 -width 76 -height 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lmask \
-x 1550 -y 4500 -width 10 -height 23 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lshost \
-x 3 -y 370 -width 91 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lsdbname \
-x 95 -y 370 -width 233 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.sb \
-x 301 -y 74 -width 18 -height 274 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.fm \
-x 1 -y 0 -width 331 -height 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.fm.mndb \
-in .pgaw:Main.fm -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fm.mnob \
-in .pgaw:Main.fm -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fm.mnhelp \
-in .pgaw:Main.fm -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:ImportExport {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:ImportExport
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 287x151+259+304
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm title $base [intlmsg "Import-Export table"]
label $base.l1 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Table name}]
entry $base.e1 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(impexp,tablename)
label $base.l2 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {File name}]
entry $base.e2 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(impexp,filename)
label $base.l3 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Field delimiter}]
entry $base.e3 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(impexp,delimiter)
button $base.expbtn -borderwidth 1 -command {if {$PgAcVar(impexp,tablename)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "You have to supply a table name!"]
} elseif {$PgAcVar(impexp,filename)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "You have to supply a external file name!"]
} else {
if {$PgAcVar(impexp,delimiter)==""} {
set sup ""
} else {
set sup " USING DELIMITERS '$PgAcVar(impexp,delimiter)'"
}
if {[.pgaw:ImportExport.expbtn cget -text]=="Import"} {
set oper "FROM"
} else {
set oper "TO"
}
if {$PgAcVar(impexp,withoids)} {
set sup2 " WITH OIDS "
} else {
set sup2 ""
}
set sqlcmd "COPY \"$PgAcVar(impexp,tablename)\" $sup2 $oper '$PgAcVar(impexp,filename)'$sup"
setCursor CLOCK
if {[sql_exec noquiet $sqlcmd]} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Information] -parent .pgaw:ImportExport -message [intlmsg "Operation completed!"]
Window destroy .pgaw:ImportExport
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}} -text Export
button $base.cancelbtn -borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:ImportExport} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
checkbutton $base.oicb -borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {with OIDs}] -variable PgAcVar(impexp,withoids)
place $base.l1 -x 15 -y 15 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e1 -x 115 -y 10 -height 22 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l2 -x 15 -y 45 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e2 -x 115 -y 40 -height 22 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l3 -x 15 -y 75 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e3 -x 115 -y 74 -width 33 -height 22 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.expbtn -x 60 -y 110 -height 25 -width 75 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.cancelbtn -x 155 -y 110 -height 25 -width 75 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.oicb -x 170 -y 75 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:RenameObject {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:RenameObject
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 272x105+294+262
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm title $base [intlmsg "Rename"]
label $base.l1 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {New name}]
entry $base.e1 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)
button $base.b1 -borderwidth 1 -command {
if {$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "You must give object a new name!"]
} elseif {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Tables"} {
set retval [sql_exec noquiet "alter table \"$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)\" rename to \"$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)\""]
if {$retval} {
sql_exec quiet "update pga_layout set tablename='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)' where tablename='$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)'"
Mainlib::cmd_Tables
Window destroy .pgaw:RenameObject
}
} elseif {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Queries"} {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select * from pga_queries where queryname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)'"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error retrieving from}] pga_queries\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)"
} elseif {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]>0} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Query '%s' already exists!"] $PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)]
} else {
sql_exec noquiet "update pga_queries set queryname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)' where queryname='$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)'"
sql_exec noquiet "update pga_layout set tablename='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)' where tablename='$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)'"
Mainlib::cmd_Queries
Window destroy .pgaw:RenameObject
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
} elseif {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Forms"} {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select * from pga_forms where formname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)'"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error retrieving from}] pga_forms\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)"
} elseif {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]>0} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Form '%s' already exists!"] $PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)]
} else {
sql_exec noquiet "update pga_forms set formname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)' where formname='$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)'"
Mainlib::cmd_Forms
Window destroy .pgaw:RenameObject
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
} elseif {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Scripts"} {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select * from pga_scripts where scriptname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)'"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error retrieving from}] pga_scripts\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)"
} elseif {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]>0} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Script '%s' already exists!"] $PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)]
} else {
sql_exec noquiet "update pga_scripts set scriptname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)' where scriptname='$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)'"
Mainlib::cmd_Scripts
Window destroy .pgaw:RenameObject
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
} elseif {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Schema"} {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select * from pga_schema where schemaname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)'"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error retrieving from}] pga_schema\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)"
} elseif {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]>0} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Schema '%s' already exists!"] $PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)]
} else {
sql_exec noquiet "update pga_schema set schemaname='$PgAcVar(New_Object_Name)' where schemaname='$PgAcVar(Old_Object_Name)'"
Mainlib::cmd_Schema
Window destroy .pgaw:RenameObject
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
}
} -text [intlmsg Rename]
button $base.b2 -borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:RenameObject} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
place $base.l1 -x 15 -y 28 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e1 -x 100 -y 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b1 -x 55 -y 65 -width 80 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b2 -x 155 -y 65 -width 80 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:GetParameter {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:GetParameter
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
set sw [winfo screenwidth .]
set sh [winfo screenheight .]
set x [expr ($sw - 297)/2]
set y [expr ($sh - 98)/2]
wm geometry $base 297x98+$x+$y
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Input parameter"]
label $base.l1 \
-anchor nw -borderwidth 1 \
-justify left -relief sunken -textvariable PgAcVar(getqueryparam,msg) -wraplength 200
entry $base.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(getqueryparam,var)
bind $base.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> {
set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,result) 1
destroy .pgaw:GetParameter
}
bind $base.e1 <Key-Return> {
set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,result) 1
destroy .pgaw:GetParameter
}
button $base.bok \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,result) 1
destroy .pgaw:GetParameter} -text Ok
button $base.bcanc \
-borderwidth 1 -command {set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,result) 0
destroy .pgaw:GetParameter} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
place $base.l1 \
-x 10 -y 5 -width 201 -height 53 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e1 \
-x 10 -y 65 -width 200 -height 24 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bok \
-x 225 -y 5 -width 61 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bcanc \
-x 225 -y 35 -width 61 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:SQLWindow {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:SQLWindow
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 551x408+192+169
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "SQL window"]
frame $base.f \
-borderwidth 1 -height 392 -relief raised -width 396
scrollbar $base.f.01 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t xview} -orient horiz \
-width 10
scrollbar $base.f.02 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t yview} -orient vert -width 10
text $base.f.t \
-borderwidth 1 \
-height 200 -width 200 -wrap word \
-xscrollcommand {.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.01 set} \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.02 set}
button $base.b1 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:SQLWindow.f.t delete 1.0 end} -text [intlmsg Clean]
button $base.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {destroy .pgaw:SQLWindow} -text [intlmsg Close]
grid columnconf $base 0 -weight 1
grid columnconf $base 1 -weight 1
grid rowconf $base 0 -weight 1
grid $base.f \
-in .pgaw:SQLWindow -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 1
grid columnconf $base.f 0 -weight 1
grid rowconf $base.f 0 -weight 1
grid $base.f.01 \
-in .pgaw:SQLWindow.f -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky ew
grid $base.f.02 \
-in .pgaw:SQLWindow.f -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky ns
grid $base.f.t \
-in .pgaw:SQLWindow.f -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 \
-sticky nesw
grid $base.b1 \
-in .pgaw:SQLWindow -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.b2 \
-in .pgaw:SQLWindow -column 1 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:About {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:About
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 471x177+168+243
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm title $base [intlmsg "About"]
label $base.l1 -borderwidth 3 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-*-180-*-*-*-*-* -relief ridge -text PgAccess
label $base.l2 -relief groove -text [intlmsg "A Tcl/Tk interface to\nPostgreSQL\nby Constantin Teodorescu"]
label $base.l3 -borderwidth 0 -relief sunken -text {v 0.98}
label $base.l4 -relief groove -text "[intlmsg {You will always get the latest version at:}]
http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess
[intlmsg {Suggestions at}] : teo@flex.ro"
button $base.b1 -borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:About} -text Ok
place $base.l1 -x 10 -y 10 -width 196 -height 103 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l2 -x 10 -y 115 -width 198 -height 55 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l3 -x 145 -y 80 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l4 -x 215 -y 10 -width 246 -height 103 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b1 -x 295 -y 130 -width 105 -height 28 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:OpenDB {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:OpenDB
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 283x172+119+210
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Open database"]
frame $base.f1 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -width 125
label $base.f1.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Host]
entry $base.f1.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(opendb,host) -width 200
bind $base.f1.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> {
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e2
}
bind $base.f1.e1 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e2
}
label $base.f1.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Port]
entry $base.f1.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(opendb,pgport) -width 200
bind $base.f1.e2 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e3
}
label $base.f1.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Database]
entry $base.f1.e3 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) -width 200
bind $base.f1.e3 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e4
}
label $base.f1.l4 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Username]
entry $base.f1.e4 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(opendb,username) \
-width 200
bind $base.f1.e4 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e5
}
label $base.f1.ls2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
label $base.f1.l5 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Password]
entry $base.f1.e5 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -show x -textvariable PgAcVar(opendb,password) \
-width 200
bind $base.f1.e5 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.fb.btnopen
}
frame $base.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.fb.btnopen \
-borderwidth 1 -command Mainlib::open_database -padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text [intlmsg Open]
button $base.fb.btncancel \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window hide .pgaw:OpenDB} \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Cancel]
place $base.f1 \
-x 9 -y 5 -width 265 -height 126 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid columnconf $base.f1 2 -weight 1
grid $base.f1.l1 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e1 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 2 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.l2 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e2 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 2 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.l3 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e3 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 2 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.l4 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 0 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e4 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 2 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.ls2 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f1.l5 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 0 -row 7 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e5 \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.f1 -column 2 -row 7 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
place $base.fb \
-x 0 -y 135 -width 283 -height 40 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid $base.fb.btnopen \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 5
grid $base.fb.btncancel \
-in .pgaw:OpenDB.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 5
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/preferences.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Preferences {
proc {load} {} {
global PgAcVar
setDefaultFonts
setGUIPreferences
# Set some default values for preferences
set PgAcVar(pref,rows) 200
set PgAcVar(pref,tvfont) clean
set PgAcVar(pref,autoload) 1
set PgAcVar(pref,systemtables) 0
set PgAcVar(pref,lastdb) {}
set PgAcVar(pref,lasthost) localhost
set PgAcVar(pref,lastport) 5432
set PgAcVar(pref,username) {}
set PgAcVar(pref,password) {}
set PgAcVar(pref,language) english
set retval [catch {set fid [open "~/.pgaccessrc" r]} errmsg]
if {! $retval} {
while {![eof $fid]} {
set pair [gets $fid]
set PgAcVar([lindex $pair 0]) [lindex $pair 1]
}
close $fid
setGUIPreferences
}
# The following preferences values will be ignored from the .pgaccessrc file
set PgAcVar(pref,typecolors) {black red brown #007e00 #004e00 blue orange yellow pink purple cyan magenta lightblue lightgreen gray lightyellow}
set PgAcVar(pref,typelist) {text bool bytea float8 float4 int4 char name int8 int2 int28 regproc oid tid xid cid}
loadInternationalMessages
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar
catch {
set fid [open "~/.pgaccessrc" w]
foreach key [array names PgAcVar pref,*] { puts $fid "$key {$PgAcVar($key)}" }
close $fid
}
if {$PgAcVar(activetab)=="Tables"} {
Mainlib::tab_click Tables
}
}
proc {configure} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:Preferences
foreach language [lsort $PgAcVar(AVAILABLE_LANGUAGES)] {.pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb.llb insert end $language}
wm transient .pgaw:Preferences .pgaw:Main
}
proc {loadInternationalMessages} {} {
global Messages PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(AVAILABLE_LANGUAGES) {english}
foreach filename [glob -nocomplain [file join $PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) lib languages *]] {
lappend PgAcVar(AVAILABLE_LANGUAGES) [file tail $filename]
}
catch { unset Messages }
catch { source [file join $PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) lib languages $PgAcVar(pref,language)] }
}
proc {changeLanguage} {} {
global PgAcVar
set sel [.pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb.llb curselection]
if {$sel==""} {return}
set desired [.pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb.llb get $sel]
if {$desired==$PgAcVar(pref,language)} {return}
set PgAcVar(pref,language) $desired
loadInternationalMessages
return
foreach wid [winfo children .pgaw:Main] {
set wtext {}
catch { set wtext [$wid cget -text] }
if {$wtext != ""} {
$wid configure -text [intlmsg $wtext]
}
}
}
proc {setDefaultFonts} {} {
global PgAcVar tcl_platform
if {[string toupper $tcl_platform(platform)]=="WINDOWS"} {
set PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) {"MS Sans Serif" 8}
set PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) {"MS Sans Serif" 8 bold}
set PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) {Terminal 8}
set PgAcVar(pref,font_italic) {"MS Sans Serif" 8 italic}
} else {
set PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
set PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
set PgAcVar(pref,font_italic) -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-O-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
set PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) -*-Clean-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-130-*-*-*-*-*
}
}
proc {setGUIPreferences} {} {
global PgAcVar
foreach wid {Label Text Button Listbox Checkbutton Radiobutton} {
option add *$wid.font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
}
option add *Entry.background #fefefe
option add *Entry.foreground #000000
option add *Button.BorderWidth 1
}
}
################### END OF NAMESPACE PREFERENCES #################
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Preferences {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Preferences
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 450x360+100+213
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Preferences"]
bind $base <Key-Escape> "Window destroy .pgaw:Preferences"
frame $base.fl \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 10
frame $base.fr \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 10
frame $base.f1 \
-height 80 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f1.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised \
-text [intlmsg {Max rows displayed in table/query view}]
entry $base.f1.erows \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(pref,rows) -width 7
frame $base.f2 \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f2.l \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Table viewer font}]
label $base.f2.ls \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
radiobutton $base.f2.pgaw:rb1 \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {fixed width}] -value clean \
-variable PgAcVar(pref,tvfont)
radiobutton $base.f2.pgaw:rb2 \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg proportional] -value helv -variable PgAcVar(pref,tvfont)
frame $base.ff \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.ff.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Font normal}]
entry $base.ff.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) \
-width 200
label $base.ff.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Font bold}]
entry $base.ff.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) \
-width 200
label $base.ff.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Font italic}]
entry $base.ff.e3 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(pref,font_italic) \
-width 200
label $base.ff.l4 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Font fixed}]
entry $base.ff.e4 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) \
-width 200
frame $base.fls \
-borderwidth 1 -height 2 -relief sunken -width 125
frame $base.fal \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
checkbutton $base.fal.al \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {Auto-load the last opened database at startup}] \
-variable PgAcVar(pref,autoload) -anchor w
checkbutton $base.fal.st \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {View system tables}] \
-variable PgAcVar(pref,systemtables) -anchor w
frame $base.fpl \
-height 49 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.fpl.lt \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Preferred language}]
frame $base.fpl.flb \
-height 75 -relief sunken -width 125
listbox $base.fpl.flb.llb \
-borderwidth 1 -height 6 -yscrollcommand {.pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb.vsb set}
scrollbar $base.fpl.flb.vsb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb.llb yview} -orient vert
frame $base.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.fb.btnsave \
-command {if {$PgAcVar(pref,rows)>200} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:Preferences -message [intlmsg "A big number of rows displayed in table view will take a lot of memory!"]
}
Preferences::changeLanguage
Preferences::save
Window destroy .pgaw:Preferences
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:Main -message [intlmsg "Changed fonts may appear in the next working session!"]} \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Save]
button $base.fb.btncancel \
-command {Window destroy .pgaw:Preferences} -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Cancel]
pack $base.fl \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side left
pack $base.fr \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
pack $base.f1 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 5 -side top
pack $base.f1.l1 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.erows \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f2 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 5 -side top
pack $base.f2.l \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f2.ls \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f2.pgaw:rb1 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f2.pgaw:rb2 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.ff \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
grid columnconf $base.ff 1 -weight 1
grid $base.ff.l1 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.ff.e1 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 1
grid $base.ff.l2 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.ff.e2 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 1 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 1
grid $base.ff.l3 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.ff.e3 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 1 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 1
grid $base.ff.l4 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 0 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.ff.e4 \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.ff -column 1 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 1
pack $base.fls \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 5 -side top
pack $base.fal \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
pack $base.fal.al \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fal -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top -anchor w
pack $base.fal.st \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fal -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top -anchor w
pack $base.fpl \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
pack $base.fpl.lt \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fpl -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.fpl.flb \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fpl -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.fpl.flb.llb \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fpl.flb.vsb \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fpl.flb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
pack $base.fb \
-in .pgaw:Preferences -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side bottom
grid $base.fb.btnsave \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fb.btncancel \
-in .pgaw:Preferences.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/qed deleted 100755 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
#!/bin/bash
for fisier in *.tcl ; do
echo $fisier ;
sed -e "s/show_error/showError/g" <$fisier >temp
mv temp $fisier
done
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/queries.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Queries {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:QueryBuilder
PgAcVar:clean query,*
set PgAcVar(query,oid) 0
set PgAcVar(query,name) {}
set PgAcVar(query,asview) 0
set PgAcVar(query,tables) {}
set PgAcVar(query,links) {}
set PgAcVar(query,results) {}
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.saveAsView configure -state normal
}
proc {open} {queryname} {
global PgAcVar
if {! [loadQuery $queryname]} return;
if {$PgAcVar(query,type)=="S"} then {
set wn [Tables::getNewWindowName]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query) [subst $PgAcVar(query,sqlcmd)]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,isaquery) 1
Tables::createWindow
wm title $wn "Query result: $PgAcVar(query,name)"
Tables::loadLayout $wn $PgAcVar(query,name)
Tables::selectRecords $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query)
} else {
set answ [tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -type yesno -message "This query is an action query!\n\n[string range $qcmd 0 30] ...\n\nDo you want to execute it?"]
if {$answ} {
if {[sql_exec noquiet $qcmd]} {
tk_messageBox -title Information -message "Your query has been executed without error!"
}
}
}
}
proc {design} {queryname} {
global PgAcVar
if {! [loadQuery $queryname]} return;
Window show .pgaw:QueryBuilder
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 delete 0.0 end
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 insert end $PgAcVar(query,sqlcmd)
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text2 delete 0.0 end
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text2 insert end $PgAcVar(query,comments)
}
proc {loadQuery} {queryname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
set PgAcVar(query,name) $queryname
if {[set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select querycommand,querytype,querytables,querylinks,queryresults,querycomments,oid from pga_queries where queryname='$PgAcVar(query,name)'"]]==0} then {
showError [intlmsg "Error retrieving query definition"]
return 0
}
if {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]==0} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Query '%s' was not found!"] $PgAcVar(query,name)]
pg_result $pgres -clear
return 0
}
set tuple [pg_result $pgres -getTuple 0]
set PgAcVar(query,sqlcmd) [lindex $tuple 0]
set PgAcVar(query,type) [lindex $tuple 1]
set PgAcVar(query,tables) [lindex $tuple 2]
set PgAcVar(query,links) [lindex $tuple 3]
set PgAcVar(query,results) [lindex $tuple 4]
set PgAcVar(query,comments) [lindex $tuple 5]
set PgAcVar(query,oid) [lindex $tuple 6]
pg_result $pgres -clear
return 1
}
proc {visualDesigner} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:VisualQuery
VisualQueryBuilder::loadVisualLayout
focus .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb.entt
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$PgAcVar(query,name)==""} then {
showError [intlmsg "You have to supply a name for this query!"]
focus .pgaw:QueryBuilder.eqn
} else {
set qcmd [.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 get 1.0 end]
set PgAcVar(query,comments) [.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text2 get 1.0 end]
regsub -all "\n" $qcmd " " qcmd
if {$qcmd==""} then {
showError [intlmsg "This query has no commands?"]
} else {
if { [lindex [split [string toupper [string trim $qcmd]]] 0] == "SELECT" } {
set qtype S
} else {
set qtype A
}
if {$PgAcVar(query,asview)} {
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select pg_get_viewdef('$PgAcVar(query,name)') as vd" tup {
if {$tup(vd)!="Not a view"} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -message [format [intlmsg "View '%s' already exists!\nOverwrite ?"] $PgAcVar(query,name)] -type yesno -default no]=="yes"} {
set pg_res [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "drop view \"$PgAcVar(query,name)\""]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_COMMAND_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error deleting view}] '$PgAcVar(query,name)'"
}
}
}
}
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "create view \"$PgAcVar(query,name)\" as $qcmd"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_COMMAND_OK"} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error defining view}]\n\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)"
} else {
Mainlib::tab_click Views
Window destroy .pgaw:QueryBuilder
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
} else {
regsub -all "'" $qcmd "''" qcmd
regsub -all "'" $PgAcVar(query,comments) "''" PgAcVar(query,comments)
regsub -all "'" $PgAcVar(query,results) "''" PgAcVar(query,results)
setCursor CLOCK
if {$PgAcVar(query,oid)==0} then {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "insert into pga_queries values ('$PgAcVar(query,name)','$qtype','$qcmd','$PgAcVar(query,tables)','$PgAcVar(query,links)','$PgAcVar(query,results)','$PgAcVar(query,comments)')"]
} else {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "update pga_queries set queryname='$PgAcVar(query,name)',querytype='$qtype',querycommand='$qcmd',querytables='$PgAcVar(query,tables)',querylinks='$PgAcVar(query,links)',queryresults='$PgAcVar(query,results)',querycomments='$PgAcVar(query,comments)' where oid=$PgAcVar(query,oid)"]
}
setCursor DEFAULT
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_COMMAND_OK"} then {
showError "[intlmsg {Error executing query}]\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)"
} else {
Mainlib::tab_click Queries
if {$PgAcVar(query,oid)==0} {set PgAcVar(query,oid) [pg_result $pgres -oid]}
}
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
}
}
}
proc {execute} {} {
global PgAcVar
set qcmd [.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 get 0.0 end]
regsub -all "\n" [string trim $qcmd] " " qcmd
if {[lindex [split [string toupper $qcmd]] 0]!="SELECT"} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:QueryBuilder -message [intlmsg "This is an action query!\n\nExecute it?"] -type yesno -default no]=="yes"} {
sql_exec noquiet $qcmd
}
} else {
set wn [Tables::getNewWindowName]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query) [subst $qcmd]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,isaquery) 1
Tables::createWindow
Tables::loadLayout $wn $PgAcVar(query,name)
Tables::selectRecords $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query)
}
}
proc {close} {} {
global PgAcVar
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.saveAsView configure -state normal
set PgAcVar(query,asview) 0
set PgAcVar(query,name) {}
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 delete 1.0 end
Window destroy .pgaw:QueryBuilder
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:QueryBuilder {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:QueryBuilder
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 542x364+150+150
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Query builder"]
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load queries"
label $base.lqn -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Query name}]
entry $base.eqn -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -foreground #000000 -highlightthickness 1 -selectborderwidth 0 -textvariable PgAcVar(query,name)
text $base.text1 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -foreground #000000 -highlightthickness 1 -wrap word
label $base.lcomm -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Comments]
text $base.text2 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -foreground #000000 -highlightthickness 1 -wrap word
checkbutton $base.saveAsView -borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {Save this query as a view}] -variable PgAcVar(query,asview)
frame $base.frb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.frb.savebtn -command {Queries::save} \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {Save query definition}]
button $base.frb.execbtn -command {Queries::execute} \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {Execute query}]
button $base.frb.pgaw:VisualQueryshow -command {Queries::visualDesigner} \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg {Visual designer}]
button $base.frb.termbtn -command {Queries::close} \
-borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg Close]
place $base.lqn -x 5 -y 5 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.eqn -x 100 -y 1 -width 335 -height 24 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.frb \
-x 5 -y 55 -width 530 -height 35 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.frb.savebtn \
-in $base.frb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.frb.execbtn \
-in $base.frb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.frb.pgaw:VisualQueryshow \
-in $base.frb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.frb.termbtn \
-in $base.frb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
place $base.text1 -x 5 -y 90 -width 530 -height 160 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lcomm -x 5 -y 255
place $base.text2 -x 5 -y 270 -width 530 -height 86 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.saveAsView -x 5 -y 30 -height 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/reports.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Reports {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:ReportBuilder
tkwait visibility .pgaw:ReportBuilder
init
set PgAcVar(report,reportname) {}
set PgAcVar(report,justpreview) 0
focus .pgaw:ReportBuilder.e2
}
proc {open} {reportname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:ReportBuilder
#tkwait visibility .pgaw:ReportBuilder
Window hide .pgaw:ReportBuilder
Window show .pgaw:ReportPreview
init
set PgAcVar(report,reportname) $reportname
loadReport
tkwait visibility .pgaw:ReportPreview
set PgAcVar(report,justpreview) 1
preview
}
proc {design} {reportname} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:ReportBuilder
tkwait visibility .pgaw:ReportBuilder
init
set PgAcVar(report,reportname) $reportname
loadReport
set PgAcVar(report,justpreview) 0
}
proc {drawReportAreas} {} {
global PgAcVar
foreach rg $PgAcVar(report,regions) {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c delete bg_$rg
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create line 0 $PgAcVar(report,y_$rg) 5000 $PgAcVar(report,y_$rg) -tags [subst {bg_$rg}]
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create rectangle 6 [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_$rg)-3] 12 [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_$rg)+3] -fill black -tags [subst {bg_$rg mov reg}]
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c lower bg_$rg
}
}
proc {toggleAlignMode} {} {
set bb [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c bbox hili]
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.balign cget -text]=="left"} then {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.balign configure -text right
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemconfigure hili -anchor ne
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c move hili [expr [lindex $bb 2]-[lindex $bb 0]-3] 0
} else {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.balign configure -text left
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemconfigure hili -anchor nw
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c move hili [expr [lindex $bb 0]-[lindex $bb 2]+3] 0
}
}
proc {getBoldStatus} {} {
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lbold cget -relief]=="raised"} then {return Medium} else {return Bold}
}
proc {getItalicStatus} {} {
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lita cget -relief]=="raised"} then {return R} else {return O}
}
proc {toggleBold} {} {
if {[getBoldStatus]=="Bold"} {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lbold configure -relief raised
} else {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lbold configure -relief sunken
}
setObjectFont
}
proc {toggleItalic} {} {
if {[getItalicStatus]=="O"} {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lita configure -relief raised
} else {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lita configure -relief sunken
}
setObjectFont
}
proc {setFont} {} {
set temp [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.bfont cget -text]
if {$temp=="Courier"} then {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.bfont configure -text Helvetica
} else {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.bfont configure -text Courier
}
setObjectFont
}
proc {getSourceFields} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lb delete 0 end
if {$PgAcVar(report,tablename)==""} return ;
#setCursor CLOCK
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select attnum,attname from pg_class,pg_attribute where (pg_class.relname='$PgAcVar(report,tablename)') and (pg_class.oid=pg_attribute.attrelid) and (attnum>0) order by attnum" rec {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lb insert end $rec(attname)
}
#setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {hasTag} {id tg} {
if {[lsearch [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $id -tags] $tg]==-1} then {return 0 } else {return 1}
}
proc {init} {} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(report,xl_auto) 10
set PgAcVar(report,xf_auto) 10
set PgAcVar(report,regions) {rpthdr pghdr detail pgfoo rptfoo}
set PgAcVar(report,y_rpthdr) 30
set PgAcVar(report,y_pghdr) 60
set PgAcVar(report,y_detail) 90
set PgAcVar(report,y_pgfoo) 120
set PgAcVar(report,y_rptfoo) 150
set PgAcVar(report,e_rpthdr) [intlmsg {Report header}]
set PgAcVar(report,e_pghdr) [intlmsg {Page header}]
set PgAcVar(report,e_detail) [intlmsg {Detail record}]
set PgAcVar(report,e_pgfoo) [intlmsg {Page footer}]
set PgAcVar(report,e_rptfoo) [intlmsg {Report footer}]
drawReportAreas
}
proc {loadReport} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c delete all
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from pga_reports where reportname='$PgAcVar(report,reportname)'" rcd {
eval $rcd(reportbody)
}
getSourceFields
drawReportAreas
}
proc {preview} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:ReportPreview
.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c delete all
set ol [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c find withtag ro]
set fields {}
foreach objid $ol {
set tags [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -tags]
lappend fields [string range [lindex $tags [lsearch -glob $tags f-*]] 2 64]
lappend fields [lindex [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c coords $objid] 0]
lappend fields [lindex [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c coords $objid] 1]
lappend fields $objid
lappend fields [lindex $tags [lsearch -glob $tags t_*]]
}
# Parsing page header
set py 10
foreach {field x y objid objtype} $fields {
if {$objtype=="t_l"} {
.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c create text $x [expr $py+$y] -text [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -text] -font [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -font] -anchor nw
}
}
incr py [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_pghdr)-$PgAcVar(report,y_rpthdr)]
# Parsing detail group
set di [lsearch $PgAcVar(report,regions) detail]
set y_hi $PgAcVar(report,y_detail)
set y_lo $PgAcVar(report,y_[lindex $PgAcVar(report,regions) [expr $di-1]])
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from \"$PgAcVar(report,tablename)\"" rec {
foreach {field x y objid objtype} $fields {
if {($y>=$y_lo) && ($y<=$y_hi)} then {
if {$objtype=="t_f"} {
.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c create text $x [expr $py+$y] -text $rec($field) -font [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -font] -anchor [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -anchor]
}
if {$objtype=="t_l"} {
.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c create text $x [expr $py+$y] -text [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -text] -font [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $objid -font] -anchor nw
}
}
}
incr py [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_detail)-$PgAcVar(report,y_pghdr)]
}
.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c configure -scrollregion [subst {0 0 1000 $py}]
}
proc {print} {} {
set bb [.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c bbox all]
.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c postscript -file "pgaccess-report.ps" -width [expr 10+[lindex $bb 2]-[lindex $bb 0]] -height [expr 10+[lindex $bb 3]-[lindex $bb 1]]
tk_messageBox -title Information -parent .pgaw:ReportBuilder -message "The printed image in Postscript is in the file pgaccess-report.ps"
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar
set prog "set PgAcVar(report,tablename) \"$PgAcVar(report,tablename)\""
foreach region $PgAcVar(report,regions) {
set prog "$prog ; set PgAcVar(report,y_$region) $PgAcVar(report,y_$region)"
}
foreach obj [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c find all] {
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c type $obj]=="text"} {
set bb [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c bbox $obj]
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -anchor]=="nw"} then {set x [expr [lindex $bb 0]+1]} else {set x [expr [lindex $bb 2]-2]}
set prog "$prog ; .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text $x [lindex $bb 1] -font [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -font] -anchor [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -anchor] -text {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -text]} -tags {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -tags]}"
}
}
sql_exec noquiet "delete from pga_reports where reportname='$PgAcVar(report,reportname)'"
sql_exec noquiet "insert into pga_reports (reportname,reportsource,reportbody) values ('$PgAcVar(report,reportname)','$PgAcVar(report,tablename)','$prog')"
}
proc {addField} {} {
global PgAcVar
set fldname [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lb get [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lb curselection]]
set newid [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text $PgAcVar(report,xf_auto) [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_rpthdr)+5] -text $fldname -tags [subst {t_l mov ro}] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)]
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text $PgAcVar(report,xf_auto) [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_pghdr)+5] -text $fldname -tags [subst {f-$fldname t_f rg_detail mov ro}] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
set bb [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c bbox $newid]
incr PgAcVar(report,xf_auto) [expr 5+[lindex $bb 2]-[lindex $bb 0]]
}
proc {addLabel} {} {
global PgAcVar
set fldname $PgAcVar(report,labeltext)
set newid [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c create text $PgAcVar(report,xl_auto) [expr $PgAcVar(report,y_rpthdr)+5] -text $fldname -tags [subst {t_l mov ro}] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)]
set bb [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c bbox $newid]
incr PgAcVar(report,xl_auto) [expr 5+[lindex $bb 2]-[lindex $bb 0]]
}
proc {setObjectFont} {} {
global PgAcVar
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemconfigure hili -font -Adobe-[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.bfont cget -text]-[getBoldStatus]-[getItalicStatus]-Normal--*-$PgAcVar(report,pointsize)-*-*-*-*-*-*
}
proc {deleteObject} {} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:ReportBuilder -message "Delete current report object?" -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return;
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c delete hili
}
proc {dragMove} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
# Showing current region
foreach rg $PgAcVar(report,regions) {
set PgAcVar(report,msg) $PgAcVar(report,e_$rg)
if {$PgAcVar(report,y_$rg)>$y} break;
}
set temp {}
catch {set temp $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)}
if {"$temp" != ""} {
set dx [expr $x - $PgAcVar(draginfo,x)]
set dy [expr $y - $PgAcVar(draginfo,y)]
if {$PgAcVar(draginfo,region)!=""} {
set x $PgAcVar(draginfo,x) ; $w move bg_$PgAcVar(draginfo,region) 0 $dy
} else {
$w move $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) $dx $dy
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,y) $y
}
}
proc {dragStart} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
focus .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c
catch {unset draginfo}
set obj {}
# Only movable objects start dragging
foreach id [$w find overlapping $x $y $x $y] {
if {[hasTag $id mov]} {
set obj $id
break
}
}
if {$obj==""} return;
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) $obj
set taglist [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -tags]
set i [lsearch -glob $taglist bg_*]
if {$i==-1} {
set PgAcVar(draginfo,region) {}
} else {
set PgAcVar(draginfo,region) [string range [lindex $taglist $i] 3 64]
}
.pgaw:ReportBuilder configure -cursor hand1
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c dtag [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c find withtag hili] hili
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c addtag hili withtag $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemconfigure hili -fill blue
set PgAcVar(draginfo,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,y) $y
set PgAcVar(draginfo,sx) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,sy) $y
# Setting font information
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c type hili]=="text"} {
set fnta [split [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget hili -font] -]
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.bfont configure -text [lindex $fnta 2]
if {[lindex $fnta 3]=="Medium"} then {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lbold configure -relief raised} else {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lbold configure -relief sunken}
if {[lindex $fnta 4]=="R"} then {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lita configure -relief raised} else {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lita configure -relief sunken}
set PgAcVar(report,pointsize) [lindex $fnta 8]
if {[hasTag $obj t_f]} {set PgAcVar(report,info) "Database field"}
if {[hasTag $obj t_l]} {set PgAcVar(report,info) "Label"}
if {[.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c itemcget $obj -anchor]=="nw"} then {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.balign configure -text left} else {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.balign configure -text right}
}
}
proc {dragStop} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
# when click Close, ql window is destroyed but event ButtonRelease-1 is fired
if {![winfo exists .pgaw:ReportBuilder]} return;
.pgaw:ReportBuilder configure -cursor left_ptr
set este {}
catch {set este $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)}
if {$este==""} return
# Erase information about object beeing dragged
if {$PgAcVar(draginfo,region)!=""} {
set dy 0
foreach rg $PgAcVar(report,regions) {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c move rg_$rg 0 $dy
if {$rg==$PgAcVar(draginfo,region)} {
set dy [expr $y-$PgAcVar(report,y_$PgAcVar(draginfo,region))]
}
incr PgAcVar(report,y_$rg) $dy
}
# .pgaw:ReportBuilder.c move det 0 [expr $y-$PgAcVar(report,y_$PgAcVar(draginfo,region))]
set PgAcVar(report,y_$PgAcVar(draginfo,region)) $y
drawReportAreas
} else {
# Check if object beeing dragged is inside the canvas
set bb [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c bbox $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)]
if {[lindex $bb 0] < 5} {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c move $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) [expr 5-[lindex $bb 0]] 0
}
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
PgAcVar:clean draginfo,*
}
proc {deleteAllObjects} {} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:ReportBuilder -message [intlmsg "All report information will be deleted.\n\nProceed ?"] -type yesno -default no]=="yes"} then {
.pgaw:ReportBuilder.c delete all
init
drawReportAreas
}
}
}
################################################################
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:ReportBuilder {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:ReportBuilder
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 652x426+96+120
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Report builder"]
label $base.l1 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Report fields}]
listbox $base.lb \
-background #fefefe -foreground #000000 -borderwidth 1 \
-selectbackground #c3c3c3 \
-highlightthickness 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.sb set}
bind $base.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
Reports::addField
}
canvas $base.c \
-background #fffeff -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -highlightthickness 0 \
-relief ridge -takefocus 1 -width 295
bind $base.c <Button-1> {
Reports::dragStart %W %x %y
}
bind $base.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
Reports::dragStop %x %y
}
bind $base.c <Key-Delete> {
Reports::deleteObject
}
bind $base.c <Motion> {
Reports::dragMove %W %x %y
}
button $base.bt2 \
-command Reports::deleteAllObjects \
-text [intlmsg {Delete all}]
button $base.bt4 \
-command Reports::preview \
-text [intlmsg Preview]
button $base.bt5 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:ReportBuilder} \
-text [intlmsg Close]
scrollbar $base.sb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.lb yview} -orient vert
label $base.lmsg \
-anchor w \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {Report header}] -textvariable PgAcVar(report,msg)
entry $base.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(report,tablename)
bind $base.e2 <Key-Return> {
Reports::getSourceFields
}
entry $base.elab \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(report,labeltext)
button $base.badl \
-borderwidth 1 -command Reports::addLabel \
-text [intlmsg {Add label}]
label $base.lbold \
-borderwidth 1 -relief raised -text B
bind $base.lbold <Button-1> {
Reports::toggleBold
}
label $base.lita \
-borderwidth 1 \
-font $PgAcVar(pref,font_italic) \
-relief raised -text i
bind $base.lita <Button-1> {
Reports::toggleItalic
}
entry $base.eps \
-background #fefefe -highlightthickness 0 -relief groove \
-textvariable PgAcVar(report,pointsize)
bind $base.eps <Key-Return> {
Reports::setObjectFont
}
label $base.linfo \
-anchor w \
-relief groove -text {Database field} -textvariable PgAcVar(report,info)
label $base.llal \
-borderwidth 0 -text Align
button $base.balign \
-borderwidth 0 -command Reports::toggleAlignMode \
-relief groove -text right
button $base.savebtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command Reports::save \
-text [intlmsg Save]
label $base.lfn \
-borderwidth 0 -text Font
button $base.bfont \
-borderwidth 0 \
-command Reports::setFont \
-relief groove -text Courier
button $base.bdd \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {if {[winfo exists .pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf]} {
destroy .pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf
} else {
create_drop_down .pgaw:ReportBuilder 405 22 200
focus .pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf.sb
foreach tbl [Database::getTablesList] {.pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf.lb insert end $tbl}
bind .pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
set i [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf.lb curselection]
if {$i!=""} {set PgAcVar(report,tablename) [.pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf.lb get $i]}
destroy .pgaw:ReportBuilder.ddf
Reports::getSourceFields
break
}
}} \
-highlightthickness 0 -image dnarw
label $base.lrn \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Report name}]
entry $base.ern \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(report,reportname)
bind $base.ern <Key-F5> {
loadReport
}
label $base.lrs \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Report source}]
label $base.ls \
-borderwidth 1 -relief raised
entry $base.ef \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(report,formula)
button $base.baf \
-borderwidth 1 \
-text [intlmsg {Add formula}]
place $base.l1 \
-x 5 -y 55 -width 131 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lb \
-x 5 -y 70 -width 118 -height 121 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.c \
-x 140 -y 75 -width 508 -height 345 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bt2 \
-x 5 -y 365 -width 64 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bt4 \
-x 70 -y 365 -width 66 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bt5 \
-x 70 -y 395 -width 66 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.sb \
-x 120 -y 70 -width 18 -height 122 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lmsg \
-x 142 -y 55 -width 151 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e2 \
-x 405 -y 4 -width 129 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.elab \
-x 5 -y 225 -width 130 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.badl \
-x 5 -y 243 -width 132 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lbold \
-x 535 -y 55 -width 18 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lita \
-x 555 -y 55 -width 18 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.eps \
-x 500 -y 55 -width 30 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.linfo \
-x 295 -y 55 -width 91 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.llal \
-x 575 -y 56 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.balign \
-x 610 -y 54 -width 35 -height 21 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.savebtn \
-x 5 -y 395 -width 64 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lfn \
-x 405 -y 56 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bfont \
-x 435 -y 54 -width 65 -height 21 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.bdd \
-x 535 -y 4 -width 15 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lrn \
-x 5 -y 5 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ern \
-x 80 -y 4 -width 219 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lrs \
-x 320 -y 5 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ls \
-x 5 -y 30 -width 641 -height 2 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ef \
-x 5 -y 280 -width 130 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.baf \
-x 5 -y 298 -width 132 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:ReportPreview {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:ReportPreview
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 495x500+230+50
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm title $base "Report preview"
frame $base.fr \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
canvas $base.fr.c \
-background #fcfefe -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -relief ridge \
-scrollregion {0 0 1000 824} -width 295 \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.sb set}
scrollbar $base.fr.sb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:ReportPreview.fr.c yview} -highlightthickness 0 \
-orient vert -width 12
frame $base.f1 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -width 125
button $base.f1.button18 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {if {$PgAcVar(report,justpreview)} then {Window destroy .pgaw:ReportBuilder} ; Window destroy .pgaw:ReportPreview} \
-text [intlmsg Close]
button $base.f1.button17 \
-borderwidth 1 -command Reports::print \
-text Print
pack $base.fr \
-in .pgaw:ReportPreview -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
pack $base.fr.c \
-in .pgaw:ReportPreview.fr -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side left
pack $base.fr.sb \
-in .pgaw:ReportPreview.fr -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
pack $base.f1 \
-in .pgaw:ReportPreview -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.f1.button18 \
-in .pgaw:ReportPreview.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f1.button17 \
-in .pgaw:ReportPreview.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/schema.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Schema {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
init
Window show .pgaw:Schema
set PgAcVar(schema,oid) 0
set PgAcVar(schema,name) {}
set PgAcVar(schema,tables) {}
set PgAcVar(schema,links) {}
set PgAcVar(schema,results) {}
focus .pgaw:Schema.f.e
}
proc {open} {obj} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
init
set PgAcVar(schema,name) $obj
if {[set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select schematables,schemalinks,oid from pga_schema where schemaname='$PgAcVar(schema,name)'"]]==0} then {
showError [intlmsg "Error retrieving schema definition"]
return
}
if {[pg_result $pgres -numTuples]==0} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Schema '%s' was not found!"] $PgAcVar(schema,name)]
pg_result $pgres -clear
return
}
set tuple [pg_result $pgres -getTuple 0]
set tables [lindex $tuple 0]
set links [lindex $tuple 1]
set PgAcVar(schema,oid) [lindex $tuple 2]
pg_result $pgres -clear
Window show .pgaw:Schema
foreach {t x y} $tables {
set PgAcVar(schema,newtablename) $t
addNewTable $x $y
}
set PgAcVar(schema,links) $links
drawLinks
}
proc {addNewTable} {{tabx 0} {taby 0}} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$PgAcVar(schema,newtablename)==""} return
if {$PgAcVar(schema,newtablename)=="*"} {
set tbllist [Database::getTablesList]
foreach tn [array names PgAcVar schema,tablename*] {
if { [set linkid [lsearch $tbllist $PgAcVar($tn)]] != -1 } {
set tbllist [lreplace $tbllist $linkid $linkid]
}
}
foreach t $tbllist {
set PgAcVar(schema,newtablename) $t
addNewTable
}
return
}
foreach tn [array names PgAcVar schema,tablename*] {
if {$PgAcVar(schema,newtablename)==$PgAcVar($tn)} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Table '%s' already in schema"] $PgAcVar($tn)]
return
}
}
set fldlist {}
setCursor CLOCK
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select attnum,attname,typname from pg_class,pg_attribute,pg_type where (pg_class.relname='$PgAcVar(schema,newtablename)') and (pg_class.oid=pg_attribute.attrelid) and (attnum>0) and (atttypid=pg_type.oid) order by attnum" rec {
lappend fldlist $rec(attname) $rec(typname)
}
setCursor DEFAULT
if {$fldlist==""} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Table '%s' not found!"] $PgAcVar(schema,newtablename)]
return
}
set PgAcVar(schema,tablename$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)) $PgAcVar(schema,newtablename)
set PgAcVar(schema,tablestruct$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)) $fldlist
set PgAcVar(schema,tablex$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)) $tabx
set PgAcVar(schema,tabley$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)) $taby
incr PgAcVar(schema,ntables)
if {$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)==1} {
drawAll
} else {
drawTable [expr $PgAcVar(schema,ntables)-1]
}
lappend PgAcVar(schema,tables) $PgAcVar(schema,newtablename) $PgAcVar(schema,tablex[expr $PgAcVar(schema,ntables)-1]) $PgAcVar(schema,tabley[expr $PgAcVar(schema,ntables)-1])
set PgAcVar(schema,newtablename) {}
focus .pgaw:Schema.f.e
}
proc {drawAll} {} {
global PgAcVar
.pgaw:Schema.c delete all
for {set it 0} {$it<$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)} {incr it} {
drawTable $it
}
.pgaw:Schema.c lower rect
drawLinks
.pgaw:Schema.c bind mov <Button-1> {Schema::dragStart %W %x %y}
.pgaw:Schema.c bind mov <B1-Motion> {Schema::dragMove %W %x %y}
bind .pgaw:Schema.c <ButtonRelease-1> {Schema::dragStop %x %y}
bind .pgaw:Schema <Button-1> {Schema::canvasClick %x %y %W}
bind .pgaw:Schema <B1-Motion> {Schema::canvasPanning %x %y}
bind .pgaw:Schema <Key-Delete> {Schema::deleteObject}
}
proc {drawTable} {it} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(schema,tablex$it)==0} {
set posy $PgAcVar(schema,nexty)
set posx $PgAcVar(schema,nextx)
set PgAcVar(schema,tablex$it) $posx
set PgAcVar(schema,tabley$it) $posy
} else {
set posx [expr int($PgAcVar(schema,tablex$it))]
set posy [expr int($PgAcVar(schema,tabley$it))]
}
set tablename $PgAcVar(schema,tablename$it)
.pgaw:Schema.c create text $posx $posy -text "$tablename" -anchor nw -tags [subst {tab$it f-oid mov tableheader}] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)
incr posy 16
foreach {fld ftype} $PgAcVar(schema,tablestruct$it) {
if {[set cindex [lsearch $PgAcVar(pref,typelist) $ftype]] == -1} {set cindex 1}
.pgaw:Schema.c create text $posx $posy -text $fld -fill [lindex $PgAcVar(pref,typecolors) $cindex] -anchor nw -tags [subst {f-$fld tab$it mov}] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
incr posy 14
}
set reg [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox tab$it]
.pgaw:Schema.c create rectangle [lindex $reg 0] [lindex $reg 1] [lindex $reg 2] [lindex $reg 3] -fill #EEEEEE -tags [subst {rect outer tab$it}]
.pgaw:Schema.c create line [lindex $reg 0] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] [lindex $reg 2] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] -tags [subst {rect tab$it}]
.pgaw:Schema.c lower tab$it
.pgaw:Schema.c lower rect
set reg [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox tab$it]
set nexty [lindex $reg 1]
set nextx [expr 20+[lindex $reg 2]]
if {$nextx > [winfo width .pgaw:Schema.c] } {
set nextx 10
set allbox [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox rect]
set nexty [expr 20 + [lindex $allbox 3]]
}
set PgAcVar(schema,nextx) $nextx
set PgAcVar(schema,nexty) $nexty
}
proc {deleteObject} {} {
global PgAcVar
# Checking if there
set obj [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili]
if {$obj==""} return
# Is object a link ?
if {[getTagInfo $obj link]=="s"} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -icon question -parent .pgaw:Schema -message [intlmsg "Remove link ?"] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
set linkid [getTagInfo $obj lkid]
set PgAcVar(schema,links) [lreplace $PgAcVar(schema,links) $linkid $linkid]
.pgaw:Schema.c delete links
drawLinks
return
}
# Is object a table ?
set tablealias [getTagInfo $obj tab]
set tablename $PgAcVar(schema,tablename$tablealias)
if {"$tablename"==""} return
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -icon question -parent .pgaw:Schema -message [format [intlmsg "Remove table %s from query?"] $tablename] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
for {set i [expr [llength $PgAcVar(schema,links)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
set thelink [lindex $PgAcVar(schema,links) $i]
if {($tablealias==[lindex $thelink 0]) || ($tablealias==[lindex $thelink 2])} {
set PgAcVar(schema,links) [lreplace $PgAcVar(schema,links) $i $i]
}
}
for {set i 0} {$i<$PgAcVar(schema,ntables)} {incr i} {
set temp {}
catch {set temp $PgAcVar(schema,tablename$i)}
if {"$temp"=="$tablename"} {
unset PgAcVar(schema,tablename$i)
unset PgAcVar(schema,tablestruct$i)
break
}
}
#incr PgAcVar(schema,ntables) -1
.pgaw:Schema.c delete tab$tablealias
.pgaw:Schema.c delete links
drawLinks
}
proc {dragMove} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
if {"$PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)" == ""} {return}
set dx [expr $x - $PgAcVar(draginfo,x)]
set dy [expr $y - $PgAcVar(draginfo,y)]
if {$PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table)} {
$w move $PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag) $dx $dy
drawLinks
} else {
$w move $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) $dx $dy
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,y) $y
}
proc {dragStart} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
PgAcVar:clean draginfo,*
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) [$w find closest $x $y]
if {[getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) r]=="ect"} {
# If it'a a rectangle, exit
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
return
}
.pgaw:Schema configure -cursor hand1
.pgaw:Schema.c raise $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
set PgAcVar(draginfo,table) 0
if {[getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) table]=="header"} {
set PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table) 1
set taglist [.pgaw:Schema.c gettags $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)]
set PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag) [lindex $taglist [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^tab\[0-9\]*"]]
.pgaw:Schema.c raise $PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag)
.pgaw:Schema.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:Schema.c dtag [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili] hili
.pgaw:Schema.c addtag hili withtag $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
.pgaw:Schema.c itemconfigure hili -fill blue
} else {
set PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table) 0
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,y) $y
set PgAcVar(draginfo,sx) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,sy) $y
}
proc {dragStop} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
# when click Close, schema window is destroyed but event ButtonRelease-1 is fired
if {![winfo exists .pgaw:Schema]} return;
.pgaw:Schema configure -cursor left_ptr
set este {}
catch {set este $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)}
if {$este==""} return
# Re-establish the normal paint order so
# information won't be overlapped by table rectangles
# or link lines
.pgaw:Schema.c lower $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
.pgaw:Schema.c lower rect
.pgaw:Schema.c lower links
set PgAcVar(schema,panstarted) 0
if {$PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table)} {
set tabnum [getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) tab]
foreach w [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag $PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag)] {
if {[lsearch [.pgaw:Schema.c gettags $w] outer] != -1} {
foreach [list PgAcVar(schema,tablex$tabnum) PgAcVar(schema,tabley$tabnum) x1 y1] [.pgaw:Schema.c coords $w] {}
break
}
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
.pgaw:Schema.c delete links
drawLinks
return
}
# not a table
.pgaw:Schema.c move $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) [expr $PgAcVar(draginfo,sx)-$x] [expr $PgAcVar(draginfo,sy)-$y]
set droptarget [.pgaw:Schema.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]
set targettable {}
foreach item $droptarget {
set targettable $PgAcVar(schema,tablename[getTagInfo $item tab])
set targetfield [getTagInfo $item f-]
if {($targettable!="") && ($targetfield!="")} {
set droptarget $item
break
}
}
# check if target object isn't a rectangle
if {[getTagInfo $droptarget rec]=="t"} {set targettable {}}
if {$targettable!=""} {
# Target has a table
# See about originate table
set sourcetable $PgAcVar(schema,tablename[getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) tab])
if {$sourcetable!=""} {
# Source has also a tab .. tag
set sourcefield [getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) f-]
if {$sourcetable!=$targettable} {
lappend PgAcVar(schema,links) [list $sourcetable $sourcefield $targettable $targetfield]
drawLinks
}
}
}
# Erase information about object beeing dragged
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
}
proc {drawLinks} {} {
global PgAcVar
.pgaw:Schema.c delete links
set i 0
foreach link $PgAcVar(schema,links) {
set sourcenum -1
set targetnum -1
# Compute the source and destination right edge
foreach t [array names PgAcVar schema,tablename*] {
if {[regexp "^$PgAcVar($t)$" [lindex $link 0] ]} {
set sourcenum [string range $t 16 end]
} elseif {[regexp "^$PgAcVar($t)$" [lindex $link 2] ]} {
set targetnum [string range $t 16 end]
}
}
set sb [findField $sourcenum [lindex $link 1]]
set db [findField $targetnum [lindex $link 3]]
if {($sourcenum == -1 )||($targetnum == -1)||($sb ==-1)||($db==-1)} {
set PgAcVar(schema,links) [lreplace $PgAcVar(schema,links) $i $i]
showError "Link from [lindex $link 0].[lindex $link 1] to [lindex $link 2].[lindex $link 3] not found!"
} else {
set sre [lindex [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox tab$sourcenum] 2]
set dre [lindex [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox tab$targetnum] 2]
# Compute field bound boxes
set sbbox [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox $sb]
set dbbox [.pgaw:Schema.c bbox $db]
# Compute the auxiliary lines
if {[lindex $sbbox 2] < [lindex $dbbox 0]} {
# Source object is on the left of target object
set x1 $sre
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:Schema.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1+10] $y1 \
-tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 [lindex $dbbox 0]
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:Schema.c create line [expr $x2-10] $y2 $x2 $y2 \
-tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
.pgaw:Schema.c create line [expr $x1+10] $y1 [expr $x2-10] $y2 \
-tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
} else {
# source object is on the right of target object
set x1 [lindex $sbbox 0]
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:Schema.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1-10] $y1 \
-tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 $dre
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:Schema.c create line $x2 $y2 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -width 3 \
-tags [subst {links lkid$i}]
.pgaw:Schema.c create line [expr $x1-10] $y1 [expr $x2+10] $y2 \
-tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
}
incr i
}
}
.pgaw:Schema.c lower links
.pgaw:Schema.c bind links <Button-1> {Schema::linkClick %x %y}
}
proc {getSchemaTabless} {} {
global PgAcVar
set tablelist {}
foreach key [array names PgAcVar schema,tablename*] {
regsub schema,tablename $key "" num
lappend tablelist $PgAcVar($key) $PgAcVar(schema,tablex$num) $PgAcVar(schema,tabley$num)
}
return $tablelist
}
proc {findField} {alias field} {
foreach obj [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag f-${field}] {
if {[lsearch [.pgaw:Schema.c gettags $obj] tab$alias] != -1} {return $obj}
}
return -1
}
proc {addLink} {sourcetable sourcefield targettable targetfield} {
global PgAcVar
lappend PgAcVar(schema,links) [list $sourcetable $sourcefield $targettable $targetfield]
}
proc {getTagInfo} {obj prefix} {
set taglist [.pgaw:Schema.c gettags $obj]
set tagpos [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^$prefix"]
if {$tagpos==-1} {return ""}
set thattag [lindex $taglist $tagpos]
return [string range $thattag [string length $prefix] end]
}
proc {init} {} {
global PgAcVar
PgAcVar:clean schema,*
set PgAcVar(schema,nexty) 10
set PgAcVar(schema,nextx) 10
set PgAcVar(schema,links) {}
set PgAcVar(schema,ntables) 0
set PgAcVar(schema,newtablename) {}
}
proc {linkClick} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
set obj [.pgaw:Schema.c find closest $x $y 1 links]
if {[getTagInfo $obj link]!="s"} return
.pgaw:Schema.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:Schema.c dtag [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili] hili
.pgaw:Schema.c addtag hili withtag $obj
.pgaw:Schema.c itemconfigure $obj -fill blue
}
proc {canvasPanning} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
set panstarted 0
catch {set panstarted $PgAcVar(schema,panstarted) }
if {!$panstarted} return
set dx [expr $x-$PgAcVar(schema,panstartx)]
set dy [expr $y-$PgAcVar(schema,panstarty)]
set PgAcVar(schema,panstartx) $x
set PgAcVar(schema,panstarty) $y
if {$PgAcVar(schema,panobject)=="tables"} {
.pgaw:Schema.c move mov $dx $dy
.pgaw:Schema.c move links $dx $dy
.pgaw:Schema.c move rect $dx $dy
} else {
.pgaw:Schema.c move resp $dx 0
.pgaw:Schema.c move resgrid $dx 0
.pgaw:Schema.c raise reshdr
}
}
proc print {c} {
set types {
{{Postscript Files} {.ps}}
{{All Files} *}
}
if {[catch {tk_getSaveFile -defaultextension .ps -filetypes $types \
-title "Print to Postscript"} fn] || [string match {} $fn]} return
if {[catch {::open $fn "w" } fid]} {
return -code error "Save Error: Unable to open '$fn' for writing\n$fid"
}
puts $fid [$c postscript -rotate 1]
close $fid
}
proc {canvasClick} {x y w} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(schema,panstarted) 0
if {$w==".pgaw:Schema.c"} {
set canpan 1
if {[llength [.pgaw:Schema.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]]!=0} {set canpan 0}
set PgAcVar(schema,panobject) tables
if {$canpan} {
if {[.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili]!=""} {
.pgaw:Schema.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:Schema.c dtag [.pgaw:Schema.c find withtag hili] hili
}
.pgaw:Schema configure -cursor hand1
set PgAcVar(schema,panstartx) $x
set PgAcVar(schema,panstarty) $y
set PgAcVar(schema,panstarted) 1
}
}
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Schema {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Schema
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 759x530+10+13
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm title $base [intlmsg "Visual schema designer"]
bind $base <B1-Motion> {
Schema::canvasPanning %x %y
}
bind $base <Button-1> {
Schema::canvasClick %x %y %W
}
bind $base <ButtonRelease-1> {
Schema::dragStop %x %y
}
bind $base <Key-Delete> {
Schema::deleteObject
}
canvas $base.c -background #fefefe -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -relief ridge -takefocus 0 -width 295
frame $base.f \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f.l -text [intlmsg {Add table}]
entry $base.f.e \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1
bind $base.f.e <Key-Return> {
Schema::addNewTable
}
button $base.f.bdd \
-image dnarw \
-command {if {[winfo exists .pgaw:Schema.ddf]} {
destroy .pgaw:Schema.ddf
} else {
create_drop_down .pgaw:Schema 70 27 200
focus .pgaw:Schema.ddf.sb
foreach tbl [Database::getTablesList] {.pgaw:Schema.ddf.lb insert end $tbl}
bind .pgaw:Schema.ddf.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
set i [.pgaw:Schema.ddf.lb curselection]
if {$i!=""} {
set PgAcVar(schema,newtablename) [.pgaw:Schema.ddf.lb get $i]
Schema::addNewTable
}
destroy .pgaw:Schema.ddf
break
}
}} \
-padx 1 -pady 1
button $base.f.btnclose \
-command {Schema::init
Window destroy .pgaw:Schema} -padx 2 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Close]
button $base.f.printbtn \
-command {Schema::print .pgaw:Schema.c} -padx 1 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Print]
button $base.f.btnsave \
-command {if {$PgAcVar(schema,name)==""} then {
showError [intlmsg "You have to supply a name for this schema!"]
focus .pgaw:Schema.f.esn
} else {
setCursor CLOCK
set tables [Schema::getSchemaTabless]
if {$PgAcVar(schema,oid)==0} then {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "insert into pga_schema values ('$PgAcVar(schema,name)','$tables','$PgAcVar(schema,links)')"]
} else {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "update pga_schema set schemaname='$PgAcVar(schema,name)',schematables='$tables',schemalinks='$PgAcVar(schema,links)' where oid=$PgAcVar(schema,oid)"]
}
setCursor DEFAULT
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)!="PGRES_COMMAND_OK"} then {
showError "[intlmsg {Error executing query}]\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)"
} else {
Mainlib::tab_click Schema
if {$PgAcVar(schema,oid)==0} {set PgAcVar(schema,oid) [pg_result $pgres -oid]}
}
catch {pg_result $pgres -clear}
}} \
-padx 2 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Save schema}]
label $base.f.ls1 -text { }
entry $base.f.esn \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(schema,name)
label $base.f.lsn -text [intlmsg {Schema name}]
place $base.c -x 5 -y 30 -width 748 -height 500 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.f \
-x 5 -y 5 -width 748 -height 25 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.f.l \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f.e \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f.bdd \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f.btnclose \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f.printbtn \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f.btnsave \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f.ls1 \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f.esn \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f.lsn \
-in .pgaw:Schema.f -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/scripts.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Scripts {
proc {new} {} {
design {}
}
proc {open} {scriptname} {
global CurrentDB
set ss {}
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from pga_scripts where scriptname='$scriptname'" rec {
set ss $rec(scriptsource)
}
if {[string length $ss] > 0} {
eval $ss
}
}
proc {design} {scriptname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:Scripts
set PgAcVar(script,name) $scriptname
.pgaw:Scripts.src delete 1.0 end
if {[string length $scriptname]==0} return;
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from pga_scripts where scriptname='$scriptname'" rec {
.pgaw:Scripts.src insert end $rec(scriptsource)
}
}
proc {execute} {scriptname} {
# a wrap for execute command
open $scriptname
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(script,name)==""} {
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:Scripts -message [intlmsg "The script must have a name!"]
} else {
sql_exec noquiet "delete from pga_scripts where scriptname='$PgAcVar(script,name)'"
regsub -all {\\} [.pgaw:Scripts.src get 1.0 end] {\\\\} PgAcVar(script,body)
regsub -all ' $PgAcVar(script,body) \\' PgAcVar(script,body)
sql_exec noquiet "insert into pga_scripts values ('$PgAcVar(script,name)','$PgAcVar(script,body)')"
Mainlib::tab_click Scripts
}
}
}
########################## END OF NAMESPACE SCRIPTS ##################
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Scripts {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Scripts
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 594x416+192+152
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 300 300
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm title $base [intlmsg "Design script"]
frame $base.f1 -height 55 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f1.l1 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Script name}]
entry $base.f1.e1 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 0 -textvariable PgAcVar(script,name) -width 32
text $base.src -background #fefefe -foreground #000000 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -height 2 -highlightthickness 1 -selectborderwidth 0 -width 2
frame $base.f2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.f2.b1 -borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:Scripts} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
button $base.f2.b2 -borderwidth 1 -command Scripts::save \
-text [intlmsg Save] -width 6
pack $base.f1 -in .pgaw:Scripts -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 2 -side top
pack $base.f1.l1 -in .pgaw:Scripts.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 2 -side left
pack $base.f1.e1 -in .pgaw:Scripts.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.src -in .pgaw:Scripts -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -padx 2 -side top
pack $base.f2 -in .pgaw:Scripts -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.f2.b1 -in .pgaw:Scripts.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f2.b2 -in .pgaw:Scripts.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/sequences.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Sequences {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:Sequence
set PgAcVar(seq,name) {}
set PgAcVar(seq,incr) 1
set PgAcVar(seq,start) 1
set PgAcVar(seq,minval) 1
set PgAcVar(seq,maxval) 2147483647
focus .pgaw:Sequence.f1.e1
}
proc {open} {seqname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:Sequence
set flag 1
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select * from \"$seqname\"" rec {
set flag 0
set PgAcVar(seq,name) $seqname
set PgAcVar(seq,incr) $rec(increment_by)
set PgAcVar(seq,start) $rec(last_value)
.pgaw:Sequence.f1.l3 configure -text [intlmsg "Last value"]
set PgAcVar(seq,minval) $rec(min_value)
set PgAcVar(seq,maxval) $rec(max_value)
.pgaw:Sequence.fb.btnsave configure -state disabled
}
if {$flag} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Sequence '%s' not found!"] $seqname]
} else {
for {set i 1} {$i<6} {incr i} {
.pgaw:Sequence.f1.e$i configure -state disabled
}
focus .pgaw:Sequence.fb.btncancel
}
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(seq,name)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "You should supply a name for this sequence"]
} else {
set s1 {};set s2 {};set s3 {};set s4 {};
if {$PgAcVar(seq,incr)!=""} {set s1 "increment $PgAcVar(seq,incr)"};
if {$PgAcVar(seq,start)!=""} {set s2 "start $PgAcVar(seq,start)"};
if {$PgAcVar(seq,minval)!=""} {set s3 "minvalue $PgAcVar(seq,minval)"};
if {$PgAcVar(seq,maxval)!=""} {set s4 "maxvalue $PgAcVar(seq,maxval)"};
set sqlcmd "create sequence \"$PgAcVar(seq,name)\" $s1 $s2 $s3 $s4"
if {[sql_exec noquiet $sqlcmd]} {
Mainlib::cmd_Sequences
tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Information] -parent .pgaw:Sequence -message [intlmsg "Sequence created!"]
}
}
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Sequence {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Sequence
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 283x172+119+210
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Sequence"]
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load sequences"
frame $base.f1 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -width 125
label $base.f1.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Sequence name}]
entry $base.f1.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(seq,name) -width 200
bind $base.f1.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> {
focus .pgaw:Sequence.f1.e2
}
bind $base.f1.e1 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Sequence.f1.e2
}
label $base.f1.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Increment]
entry $base.f1.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(seq,incr) -width 200
bind $base.f1.e2 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Sequence.f1.e3
}
label $base.f1.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Start value}]
entry $base.f1.e3 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(seq,start) -width 200
bind $base.f1.e3 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Sequence.f1.e4
}
label $base.f1.l4 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Minvalue]
entry $base.f1.e4 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(seq,minval) \
-width 200
bind $base.f1.e4 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Sequence.f1.e5
}
label $base.f1.ls2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
label $base.f1.l5 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg Maxvalue]
entry $base.f1.e5 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(seq,maxval) \
-width 200
bind $base.f1.e5 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:Sequence.fb.btnsave
}
frame $base.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.fb.btnsave \
-borderwidth 1 -command Sequences::save \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Define sequence}]
button $base.fb.btncancel \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:Sequence} \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Close]
place $base.f1 \
-x 9 -y 5 -width 265 -height 126 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid columnconf $base.f1 2 -weight 1
grid $base.f1.l1 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e1 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 2 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.l2 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e2 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 2 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.l3 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e3 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 2 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.l4 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 0 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e4 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 2 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
grid $base.f1.ls2 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f1.l5 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 0 -row 7 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f1.e5 \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.f1 -column 2 -row 7 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -pady 2
place $base.fb \
-x 0 -y 135 -width 283 -height 40 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid $base.fb.btnsave \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 5
grid $base.fb.btncancel \
-in .pgaw:Sequence.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 5
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/tables.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Tables {
proc {new} {} {
PgAcVar:clean nt,*
Window show .pgaw:NewTable
focus .pgaw:NewTable.etabn
}
proc {open} {tablename {filter ""} {order ""}} {
global PgAcVar
set wn [getNewWindowName]
createWindow
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,tablename) $tablename
loadLayout $wn $tablename
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield) $order
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter) $filter
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query) "select oid,\"$tablename\".* from \"$tablename\""
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable) 1
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,isaquery) 0
initVariables $wn
refreshRecords $wn
catch {wm title $wn "$tablename"}
}
proc {design} {tablename} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$CurrentDB==""} return;
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename) $tablename
refreshTableInformation
}
proc {refreshTableInformation} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:TableInfo
wm title .pgaw:TableInfo "[intlmsg {Table information}] : $PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)"
.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb delete 0 end
.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb delete 0 end
.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.lb delete 0 end
.pgaw:TableInfo.f3.plb delete 0 end
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,isunique) {}
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,isclustered) {}
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) {}
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select attnum,attname,typname,attlen,attnotnull,atttypmod,usename,usesysid,pg_class.oid,relpages,reltuples,relhaspkey,relhasrules,relacl from pg_class,pg_user,pg_attribute,pg_type where (pg_class.relname='$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)') and (pg_class.oid=pg_attribute.attrelid) and (pg_class.relowner=pg_user.usesysid) and (pg_attribute.atttypid=pg_type.oid) order by attnum" rec {
set fsize $rec(attlen)
set fsize1 $rec(atttypmod)
set ftype $rec(typname)
if { $fsize=="-1" && $fsize1!="-1" } {
set fsize $rec(atttypmod)
incr fsize -4
}
if { $fsize1=="-1" && $fsize=="-1" } {
set fsize ""
}
if {$rec(attnotnull) == "t"} {
set notnull "NOT NULL"
} else {
set notnull {}
}
if {$rec(attnum)>0} {.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb insert end [format "%-33.33s %-14.14s %6.6s %-8.8s" $rec(attname) $ftype $fsize $notnull]}
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,owner) $rec(usename)
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,tableoid) $rec(oid)
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,ownerid) $rec(usesysid)
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,f$rec(attnum)) $rec(attname)
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,numtuples) $rec(reltuples)
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,numpages) $rec(relpages)
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,permissions) $rec(relacl)
if {$rec(relhaspkey)=="t"} {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,hasprimarykey) [intlmsg Yes]
} else {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,hasprimarykey) [intlmsg No]
}
if {$rec(relhasrules)=="t"} {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,hasrules) [intlmsg Yes]
} else {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,hasrules) [intlmsg No]
}
}
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexlist) {}
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select oid,indexrelid from pg_index where (pg_class.relname='$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)') and (pg_class.oid=pg_index.indrelid)" rec {
lappend PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexlist) $rec(oid)
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select relname from pg_class where oid=$rec(indexrelid)" rec1 {
.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb insert end $rec1(relname)
}
}
#
# showing permissions
set temp $PgAcVar(tblinfo,permissions)
regsub "^\{" $temp {} temp
regsub "\}$" $temp {} temp
regsub -all "\"" $temp {} temp
foreach token [split $temp ,] {
set oli [split $token =]
set uname [lindex $oli 0]
set rights [lindex $oli 1]
if {$uname == ""} {set uname PUBLIC}
set r_select " "
set r_update " "
set r_insert " "
set r_rule " "
if {[string first r $rights] != -1} {set r_select x}
if {[string first w $rights] != -1} {set r_update x}
if {[string first a $rights] != -1} {set r_insert x}
if {[string first R $rights] != -1} {set r_rule x}
#
# changing the format of the following line can affect the loadPermissions procedure
# see below
.pgaw:TableInfo.f3.plb insert end [format "%-23.23s %11s %11s %11s %11s" $uname $r_select $r_update $r_insert $r_rule]
}
}
proc {loadPermissions} {} {
global PgAcVar
set sel [.pgaw:TableInfo.f3.plb curselection]
if {$sel == ""} {
bell
return
}
set line [.pgaw:TableInfo.f3.plb get $sel]
set uname [string trim [string range $line 0 22]]
Window show .pgaw:Permissions
wm transient .pgaw:Permissions .pgaw:TableInfo
set PgAcVar(permission,username) $uname
set PgAcVar(permission,select) [expr {"x"==[string range $line 34 34]}]
set PgAcVar(permission,update) [expr {"x"==[string range $line 46 46]}]
set PgAcVar(permission,insert) [expr {"x"==[string range $line 58 58]}]
set PgAcVar(permission,rule) [expr {"x"==[string range $line 70 70]}]
focus .pgaw:Permissions.f1.ename
}
proc {newPermissions} {} {
global PgAcVar
PgAcVar:clean permission,*
Window show .pgaw:Permissions
wm transient .pgaw:Permissions .pgaw:TableInfo
focus .pgaw:Permissions.f1.ename
}
proc {savePermissions} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(permission,username) == ""} {
showError [intlmsg "User without name?"]
return
}
sql_exec noquiet "revoke all on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" from $PgAcVar(permission,username)"
if {$PgAcVar(permission,select)} {
sql_exec noquiet "GRANT SELECT on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" to $PgAcVar(permission,username)"
}
if {$PgAcVar(permission,insert)} {
sql_exec noquiet "GRANT INSERT on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" to $PgAcVar(permission,username)"
}
if {$PgAcVar(permission,update)} {
sql_exec noquiet "GRANT UPDATE on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" to $PgAcVar(permission,username)"
}
if {$PgAcVar(permission,rule)} {
sql_exec noquiet "GRANT RULE on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" to $PgAcVar(permission,username)"
}
refreshTableInformation
}
proc {clusterIndex} {} {
global PgAcVar
set sel [.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb curselection]
if {$sel == ""} {
showError [intlmsg "You have to select an index!"]
return
}
bell
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:TableInfo -message [format [intlmsg "You choose to cluster index\n\n %s \n\nAll other indices will be lost!\nProceed?"] [.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb get $sel]] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} {return}
if {[sql_exec noquiet "cluster \"[.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb get $sel]\" on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\""]} {
refreshTableInformation
}
}
proc {get_tag_info} {wn itemid prefix} {
set taglist [$wn.c itemcget $itemid -tags]
set i [lsearch -glob $taglist $prefix*]
set thetag [lindex $taglist $i]
return [string range $thetag 1 end]
}
proc {dragMove} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
set dlo ""
catch { set dlo $PgAcVar(draglocation,obj) }
if {$dlo != ""} {
set dx [expr $x - $PgAcVar(draglocation,x)]
set dy [expr $y - $PgAcVar(draglocation,y)]
$w move $dlo $dx $dy
set PgAcVar(draglocation,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draglocation,y) $y
}
}
proc {dragStart} {wn w x y} {
global PgAcVar
PgAcVar:clean draglocation,*
set object [$w find closest $x $y]
if {[lsearch [$wn.c gettags $object] movable]==-1} return;
$wn.c bind movable <Leave> {}
set PgAcVar(draglocation,obj) $object
set PgAcVar(draglocation,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draglocation,y) $y
set PgAcVar(draglocation,start) $x
}
proc {dragStop} {wn w x y} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
set dlo ""
catch { set dlo $PgAcVar(draglocation,obj) }
if {$dlo != ""} {
$wn.c bind movable <Leave> "$wn configure -cursor left_ptr"
$wn configure -cursor left_ptr
set ctr [get_tag_info $wn $PgAcVar(draglocation,obj) v]
set diff [expr $x-$PgAcVar(draglocation,start)]
if {$diff==0} return;
set newcw {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr i} {
if {$i==$ctr} {
lappend newcw [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $i]+$diff]
} else {
lappend newcw [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $i]
}
}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $newcw
$wn.c itemconfigure c$ctr -width [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $ctr]-5]
drawHeaders $wn
drawHorizontalLines $wn
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,crtrow)!=""} {showRecord $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,crtrow)}
for {set i [expr $ctr+1]} {$i<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr i} {
$wn.c move c$i $diff 0
}
setCursor CLOCK
sql_exec quiet "update pga_layout set colwidth='$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth)' where tablename='$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_name)'"
setCursor DEFAULT
}
}
proc {canvasClick} {wn x y} {
global PgAcVar
if {![finishEdit $wn]} return
# Determining row
for {set row 0} {$row<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)} {incr row} {
if {[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $row]>$y} break
}
incr row -1
if {$y>[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum)]} {set row $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum)}
if {$row<0} return
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited) $row
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,crtrow) $row
showRecord $wn $row
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,errorsavingnew)} return
# Determining column
set posx [expr -$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)]
set col 0
foreach cw $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) {
incr posx [expr $cw+2]
if {$x<$posx} break
incr col
}
set itlist [$wn.c find withtag r$row]
foreach item $itlist {
if {[get_tag_info $wn $item c]==$col} {
startEdit $wn $item $x $y
break
}
}
}
proc {deleteRecord} {wn} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {!$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} return;
if {![finishEdit $wn]} return;
set taglist [$wn.c gettags hili]
if {[llength $taglist]==0} return;
set rowtag [lindex $taglist [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^r"]]
set row [string range $rowtag 1 end]
set oid [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,keylist) $row]
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg "FINAL WARNING"] -icon question -parent $wn -message [intlmsg "Delete current record ?"] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
if {[sql_exec noquiet "delete from \"$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,tablename)\" where oid=$oid"]} {
$wn.c delete hili
}
}
proc {drawHeaders} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
$wn.c delete header
set posx [expr 5-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)]
for {set i 0} {$i<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr i} {
set xf [expr $posx+[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $i]]
$wn.c create rectangle $posx 1 $xf 22 -fill #CCCCCC -outline "" -width 0 -tags header
$wn.c create text [expr $posx+[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $i]*1.0/2] 14 -text [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames) $i] -tags header -fill navy -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
$wn.c create line $posx 22 [expr $xf-1] 22 -fill #AAAAAA -tags header
$wn.c create line [expr $xf-1] 5 [expr $xf-1] 22 -fill #AAAAAA -tags header
$wn.c create line [expr $xf+1] 5 [expr $xf+1] 22 -fill white -tags header
$wn.c create line $xf -15000 $xf 15000 -fill #CCCCCC -tags [subst {header movable v$i}]
set posx [expr $xf+2]
}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,r_edge) $posx
$wn.c bind movable <Button-1> "Tables::dragStart $wn %W %x %y"
$wn.c bind movable <B1-Motion> {Tables::dragMove %W %x %y}
$wn.c bind movable <ButtonRelease-1> "Tables::dragStop $wn %W %x %y"
$wn.c bind movable <Enter> "$wn configure -cursor left_side"
$wn.c bind movable <Leave> "$wn configure -cursor left_ptr"
}
proc {drawHorizontalLines} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
$wn.c delete hgrid
set posx 10
for {set j 0} {$j<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr j} {
set ledge($j) $posx
incr posx [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $j]+2]
set textwidth($j) [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $j]-5]
}
incr posx -6
for {set i 0} {$i<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)} {incr i} {
$wn.c create line [expr -$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) [expr $i+1]] [expr $posx-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) [expr $i+1]] -fill gray -tags [subst {hgrid g$i}]
}
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} {
set i $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)
set posy [expr 14+[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)]]
$wn.c create line [expr -$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] $posy [expr $posx-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] $posy -fill gray -tags [subst {hgrid g$i}]
}
}
proc {drawNewRecord} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
set posx [expr 10-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)]
set posy [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum)]
if {$PgAcVar(pref,tvfont)=="helv"} {
set tvfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
} else {
set tvfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix)
}
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} {
for {set j 0} {$j<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr j} {
$wn.c create text $posx $posy -text * -tags [subst {r$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs) c$j q new unt}] -anchor nw -font $tvfont -width [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $j]-5]
incr posx [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $j]+2]
}
incr posy 14
$wn.c create line [expr -$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] $posy [expr $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,r_edge)-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] $posy -fill gray -tags [subst {hgrid g$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)}]
}
}
proc {editMove} { wn {distance 1} {position end} } {
global PgAcVar
# This routine moves the cursor some relative distance
# from one cell being editted to another cell in the table.
# Typical distances are 1, +1, $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount), and
# -$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount). Position is where
# the cursor will be placed within the cell. The valid
# positions are 0 and end.
# get the current row and column
set current_cell_id $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited)
set tags [$wn.c gettags $current_cell_id]
regexp {r([0-9]+)} $tags match crow
regexp {c([0-9]+)} $tags match ccol
# calculate next row and column
set colcount $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)
set ccell [expr ($crow * $colcount) + $ccol]
set ncell [expr $ccell + $distance]
set nrow [expr $ncell / $colcount]
set ncol [expr $ncell % $colcount]
# find the row of the next cell
if {$distance < 0} {
set row_increment -1
} else {
set row_increment 1
}
set id_tuple [$wn.c find withtag r$nrow]
# skip over deleted rows...
while {[llength $id_tuple] == 0} {
# case above first row of table
if {$nrow < 0} {
return
# case at or beyond last row of table
} elseif {$nrow >= $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)} {
if {![insertNewRecord $wn]} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,errorsavingnew) 1
return
}
set id_tuple [$wn.c find withtag r$nrow]
break
}
incr nrow $row_increment
set id_tuple [$wn.c find withtag r$nrow]
}
# find the widget id of the next cell
set next_cell_id [lindex [lsort -integer $id_tuple] $ncol]
if {[string compare $next_cell_id {}] == 0} {
set next_cell_id [$wn.c find withtag $current_cell_id]
}
# make sure that the new cell is in the visible window
set toprec $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec)
set numscreenrecs [getVisibleRecordsCount $wn]
if {$nrow < $toprec} {
# case nrow above visable window
scrollWindow $wn moveto \
[expr $nrow *[recordSizeInScrollbarUnits $wn]]
} elseif {$nrow > ($toprec + $numscreenrecs - 1)} {
# case nrow below visable window
scrollWindow $wn moveto \
[expr ($nrow - $numscreenrecs + 2) * [recordSizeInScrollbarUnits $wn]]
}
# I need to find a better way to pan -kk
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} [$wn.c bbox $next_cell_id] {break}
while {$x1 <= $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)} {
panRight $wn
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} [$wn.c bbox $next_cell_id] {break}
}
set rightedge [expr $x1 + [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $ncol]]
while {$rightedge > ($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset) + [winfo width $wn.c])} {
panLeft $wn
}
# move to the next cell
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} [$wn.c bbox $next_cell_id] {break}
switch -exact -- $position {
0 {
canvasClick $wn [incr x1 ] [incr y1 ]
}
end -
default {
canvasClick $wn [incr x2 -1] [incr y2 -1]
}
}
}
proc {editText} {wn c k} {
global PgAcVar
set bbin [$wn.c bbox r$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)]
switch $k {
BackSpace { set dp [expr [$wn.c index $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) insert]-1];if {$dp>=0} {$wn.c dchars $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) $dp $dp; set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 1}}
Home {$wn.c icursor $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) 0}
End {$wn.c icursor $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) end}
Left {
set position [expr [$wn.c index $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) insert]-1]
if {$position < 0} {
editMove $wn -1 end
return
}
$wn.c icursor $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) $position
}
Delete {}
Right {
set position [expr [$wn.c index $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) insert]+1]
if {$position > [$wn.c index $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) end] } {
editMove $wn 1 0
return
}
$wn.c icursor $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) $position
}
Return -
Tab {editMove $wn; return}
ISO_Left_Tab {editMove $wn -1; return}
Up {editMove $wn -$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount); return }
Down {editMove $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount); return }
Escape {set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 0; $wn.c itemconfigure $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) -text $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value); $wn.c focus {}}
default {if {[string compare $c " "]>-1} {$wn.c insert $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) insert $c;set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 1}}
}
set bbout [$wn.c bbox r$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)]
set dy [expr [lindex $bbout 3]-[lindex $bbin 3]]
if {$dy==0} return
set re $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)
$wn.c move g$re 0 $dy
for {set i [expr 1+$re]} {$i<=$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)} {incr i} {
$wn.c move r$i 0 $dy
$wn.c move g$i 0 $dy
set rh [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $i]
incr rh $dy
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) [lreplace $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $i $i $rh]
}
showRecord $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)
# Delete is trapped by window interpreted as record delete
# Delete {$wn.c dchars $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) insert insert; set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 1}
}
proc {finishEdit} {wn} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
# User has edited the text ?
if {!$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec)} {
# No, unfocus text
$wn.c focus {}
# For restoring * to the new record position
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited)!=""} {
if {[lsearch [$wn.c gettags $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited)] new]!=-1} {
$wn.c itemconfigure $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) -text $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value)
}
}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) {};set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value) {}
return 1
}
# Trimming the spaces
set fldval [string trim [$wn.c itemcget $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) -text]]
$wn.c itemconfigure $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) -text $fldval
if {[string compare $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value) $fldval]==0} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 0
$wn.c focus {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) {};set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value) {}
return 1
}
setCursor CLOCK
set oid [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,keylist) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)]
set fld [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames) [get_tag_info $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) c]]
set fillcolor black
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)==$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum)} {
set fillcolor red
set sfp [lsearch $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) "\"$fld\""]
if {$sfp>-1} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) [lreplace $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) $sfp $sfp]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_values) [lreplace $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_values) $sfp $sfp]
}
lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) "\"$fld\""
lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_values) '$fldval'
# Remove the untouched tag from the object
$wn.c dtag $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) unt
$wn.c itemconfigure $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) -fill red
set retval 1
} else {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) "Updating record ..."
after 1000 "set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) {}"
regsub -all ' $fldval \\' sqlfldval
#FIXME rjr 4/29/1999 special case null so it can be entered into tables
#really need to write a tcl sqlquote proc which quotes the string only
#if necessary, so it can be used all over pgaccess, instead of explicit 's
if {$sqlfldval == "null"} {
set retval [sql_exec noquiet "update \"$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,tablename)\" \
set \"$fld\"= null where oid=$oid"]
} else {
set retval [sql_exec noquiet "update \"$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,tablename)\" \
set \"$fld\"='$sqlfldval' where oid=$oid"]
}
}
setCursor DEFAULT
if {!$retval} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) ""
focus $wn.c
return 0
}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 0
$wn.c focus {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) {};set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value) {}
return 1
}
proc {loadLayout} {wn layoutname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
setCursor CLOCK
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_name) $layoutname
catch {unset PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames) PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth)}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_found) 0
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "select *,oid from pga_layout where tablename='$layoutname' order by oid desc"]
set pgs [pg_result $pgres -status]
if {$pgs!="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
# Probably table pga_layout isn't yet defined
sql_exec noquiet "create table pga_layout (tablename varchar(64),nrcols int2,colnames text,colwidth text)"
sql_exec quiet "grant ALL on pga_layout to PUBLIC"
} else {
set nrlay [pg_result $pgres -numTuples]
if {$nrlay>=1} {
set layoutinfo [pg_result $pgres -getTuple 0]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) [lindex $layoutinfo 1]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames) [lindex $layoutinfo 2]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) [lindex $layoutinfo 3]
set goodoid [lindex $layoutinfo 4]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_found) 1
}
if {$nrlay>1} {
showError "Multiple ($nrlay) layout info found\n\nPlease report the bug!"
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_layout where (tablename='$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,tablename)') and (oid<>$goodoid)"
}
}
pg_result $pgres -clear
}
proc {panLeft} {wn } {
global PgAcVar
if {![finishEdit $wn]} return;
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol)==[expr $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)-1]} return;
set diff [expr 2+[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol)]]
incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol)
incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset) $diff
$wn.c move header -$diff 0
$wn.c move q -$diff 0
$wn.c move hgrid -$diff 0
}
proc {panRight} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
if {![finishEdit $wn]} return;
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol)==0} return;
incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol) -1
set diff [expr 2+[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol)]]
incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset) -$diff
$wn.c move header $diff 0
$wn.c move q $diff 0
$wn.c move hgrid $diff 0
}
proc {insertNewRecord} {wn} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {![finishEdit $wn]} {return 0}
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields)==""} {return 1}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) "Saving new record ..."
after 1000 "set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) {}"
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "insert into \"$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,tablename)\" ([join $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) ,]) values ([join $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_values) ,])" ]
if {[pg_result $pgres -status]!="PGRES_COMMAND_OK"} {
set errmsg [pg_result $pgres -error]
showError "[intlmsg {Error inserting new record}]\n\n$errmsg"
return 0
}
set oid [pg_result $pgres -oid]
lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,keylist) $oid
pg_result $pgres -clear
# Get bounds of the last record
set lrbb [$wn.c bbox new]
lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) [lindex $lrbb 3]
$wn.c itemconfigure new -fill black
$wn.c dtag q new
# Replace * from untouched new row elements with " "
foreach item [$wn.c find withtag unt] {
$wn.c itemconfigure $item -text " "
}
$wn.c dtag q unt
incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum)
incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)
drawNewRecord $wn
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_values) {}
return 1
}
proc {scrollWindow} {wn par1 args} {
global PgAcVar
if {![finishEdit $wn]} return;
if {$par1=="scroll"} {
set newtop $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec)
if {[lindex $args 1]=="units"} {
incr newtop [lindex $args 0]
} else {
incr newtop [expr [lindex $args 0]*25]
if {$newtop<0} {set newtop 0}
if {$newtop>=[expr $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)-1]} {set newtop [expr $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)-1]}
}
} elseif {$par1=="moveto"} {
set newtop [expr int([lindex $args 0]*$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs))]
} else {
return
}
if {$newtop<0} return;
if {$newtop>=[expr $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)-1]} return;
set dy [expr [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec)]-[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $newtop]]
$wn.c move q 0 $dy
$wn.c move hgrid 0 $dy
set newrowy {}
foreach y $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) {lappend newrowy [expr $y+$dy]}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $newrowy
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec) $newtop
setScrollbar $wn
}
proc {initVariables} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_values) {}
}
proc {selectRecords} {wn sql} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {![finishEdit $wn]} return;
initVariables $wn
$wn.c delete q
$wn.c delete header
$wn.c delete hgrid
$wn.c delete new
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftcol) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,crtrow) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) [intlmsg "Accessing data. Please wait ..."]
catch {$wn.f1.b1 configure -state disabled}
setCursor CLOCK
set is_error 1
if {[sql_exec noquiet "BEGIN"]} {
if {[sql_exec noquiet "declare mycursor cursor for $sql"]} {
set pgres [wpg_exec $CurrentDB "fetch $PgAcVar(pref,rows) in mycursor"]
if {$PgAcVar(pgsql,status)=="PGRES_TUPLES_OK"} {
set is_error 0
}
}
}
if {$is_error} {
sql_exec quiet "END"
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) {}
catch {$wn.f1.b1 configure -state normal}
setCursor DEFAULT
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) "Error executing : $sql"
return
}
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} then {set shift 1} else {set shift 0}
#
# checking at least the numer of fields
set attrlist [pg_result $pgres -lAttributes]
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_found)} then {
if { ($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) != [expr [llength $attrlist]-$shift]) ||
($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) != [llength $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames)]) ||
($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) != [llength $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth)]) } then {
# No. of columns don't match, something is wrong
# tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Information] -message "Layout info changed !\nRescanning..."
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_found) 0
sql_exec quiet "delete from pga_layout where tablename='$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_name)'"
}
}
# Always take the col. names from the result
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) [llength $attrlist]
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} then {incr PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount) -1}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames) {}
# In defPgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) prepare PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) (in case that not layout_found)
set defPgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr i} {
lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames) [lindex [lindex $attrlist [expr {$i+$shift}]] 0]
lappend defPgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) 150
}
if {!$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_found)} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $defPgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth)
sql_exec quiet "insert into pga_layout values ('$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_name)',$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount),'$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colnames)','$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth)')"
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,layout_found) 1
}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs) [pg_result $pgres -numTuples]
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)>$PgAcVar(pref,rows)} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) "Only first $PgAcVar(pref,rows) records from $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs) have been loaded"
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs) $PgAcVar(pref,rows)
}
set tagoid {}
if {$PgAcVar(pref,tvfont)=="helv"} {
set tvfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
} else {
set tvfont $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix)
}
# Computing column's left edge
set posx 10
for {set j 0} {$j<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr j} {
set ledge($j) $posx
incr posx [expr {[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $j]+2}]
set textwidth($j) [expr {[lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) $j]-5}]
}
incr posx -6
set posy 24
drawHeaders $wn
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatekey) oid
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,keylist) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) {24}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) "Loading maximum $PgAcVar(pref,rows) records ..."
set wupdatable $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)
for {set i 0} {$i<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)} {incr i} {
set curtup [pg_result $pgres -getTuple $i]
if {$wupdatable} then {lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,keylist) [lindex $curtup 0]}
for {set j 0} {$j<$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colcount)} {incr j} {
$wn.c create text $ledge($j) $posy -text [lindex $curtup [expr {$j+$shift}]] -tags [subst {r$i c$j q}] -anchor nw -font $tvfont -width $textwidth($j) -fill black
}
set bb [$wn.c bbox r$i]
incr posy [expr {[lindex $bb 3]-[lindex $bb 1]}]
lappend PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $posy
$wn.c create line 0 [lindex $bb 3] $posx [lindex $bb 3] -fill gray -tags [subst {hgrid g$i}]
if {$i==25} {update; update idletasks}
}
after 3000 "set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg) {}"
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum) $i
# Defining position for input data
drawNewRecord $wn
pg_result $pgres -clear
sql_exec quiet "END"
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec) 0
setScrollbar $wn
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} then {
$wn.c bind q <Key> "Tables::editText $wn %A %K"
} else {
$wn.c bind q <Key> {}
}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 0
$wn.c raise header
catch {$wn.f1.b1 configure -state normal}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc recordSizeInScrollbarUnits {wn} {
# record size in scrollbar units
global PgAcVar
return [expr 1.0/$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)]
}
proc getVisibleRecordsCount {wn} {
# number of records that fit in the window at its current size
expr [winfo height $wn.c]/14
}
proc {setScrollbar} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)==0} return;
# Fixes problem of window resizing messing up the scrollbar size.
set record_size [recordSizeInScrollbarUnits $wn];
$wn.sb set [expr $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec)*$record_size] \
[expr ($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,toprec)+[getVisibleRecordsCount $wn])*$record_size]
}
proc {refreshRecords} {wn} {
global PgAcVar
set nq $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query)
if {($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,isaquery)) && ("$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter)$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield)"!="")} {
showError [intlmsg "Sorting and filtering not (yet) available from queries!\n\nPlease enter them in the query definition!"]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter) {}
} else {
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter)!=""} {
set nq "$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query) where ($PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter))"
} else {
set nq $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query)
}
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield)!=""} {
set nq "$nq order by $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield)"
}
}
if {[insertNewRecord $wn]} {selectRecords $wn $nq}
}
proc {showRecord} {wn row} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,errorsavingnew) 0
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,newrec_fields)!=""} {
if {$row!=$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,last_rownum)} {
if {![insertNewRecord $wn]} {
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,errorsavingnew) 1
return
}
}
}
set y1 [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) $row]
set y2 [lindex $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,rowy) [expr $row+1]]
if {$y2==""} {set y2 [expr $y1+14]}
$wn.c dtag hili hili
$wn.c addtag hili withtag r$row
# Making a rectangle arround the record
set x 3
foreach wi $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,colwidth) {incr x [expr $wi+2]}
$wn.c delete crtrec
$wn.c create rectangle [expr -1-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] $y1 [expr $x-$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,leftoffset)] $y2 -fill #EEEEEE -outline {} -tags {q crtrec}
$wn.c lower crtrec
}
proc {startEdit} {wn id x y} {
global PgAcVar
if {!$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable)} return
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) $id
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,text_initial_value) [$wn.c itemcget $id -text]
focus $wn.c
$wn.c focus $id
$wn.c icursor $id @$x,$y
if {$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,row_edited)==$PgAcVar(mw,$wn,nrecs)} {
if {[$wn.c itemcget $id -text]=="*"} {
$wn.c itemconfigure $id -text ""
$wn.c icursor $id 0
}
}
}
proc {canvasPaste} {wn x y} {
global PgAcVar
$wn.c insert $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) insert [selection get]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 1
}
proc {getNewWindowName} {} {
global PgAcVar
incr PgAcVar(mwcount)
return .pgaw:$PgAcVar(mwcount)
}
proc {createWindow} {{base ""}} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:$PgAcVar(mwcount)
set included 0
} else {
set included 1
}
set wn $base
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,dirtyrec) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,id_edited) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter) {}
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield) {}
if {! $included} {
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 650x400
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 650 400
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Table"]
}
bind $base <Key-Delete> "Tables::deleteRecord $wn"
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load tables"
if {! $included} {
frame $base.f1 -borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f1.l1 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Sort field}]
entry $base.f1.e1 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 14 -highlightthickness 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(mw,$wn,sortfield)
bind $base.f1.e1 <Key-Return> "Tables::refreshRecords $wn"
bind $base.f1.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> "Tables::refreshRecords $wn"
label $base.f1.lb1 -borderwidth 0 -text { }
label $base.f1.l2 -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Filter conditions}]
entry $base.f1.e2 -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(mw,$wn,filter)
bind $base.f1.e2 <Key-Return> "Tables::refreshRecords $wn"
bind $base.f1.e2 <Key-KP_Enter> "Tables::refreshRecords $wn"
button $base.f1.b1 -borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg Close] -command "
if {\[Tables::insertNewRecord $wn\]} {
$wn.c delete rows
$wn.c delete header
Window destroy $wn
PgAcVar:clean mw,$wn,*
}"
button $base.f1.b2 -borderwidth 1 -text [intlmsg Reload] -command "Tables::refreshRecords $wn"
}
frame $base.frame20 -borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.frame20.01 -borderwidth 1 -text < -command "Tables::panRight $wn"
label $base.frame20.02 -anchor w -borderwidth 1 -height 1 -relief sunken -text {} -textvariable PgAcVar(mw,$wn,msg)
button $base.frame20.03 -borderwidth 1 -text > -command "Tables::panLeft $wn"
canvas $base.c -background #fefefe -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -highlightthickness 0 -relief ridge -selectborderwidth 0 -takefocus 1 -width 295
scrollbar $base.sb -borderwidth 1 -orient vert -width 12 -command "Tables::scrollWindow $wn"
bind $base.c <Button-1> "Tables::canvasClick $wn %x %y"
bind $base.c <Button-2> "Tables::canvasPaste $wn %x %y"
bind $base.c <Button-3> "if {[Tables::finishEdit $wn]} \"Tables::insertNewRecord $wn\""
# Prevent Tab from moving focus out of canvas widget
bind $base.c <Tab> break
if {! $included} {
pack $base.f1 -in $wn -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
pack $base.f1.l1 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.e1 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.lb1 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.l2 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.e2 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.b1 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.f1.b2 -in $wn.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
pack $base.frame20 -in $wn -anchor s -expand 0 -fill x -side bottom
pack $base.frame20.01 -in $wn.frame20 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.frame20.02 -in $wn.frame20 -anchor center -expand 1 -fill x -side left
pack $base.frame20.03 -in $wn.frame20 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.c -in $wn -anchor w -expand 1 -fill both -side left
pack $base.sb -in $wn -anchor e -expand 0 -fill y -side right
}
proc {renameColumn} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {[string length [string trim $PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)]]==0} {
showError [intlmsg "Field name not entered!"]
return
}
set old_name [string trim [string range $PgAcVar(tblinfo,old_cn) 0 31]]
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn) [string trim $PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)]
if {$old_name == $PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)} {
showError [intlmsg "New name is the same as the old one!"]
return
}
foreach line [.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb get 0 end] {
if {[string trim [string range $line 0 31]]==$PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)} {
showError [format [intlmsg {Column name '%s' already exists in this table!}] $PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)]
return
}
}
if {[sql_exec noquiet "alter table \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" rename column \"$old_name\" to \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)\""]} {
refreshTableInformation
Window destroy .pgaw:RenameField
}
}
proc {addNewIndex} {} {
global PgAcVar
set iflds [.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb curselection]
if {$iflds==""} {
showError [intlmsg "You have to select index fields!"]
return
}
set ifldslist {}
foreach i $iflds {lappend ifldslist "\"[string trim [string range [.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb get $i] 0 32]]\""}
set PgAcVar(addindex,indexname) $PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)_[join $ifldslist _]
# Replace the quotes with underlines
regsub -all {"} $PgAcVar(addindex,indexname) {_} PgAcVar(addindex,indexname)
# Replace the double underlines
while {[regsub -all {__} $PgAcVar(addindex,indexname) {_} PgAcVar(addindex,indexname)]} {}
# Replace the final underline
regsub -all {_$} $PgAcVar(addindex,indexname) {} PgAcVar(addindex,indexname)
set PgAcVar(addindex,indexfields) [join $ifldslist ,]
Window show .pgaw:AddIndex
wm transient .pgaw:AddIndex .pgaw:TableInfo
}
proc {deleteIndex} {} {
global PgAcVar
set sel [.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb curselection]
if {$sel == ""} {
showError [intlmsg "You have to select an index!"]
return
}
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:TableInfo -message [format [intlmsg "You choose to delete index\n\n %s \n\nProceed?"] [.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb get $sel]] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} {return}
if {[sql_exec noquiet "drop index \"[.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb get $sel]\""]} {
refreshTableInformation
}
}
proc {createNewIndex} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(addindex,indexname)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "Index name cannot be null!"]
return
}
setCursor CLOCK
if {[sql_exec noquiet "CREATE $PgAcVar(addindex,unique) INDEX \"$PgAcVar(addindex,indexname)\" on \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" ($PgAcVar(addindex,indexfields))"]} {
setCursor DEFAULT
Window destroy .pgaw:AddIndex
refreshTableInformation
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {showIndexInformation} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
set cs [.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb curselection]
if {$cs==""} return
set idxname [.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb get $cs]
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select pg_index.*,pg_class.oid from pg_index,pg_class where pg_class.relname='$idxname' and pg_class.oid=pg_index.indexrelid" rec {
if {$rec(indisunique)=="t"} {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,isunique) [intlmsg Yes]
} else {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,isunique) [intlmsg No]
}
if {$rec(indisclustered)=="t"} {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,isclustered) [intlmsg Yes]
} else {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,isclustered) [intlmsg No]
}
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) {}
.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.lb delete 0 end
foreach field $rec(indkey) {
if {$field!=0} {
# wpg_select $CurrentDB "select attname from pg_attribute where attrelid=$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tableoid) and attnum=$field" rec1 {
# set PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) "$PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) $rec1(attname)"
# }
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) "$PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) $PgAcVar(tblinfo,f$field)"
.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.lb insert end $PgAcVar(tblinfo,f$field)
}
}
}
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields) [string trim $PgAcVar(tblinfo,indexfields)]
}
proc {addNewColumn} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(addfield,name)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "Empty field name ?"]
focus .pgaw:AddField.e1
return
}
if {$PgAcVar(addfield,type)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "No field type ?"]
focus .pgaw:AddField.e2
return
}
if {![sql_exec quiet "alter table \"$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)\" add column \"$PgAcVar(addfield,name)\" $PgAcVar(addfield,type)"]} {
showError "[intlmsg {Cannot add column}]\n\n$PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg)"
return
}
Window destroy .pgaw:AddField
sql_exec quiet "update pga_layout set colnames=colnames || ' {$PgAcVar(addfield,name)}', colwidth=colwidth || ' 150',nrcols=nrcols+1 where tablename='$PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename)'"
refreshTableInformation
}
proc {newtable:add_new_field} {} {
global PgAcVar
if {$PgAcVar(nt,fieldname)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "Enter a field name"]
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e2
return
}
if {$PgAcVar(nt,fldtype)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "The field type is not specified!"]
return
}
if {($PgAcVar(nt,fldtype)=="varchar")&&($PgAcVar(nt,fldsize)=="")} {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e3
showError [intlmsg "You must specify field size!"]
return
}
if {$PgAcVar(nt,fldsize)==""} then {set sup ""} else {set sup "($PgAcVar(nt,fldsize))"}
if {[regexp $PgAcVar(nt,fldtype) "varchartextdatetime"]} {set supc "'"} else {set supc ""}
# Don't put the ' arround default value if it contains the now() function
if {([regexp $PgAcVar(nt,fldtype) "datetime"]) && ([regexp now $PgAcVar(nt,defaultval)])} {set supc ""}
# Clear the notnull attribute if field type is serial
if {$PgAcVar(nt,fldtype)=="serial"} {set PgAcVar(nt,notnull) " "}
if {$PgAcVar(nt,defaultval)==""} then {set sup2 ""} else {set sup2 " DEFAULT $supc$PgAcVar(nt,defaultval)$supc"}
# Checking for field name collision
set inspos end
for {set i 0} {$i<[.pgaw:NewTable.lb size]} {incr i} {
set linie [.pgaw:NewTable.lb get $i]
if {$PgAcVar(nt,fieldname)==[string trim [string range $linie 2 33]]} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -parent .pgaw:NewTable -message [format [intlmsg "There is another field with the same name: '%s'!\n\nReplace it ?"] $PgAcVar(nt,fieldname)] -type yesno -default yes]=="no"} return
.pgaw:NewTable.lb delete $i
set inspos $i
break
}
}
.pgaw:NewTable.lb insert $inspos [format "%1s %-32.32s %-14s%-16s" $PgAcVar(nt,primarykey) $PgAcVar(nt,fieldname) $PgAcVar(nt,fldtype)$sup $sup2$PgAcVar(nt,notnull)]
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e2
set PgAcVar(nt,fieldname) {}
set PgAcVar(nt,fldsize) {}
set PgAcVar(nt,defaultval) {}
set PgAcVar(nt,primarykey) " "
}
proc {newtable:create} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {$PgAcVar(nt,tablename)==""} then {
showError [intlmsg "You must supply a name for your table!"]
focus .pgaw:NewTable.etabn
return
}
if {[.pgaw:NewTable.lb size]==0} then {
showError [intlmsg "Your table has no fields!"]
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e2
return
}
set fl {}
set pkf {}
foreach line [.pgaw:NewTable.lb get 0 end] {
set fldname "\"[string trim [string range $line 2 33]]\""
lappend fl "$fldname [string trim [string range $line 35 end]]"
if {[string range $line 0 0]=="*"} {
lappend pkf "$fldname"
}
}
set temp "create table \"$PgAcVar(nt,tablename)\" ([join $fl ,]"
if {$PgAcVar(nt,constraint)!=""} then {set temp "$temp, constraint \"$PgAcVar(nt,constraint)\""}
if {$PgAcVar(nt,check)!=""} then {set temp "$temp check ($PgAcVar(nt,check))"}
if {[llength $pkf]>0} then {set temp "$temp, primary key([join $pkf ,])"}
set temp "$temp)"
if {$PgAcVar(nt,inherits)!=""} then {set temp "$temp inherits ($PgAcVar(nt,inherits))"}
setCursor CLOCK
if {[sql_exec noquiet $temp]} {
Window destroy .pgaw:NewTable
Mainlib::cmd_Tables
}
setCursor DEFAULT
}
proc {tabSelect} {i} {
global PgAcVar
set base .pgaw:TableInfo
foreach tab {0 1 2 3} {
if {$i == $tab} {
place $base.l$tab -y 13
place $base.f$tab -x 15 -y 45
$base.l$tab configure -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)
} else {
place $base.l$tab -y 15
place $base.f$tab -x 15 -y 500
$base.l$tab configure -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
}
}
array set coord [place info $base.l$i]
place $base.lline -x [expr {1+$coord(-x)}]
}
}
#################### END OF NAMESPACE TABLES ####################
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:NewTable {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:NewTable
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 634x392+78+181
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Create new table"]
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load new_table"
entry $base.etabn \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(nt,tablename)
bind $base.etabn <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.einh
}
label $base.li \
-anchor w -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Inherits]
entry $base.einh \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(nt,inherits)
bind $base.einh <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e2
}
button $base.binh \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {if {[winfo exists .pgaw:NewTable.ddf]} {
destroy .pgaw:NewTable.ddf
} else {
create_drop_down .pgaw:NewTable 386 23 220
focus .pgaw:NewTable.ddf.sb
foreach tbl [Database::getTablesList] {.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb insert end $tbl}
bind .pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
set i [.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb curselection]
if {$i!=""} {
if {$PgAcVar(nt,inherits)==""} {
set PgAcVar(nt,inherits) "\"[.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb get $i]\""
} else {
set PgAcVar(nt,inherits) "$PgAcVar(nt,inherits),\"[.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb get $i]\""
}
}
if {$i!=""} {focus .pgaw:NewTable.e2}
destroy .pgaw:NewTable.ddf
break
}
}} \
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -image dnarw
entry $base.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(nt,fieldname)
bind $base.e2 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e1
}
entry $base.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(nt,fldtype)
bind $base.e1 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e5
}
entry $base.e3 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(nt,fldsize)
bind $base.e3 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e5
}
entry $base.e5 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-textvariable PgAcVar(nt,defaultval)
bind $base.e5 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:NewTable.cb1
}
checkbutton $base.cb1 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-offvalue { } -onvalue { NOT NULL} -text [intlmsg {field cannot be null}] \
-variable PgAcVar(nt,notnull)
label $base.lab1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg type]
label $base.lab2 \
-borderwidth 0 -anchor w -text [intlmsg {field name}]
label $base.lab3 \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg size]
label $base.lab4 \
-borderwidth 0 -anchor w -text [intlmsg {Default value}]
button $base.addfld \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::newtable:add_new_field \
-text [intlmsg {Add field}]
button $base.delfld \
-borderwidth 1 -command {catch {.pgaw:NewTable.lb delete [.pgaw:NewTable.lb curselection]}} \
-text [intlmsg {Delete field}]
button $base.emptb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:NewTable.lb delete 0 [.pgaw:NewTable.lb size]} \
-text [intlmsg {Delete all}]
button $base.maketbl \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::newtable:create \
-text [intlmsg Create]
listbox $base.lb \
-background #fefefe -foreground #000000 -borderwidth 1 \
-selectbackground #c3c3c3 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) \
-selectborderwidth 0 -yscrollcommand {.pgaw:NewTable.sb set}
bind $base.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
if {[.pgaw:NewTable.lb curselection]!=""} {
set fldname [string trim [lindex [split [.pgaw:NewTable.lb get [.pgaw:NewTable.lb curselection]]] 0]]
}
}
button $base.exitbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:NewTable} \
-text [intlmsg Cancel]
button $base.helpbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Help::load new_table} \
-text [intlmsg Help]
label $base.l1 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text " [intlmsg {field name}]"
label $base.l2 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg type]
label $base.l3 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg options]
scrollbar $base.sb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:NewTable.lb yview} -orient vert
label $base.l93 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Table name}]
button $base.mvup \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {if {[.pgaw:NewTable.lb size]>1} {
set i [.pgaw:NewTable.lb curselection]
if {($i!="")&&($i>0)} {
.pgaw:NewTable.lb insert [expr $i-1] [.pgaw:NewTable.lb get $i]
.pgaw:NewTable.lb delete [expr $i+1]
.pgaw:NewTable.lb selection set [expr $i-1]
}
}} \
-text [intlmsg {Move up}]
button $base.mvdn \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {if {[.pgaw:NewTable.lb size]>1} {
set i [.pgaw:NewTable.lb curselection]
if {($i!="")&&($i<[expr [.pgaw:NewTable.lb size]-1])} {
.pgaw:NewTable.lb insert [expr $i+2] [.pgaw:NewTable.lb get $i]
.pgaw:NewTable.lb delete $i
.pgaw:NewTable.lb selection set [expr $i+1]
}
}} \
-text [intlmsg {Move down}]
button $base.button17 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {
if {[winfo exists .pgaw:NewTable.ddf]} {
destroy .pgaw:NewTable.ddf
} else {
create_drop_down .pgaw:NewTable 291 80 97
focus .pgaw:NewTable.ddf.sb
.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb insert end char varchar text int2 int4 serial float4 float8 money abstime date datetime interval reltime time timespan timestamp boolean box circle line lseg path point polygon
bind .pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
set i [.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb curselection]
if {$i!=""} {set PgAcVar(nt,fldtype) [.pgaw:NewTable.ddf.lb get $i]}
destroy .pgaw:NewTable.ddf
if {$i!=""} {
if {[lsearch {char varchar} $PgAcVar(nt,fldtype)]==-1} {
set PgAcVar(nt,fldsize) {}
.pgaw:NewTable.e3 configure -state disabled
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e5
} else {
.pgaw:NewTable.e3 configure -state normal
focus .pgaw:NewTable.e3
}
}
break
}
}} \
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -image dnarw
label $base.lco \
-borderwidth 0 -anchor w -text [intlmsg Constraint]
entry $base.eco \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(nt,constraint)
label $base.lch \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg check]
entry $base.ech \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(nt,check)
label $base.ll \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised
checkbutton $base.pk \
-borderwidth 1 \
-offvalue { } -onvalue * -text [intlmsg {primary key}] -variable PgAcVar(nt,primarykey)
label $base.lpk \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text K
place $base.etabn \
-x 105 -y 5 -width 136 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.li \
-x 245 -y 7 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.einh \
-x 300 -y 5 -width 308 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.binh \
-x 590 -y 7 -width 16 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e2 \
-x 105 -y 60 -width 136 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e1 \
-x 291 -y 60 -width 98 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e3 \
-x 470 -y 60 -width 46 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e5 \
-x 105 -y 82 -width 136 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.cb1 \
-x 245 -y 83 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lab1 \
-x 247 -y 62 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lab2 \
-x 4 -y 62 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lab3 \
-x 400 -y 62 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lab4 \
-x 5 -y 84 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.addfld \
-x 530 -y 58 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.delfld \
-x 530 -y 190 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.emptb \
-x 530 -y 220 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.maketbl \
-x 530 -y 365 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lb \
-x 4 -y 121 -width 506 -height 269 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.helpbtn \
-x 530 -y 305 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.exitbtn \
-x 530 -y 335 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l1 \
-x 18 -y 105 -width 195 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l2 \
-x 213 -y 105 -width 88 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l3 \
-x 301 -y 105 -width 225 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.sb \
-x 509 -y 121 -width 18 -height 269 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l93 \
-x 4 -y 7 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.mvup \
-x 530 -y 120 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.mvdn \
-x 530 -y 150 -width 100 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.button17 \
-x 371 -y 62 -width 16 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lco \
-x 5 -y 28 -width 58 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.eco \
-x 105 -y 27 -width 136 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lch \
-x 245 -y 30 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ech \
-x 300 -y 27 -width 308 -height 22 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ll \
-x 5 -y 53 -width 603 -height 2 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.pk \
-x 450 -y 83 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.lpk \
-x 4 -y 105 -width 14 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:TableInfo {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:TableInfo
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel \
-background #c7c3c7
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 522x398+152+135
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Table information"]
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load view_table_structure"
label $base.l0 \
-borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg General]
bind $base.l0 <Button-1> {
Tables::tabSelect 0
}
label $base.l1 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg Columns]
bind $base.l1 <Button-1> {
Tables::tabSelect 1
}
label $base.l2 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg Indexes]
bind $base.l2 <Button-1> {
Tables::tabSelect 2
}
label $base.l3 \
-borderwidth 1 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg Permissions]
bind $base.l3 <Button-1> {
Tables::tabSelect 3
}
label $base.l \
-relief raised
button $base.btnclose \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:TableInfo} \
-highlightthickness 0 -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Close]
frame $base.f1 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
frame $base.f1.ft \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f1.ft.t1 \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {field name}]
label $base.f1.ft.t2 \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg type] -width 12
label $base.f1.ft.t3 \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg size] -width 6
label $base.f1.ft.lnn \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {not null}] -width 18
label $base.f1.ft.ls \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text { }
frame $base.f1.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.f1.fb.addcolbtn \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {Window show .pgaw:AddField
set PgAcVar(addfield,name) {}
set PgAcVar(addfield,type) {}
wm transient .pgaw:AddField .pgaw:TableInfo
focus .pgaw:AddField.e1} \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Add new column}]
button $base.f1.fb.rencolbtn \
-borderwidth 1 \
-command {
if {[set PgAcVar(tblinfo,col_id) [.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb curselection]]==""} then {
bell
} else {
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,old_cn) [.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb get [.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb curselection]]
set PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn) {}
Window show .pgaw:RenameField
tkwait visibility .pgaw:RenameField
wm transient .pgaw:RenameField .pgaw:TableInfo
focus .pgaw:RenameField.e1
}
} \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Rename column}]
button $base.f1.fb.addidxbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::addNewIndex \
-padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Add new index}]
listbox $base.f1.lb \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) \
-highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-selectmode extended \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.vsb set}
scrollbar $base.f1.vsb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:TableInfo.f1.lb yview} -orient vert -width 14
frame $base.f2 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
frame $base.f2.fl \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 182
label $base.f2.fl.t \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {Indexes defined}]
button $base.f2.fl.delidxbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::deleteIndex \
-padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Delete index}]
listbox $base.f2.fl.ilb \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 \
-highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 -width 37 \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.vsb set}
bind $base.f2.fl.ilb <ButtonRelease-1> {
Tables::showIndexInformation
}
scrollbar $base.f2.fl.vsb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl.ilb yview} -orient vert -width 14
frame $base.f2.fr \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 526
label $base.f2.fr.t \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {index properties}]
button $base.f2.fr.clusterbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::clusterIndex \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Cluster index}]
frame $base.f2.fr.fp \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f2.fr.fp.lu \
-anchor w -borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Is unique ?}]
label $base.f2.fr.fp.vu \
-borderwidth 0 -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,isunique) \
-foreground #000096 -relief raised -text {}
label $base.f2.fr.fp.lc \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Is clustered ?}]
label $base.f2.fr.fp.vc -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,isclustered) \
-borderwidth 0 \
-foreground #000096 -relief raised -text {}
label $base.f2.fr.lic \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {index columns}]
listbox $base.f2.fr.lb \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 \
-highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.vsb set}
scrollbar $base.f2.fr.vsb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.lb yview} -orient vert -width 14
frame $base.f3 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
frame $base.f3.ft \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f3.ft.luser \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg {User name}]
label $base.f3.ft.lselect \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg select] -width 10
label $base.f3.ft.lupdate \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg update] -width 10
label $base.f3.ft.linsert \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg insert] -width 10
label $base.f3.ft.lrule \
-relief groove -text [intlmsg rule] -width 10
label $base.f3.ft.ls \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text { }
frame $base.f3.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.f3.fb.adduserbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::newPermissions \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Add user}]
button $base.f3.fb.chguserbtn -command Tables::loadPermissions \
-borderwidth 1 -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg {Change permissions}]
listbox $base.f3.plb \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_fix) \
-highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 \
-yscrollcommand {.pgaw:TableInfo.f3.vsb set}
bind $base.f3.plb <Double-1> Tables::loadPermissions
scrollbar $base.f3.vsb \
-borderwidth 1 -command {.pgaw:TableInfo.f3.plb yview} -orient vert -width 14
label $base.lline \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text { }
frame $base.f0 \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
frame $base.f0.fi \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f0.fi.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Table name}]
label $base.f0.fi.l2 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text {} -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,tablename) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fi.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Table OID}]
label $base.f0.fi.l4 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text {} -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,tableoid) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fi.l5 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg Owner]
label $base.f0.fi.l6 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text {} -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,owner) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fi.l7 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Owner ID}]
label $base.f0.fi.l8 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text {} -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,ownerid) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fi.l9 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Has primary key ?}]
label $base.f0.fi.l10 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text {} \
-textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,hasprimarykey) -width 200
label $base.f0.fi.l11 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Has rules ?}]
label $base.f0.fi.l12 \
-anchor w -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text {} -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,hasrules) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fi.last \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text { }
frame $base.f0.fs \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f0.fs.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Number of tuples}]
label $base.f0.fs.l2 \
-anchor e -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text 0 -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,numtuples) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fs.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text [intlmsg {Number of pages}]
label $base.f0.fs.l4 \
-anchor e -borderwidth 1 \
-relief sunken -text 0 -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,numpages) \
-width 200
label $base.f0.fs.last \
-borderwidth 0 \
-relief raised -text { }
label $base.f0.lstat \
-borderwidth 0 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) -relief raised \
-text " [intlmsg Statistics] "
label $base.f0.lid \
-borderwidth 0 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold) -relief raised \
-text " [intlmsg Identification] "
place $base.l0 \
-x 15 -y 13 -width 96 -height 23 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l1 \
-x 111 -y 15 -width 96 -height 23 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l2 \
-x 207 -y 15 -width 96 -height 23 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l3 \
-x 303 -y 15 -width 96 -height 23 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l \
-x 5 -y 35 -width 511 -height 357 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.btnclose \
-x 425 -y 5 -width 91 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.f1 \
-x 15 -y 500 -width 490 -height 335 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.f1.ft \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
pack $base.f1.ft.t1 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.ft -anchor center -expand 1 -fill x -side left
pack $base.f1.ft.t2 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.ft.t3 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.ft.lnn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f1.ft.ls \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.f1.fb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side bottom
grid $base.f1.fb.addcolbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f1.fb.rencolbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f1.fb.addidxbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1.fb -column 2 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
pack $base.f1.lb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1 -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -pady 1 -side left
pack $base.f1.vsb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f1 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
place $base.f2 \
-x 15 -y 500 -width 490 -height 335 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.f2.fl \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill both -side left
pack $base.f2.fl.t \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 1 -side top
pack $base.f2.fl.delidxbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side bottom
pack $base.f2.fl.ilb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -pady 1 -side left
pack $base.f2.fl.vsb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fl -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
pack $base.f2.fr \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2 -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -padx 1 -side right
pack $base.f2.fr.t \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 1 -side top
pack $base.f2.fr.clusterbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side bottom
pack $base.f2.fr.fp \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 1 -side top
grid $base.f2.fr.fp.lu \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.fp -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f2.fr.fp.vu \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.fp -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 5 \
-sticky w
grid $base.f2.fr.fp.lc \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.fp -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f2.fr.fp.vc \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr.fp -column 1 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 5 \
-sticky w
pack $base.f2.fr.lic \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side top
pack $base.f2.fr.lb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -pady 1 -side left
pack $base.f2.fr.vsb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f2.fr -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
place $base.f3 \
-x 15 -y 500 -width 490 -height 335 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.f3.ft \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -pady 1 -side top
pack $base.f3.ft.luser \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.ft -anchor center -expand 1 -fill x -side left
pack $base.f3.ft.lselect \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.ft.lupdate \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.ft.linsert \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.ft.lrule \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.f3.ft.ls \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.ft -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
pack $base.f3.fb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side bottom
grid $base.f3.fb.adduserbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f3.fb.chguserbtn \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
pack $base.f3.plb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3 -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -pady 1 -side left
pack $base.f3.vsb \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f3 -anchor center -expand 0 -fill y -side right
place $base.lline \
-x 16 -y 32 -width 94 -height 6 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.f0 \
-x 15 -y 45 -width 490 -height 335 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.f0.fi \
-x 5 -y 15 -width 300 -height 140 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid columnconf $base.f0.fi 1 -weight 1
grid rowconf $base.f0.fi 6 -weight 1
grid $base.f0.fi.l1 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fi.l2 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2
grid $base.f0.fi.l3 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fi.l4 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 1 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2
grid $base.f0.fi.l5 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fi.l6 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 1 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2
grid $base.f0.fi.l7 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 3 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fi.l8 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 1 -row 3 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2
grid $base.f0.fi.l9 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fi.l10 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 1 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2
grid $base.f0.fi.l11 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 5 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fi.l12 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 1 -row 5 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2
grid $base.f0.fi.last \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fi -column 0 -row 6 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
place $base.f0.fs \
-x 310 -y 15 -width 175 -height 50 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
grid columnconf $base.f0.fs 1 -weight 1
grid rowconf $base.f0.fs 2 -weight 1
grid $base.f0.fs.l1 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fs -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fs.l2 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fs -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fs.l3 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fs -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fs.l4 \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fs -column 1 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2 \
-pady 2 -sticky w
grid $base.f0.fs.last \
-in .pgaw:TableInfo.f0.fs -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
place $base.f0.lstat \
-x 315 -y 5 -height 18 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.f0.lid \
-x 10 -y 5 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:AddIndex {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:AddIndex
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 334x203+265+266
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Add new index"]
frame $base.f \
-borderwidth 2 -height 75 -relief groove -width 125
frame $base.f.fin \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f.fin.lin \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {Index name}]
entry $base.f.fin.ein \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -width 28 -textvariable PgAcVar(addindex,indexname)
checkbutton $base.f.cbunique -borderwidth 1 \
-offvalue { } -onvalue unique -text [intlmsg {Is unique ?}] -variable PgAcVar(addindex,unique)
label $base.f.ls1 \
-anchor w -background #dfdbdf -borderwidth 0 -foreground #000086 \
-justify left -relief raised -textvariable PgAcVar(addindex,indexfields) \
-wraplength 300
label $base.f.lif \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text "[intlmsg {Index fields}]:"
label $base.f.ls2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
label $base.f.ls3 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
frame $base.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.fb.btncreate -command Tables::createNewIndex \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Create]
button $base.fb.btncancel \
-command {Window destroy .pgaw:AddIndex} -padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Cancel]
pack $base.f \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex -anchor center -expand 1 -fill both -side top
grid $base.f.fin \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.fin.lin \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f.fin -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.fin.ein \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f.fin -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.cbunique \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f -column 0 -row 5 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.ls1 \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f -column 0 -row 3 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.lif \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f.ls2 \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.ls3 \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.f -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
pack $base.fb \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex -anchor center -expand 0 -fill x -side bottom
grid $base.fb.btncreate \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fb.btncancel \
-in .pgaw:AddIndex.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:AddField {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:AddField
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 302x114+195+175
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Add new column"]
label $base.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {Field name}]
entry $base.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(addfield,name)
bind $base.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> {
focus .pgaw:AddField.e2
}
bind $base.e1 <Key-Return> {
focus .pgaw:AddField.e2
}
label $base.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 \
-text [intlmsg {Field type}]
entry $base.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(addfield,type)
bind $base.e2 <Key-KP_Enter> {
Tables::addNewColumn
}
bind $base.e2 <Key-Return> {
Tables::addNewColumn
}
button $base.b1 \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::addNewColumn -text [intlmsg {Add field}]
button $base.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:AddField} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
place $base.l1 \
-x 25 -y 10 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e1 \
-x 98 -y 7 -width 178 -height 22 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l2 \
-x 25 -y 40 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e2 \
-x 98 -y 37 -width 178 -height 22 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b1 \
-x 70 -y 75 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b2 \
-x 160 -y 75 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:RenameField {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:RenameField
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 215x75+258+213
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Rename column"]
label $base.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {New name}]
entry $base.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(tblinfo,new_cn)
bind $base.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> "Tables::renameColumn"
bind $base.e1 <Key-Return> "Tables::renameColumn"
frame $base.f \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 147
button $base.f.b1 \
-borderwidth 1 -command Tables::renameColumn -text [intlmsg Rename]
button $base.f.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:RenameField} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
label $base.l2 -borderwidth 0
grid $base.l1 \
-in .pgaw:RenameField -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.e1 \
-in .pgaw:RenameField -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f \
-in .pgaw:RenameField -column 0 -row 4 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.b1 \
-in .pgaw:RenameField.f -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f.b2 \
-in .pgaw:RenameField.f -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.l2 \
-in .pgaw:RenameField -column 0 -row 3 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:Permissions {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:Permissions
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 273x147+256+266
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Permissions"]
frame $base.f1 \
-height 103 -relief groove -width 125
label $base.f1.l \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text [intlmsg {User name}]
entry $base.f1.ename -textvariable PgAcVar(permission,username) \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1
label $base.f1.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
label $base.f1.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -relief raised -text { }
frame $base.f2 \
-height 75 -relief groove -borderwidth 2 -width 125
checkbutton $base.f2.cb1 -borderwidth 1 -padx 4 -pady 4 \
-text [intlmsg select] -variable PgAcVar(permission,select)
checkbutton $base.f2.cb2 -borderwidth 1 -padx 4 -pady 4 \
-text [intlmsg update] -variable PgAcVar(permission,update)
checkbutton $base.f2.cb3 -borderwidth 1 -padx 4 -pady 4 \
-text [intlmsg insert] -variable PgAcVar(permission,insert)
checkbutton $base.f2.cb4 -borderwidth 1 -padx 4 -pady 4 \
-text [intlmsg rule] -variable PgAcVar(permission,rule)
frame $base.fb \
-height 75 -relief groove -width 125
button $base.fb.btnsave -command Tables::savePermissions \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Save]
button $base.fb.btncancel -command {Window destroy .pgaw:Permissions} \
-padx 9 -pady 3 -text [intlmsg Cancel]
pack $base.f1 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
grid $base.f1.l \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f1 -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f1.ename \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f1 -column 1 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -padx 2
grid $base.f1.l2 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f1 -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.f1.l3 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f1 -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
pack $base.f2 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side top
grid $base.f2.cb1 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f2 -column 0 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f2.cb2 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f2 -column 1 -row 1 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f2.cb3 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f2 -column 0 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
grid $base.f2.cb4 \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.f2 -column 1 -row 2 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -sticky w
pack $base.fb \
-in .pgaw:Permissions -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -pady 3 -side bottom
grid $base.fb.btnsave \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.fb -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
grid $base.fb.btncancel \
-in .pgaw:Permissions.fb -column 1 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/users.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Users {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:User
wm transient .pgaw:User .pgaw:Main
set PgAcVar(user,action) "CREATE"
set PgAcVar(user,name) {}
set PgAcVar(user,password) {}
set PgAcVar(user,createdb) NOCREATEDB
set PgAcVar(user,createuser) NOCREATEUSER
set PgAcVar(user,verifypassword) {}
set PgAcVar(user,validuntil) {}
focus .pgaw:User.e1
}
proc {design} {username} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
Window show .pgaw:User
tkwait visibility .pgaw:User
wm transient .pgaw:User .pgaw:Main
wm title .pgaw:User [intlmsg "Change user"]
set PgAcVar(user,action) "ALTER"
set PgAcVar(user,name) $username
set PgAcVar(user,password) {} ; set PgAcVar(user,verifypassword) {}
pg_select $CurrentDB "select *,date(valuntil) as valdata from pg_user where usename='$username'" tup {
if {$tup(usesuper)=="t"} {
set PgAcVar(user,createuser) CREATEUSER
} else {
set PgAcVar(user,createuser) NOCREATEUSER
}
if {$tup(usecreatedb)=="t"} {
set PgAcVar(user,createdb) CREATEDB
} else {
set PgAcVar(user,createdb) NOCREATEDB
}
if {$tup(valuntil)!=""} {
set PgAcVar(user,validuntil) $tup(valdata)
} else {
set PgAcVar(user,validuntil) {}
}
}
.pgaw:User.e1 configure -state disabled
.pgaw:User.b1 configure -text [intlmsg Save]
focus .pgaw:User.e2
}
proc {save} {} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
set PgAcVar(user,name) [string trim $PgAcVar(user,name)]
set PgAcVar(user,password) [string trim $PgAcVar(user,password)]
set PgAcVar(user,verifypassword) [string trim $PgAcVar(user,verifypassword)]
if {$PgAcVar(user,name)==""} {
showError [intlmsg "User without name?"]
focus .pgaw:User.e1
return
}
if {$PgAcVar(user,password)!=$PgAcVar(user,verifypassword)} {
showError [intlmsg "Passwords do not match!"]
set PgAcVar(user,password) {} ; set PgAcVar(user,verifypassword) {}
focus .pgaw:User.e2
return
}
set cmd "$PgAcVar(user,action) user \"$PgAcVar(user,name)\""
if {$PgAcVar(user,password)!=""} {
set cmd "$cmd WITH PASSWORD \"$PgAcVar(user,password)\" "
}
set cmd "$cmd $PgAcVar(user,createdb) $PgAcVar(user,createuser)"
if {$PgAcVar(user,validuntil)!=""} {
set cmd "$cmd VALID UNTIL '$PgAcVar(user,validuntil)'"
}
if {[sql_exec noquiet $cmd]} {
Window destroy .pgaw:User
Mainlib::cmd_Users
}
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:User {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:User
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 263x220+233+165
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 0 0
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Define new user"]
label $base.l1 \
-borderwidth 0 -anchor w -text [intlmsg "User name"]
entry $base.e1 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(user,name)
bind $base.e1 <Key-Return> "focus .pgaw:User.e2"
bind $base.e1 <Key-KP_Enter> "focus .pgaw:User.e2"
label $base.l2 \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg Password]
entry $base.e2 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -show * -textvariable PgAcVar(user,password)
bind $base.e2 <Key-Return> "focus .pgaw:User.e3"
bind $base.e2 <Key-KP_Enter> "focus .pgaw:User.e3"
label $base.l3 \
-borderwidth 0 -text [intlmsg {verify password}]
entry $base.e3 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -show * -textvariable PgAcVar(user,verifypassword)
bind $base.e3 <Key-Return> "focus .pgaw:User.cb1"
bind $base.e3 <Key-KP_Enter> "focus .pgaw:User.cb1"
checkbutton $base.cb1 \
-borderwidth 1 -offvalue NOCREATEDB -onvalue CREATEDB \
-text [intlmsg {Allow user to create databases}] -variable PgAcVar(user,createdb)
checkbutton $base.cb2 \
-borderwidth 1 -offvalue NOCREATEUSER -onvalue CREATEUSER \
-text [intlmsg {Allow user to create other users}] -variable PgAcVar(user,createuser)
label $base.l4 \
-borderwidth 0 -anchor w -text [intlmsg {Valid until (date)}]
entry $base.e4 \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -textvariable PgAcVar(user,validuntil)
bind $base.e4 <Key-Return> "focus .pgaw:User.b1"
bind $base.e4 <Key-KP_Enter> "focus .pgaw:User.b1"
button $base.b1 \
-borderwidth 1 -command Users::save -text [intlmsg Create]
button $base.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command {Window destroy .pgaw:User} -text [intlmsg Cancel]
place $base.l1 \
-x 5 -y 7 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e1 \
-x 109 -y 5 -width 146 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l2 \
-x 5 -y 35 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e2 \
-x 109 -y 32 -width 146 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l3 \
-x 5 -y 60 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e3 \
-x 109 -y 58 -width 146 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.cb1 \
-x 5 -y 90 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.cb2 \
-x 5 -y 115 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.l4 \
-x 5 -y 145 -height 16 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.e4 \
-x 110 -y 143 -width 146 -height 20 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b1 \
-x 45 -y 185 -anchor nw -width 70 -height 25 -bordermode ignore
place $base.b2 \
-x 140 -y 185 -anchor nw -width 70 -height 25 -bordermode ignore
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/views.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval Views {
proc {new} {} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(query,oid) 0
set PgAcVar(query,name) {}
Window show .pgaw:QueryBuilder
set PgAcVar(query,asview) 1
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.saveAsView configure -state disabled
}
proc {open} {viewname} {
global PgAcVar
if {$viewname==""} return;
set wn [Tables::getNewWindowName]
Tables::createWindow
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query) "select * from \"$viewname\""
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,isaquery) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable) 0
Tables::loadLayout $wn $viewname
Tables::selectRecords $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query)
}
proc {design} {viewname} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
set vd {}
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select pg_get_viewdef('$viewname')as vd" tup {
set vd $tup(vd)
}
if {$vd==""} {
showError "[intlmsg {Error retrieving view definition for}] '$viewname'!"
return
}
Window show .pgaw:QueryBuilder
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 delete 0.0 end
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 insert end $vd
set PgAcVar(query,asview) 1
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.saveAsView configure -state disabled
set PgAcVar(query,name) $viewname
}
}
src/bin/pgaccess/lib/visualqb.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
namespace eval VisualQueryBuilder {
# The following array will hold all the local variables
variable vqb
proc {addNewTable} {{tabx 0} {taby 0} {alias -1}} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
variable vqb
if {$vqb(newtablename)==""} return
set fldlist {}
setCursor CLOCK
wpg_select $CurrentDB "select attnum,attname from pg_class,pg_attribute where (pg_class.relname='$vqb(newtablename)') and (pg_class.oid=pg_attribute.attrelid) and (attnum>0) order by attnum" rec {
lappend fldlist $rec(attname)
}
setCursor DEFAULT
if {$fldlist==""} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Table '%s' not found!"] $vqb(newtablename)]
return
}
if {$alias==-1} {
set tabnum $vqb(ntables)
} else {
regsub t $alias "" tabnum
}
set vqb(tablename$tabnum) $vqb(newtablename)
set vqb(tablestruct$tabnum) $fldlist
set vqb(tablealias$tabnum) "t$tabnum"
set vqb(ali_t$tabnum) $vqb(newtablename)
set vqb(tablex$tabnum) $tabx
set vqb(tabley$tabnum) $taby
incr vqb(ntables)
if {$vqb(ntables)==1} {
repaintAll
} else {
drawTable [expr $vqb(ntables)-1]
}
set vqb(newtablename) {}
focus .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb.entt
}
proc {computeSQL} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set sqlcmd "select "
#rjr 8Mar1999 added logical return state for results
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $vqb(resfields)]} {incr i} {
if {[lindex $vqb(resreturn) $i]==[intlmsg Yes]} {
if {$sqlcmd!="select "} {set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd, "}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd[lindex $vqb(restables) $i].\"[lindex $vqb(resfields) $i]\""
}
}
set tables {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$vqb(ntables)} {incr i} {
set thename {}
catch {set thename $vqb(tablename$i)}
if {$thename!=""} {lappend tables "\"$vqb(tablename$i)\" $vqb(tablealias$i)"}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd from [join $tables ,] "
set sup1 {}
if {[llength $vqb(links)]>0} {
set sup1 "where "
foreach link $vqb(links) {
if {$sup1!="where "} {set sup1 "$sup1 and "}
set sup1 "$sup1 ([lindex $link 0].\"[lindex $link 1]\"=[lindex $link 2].\"[lindex $link 3]\")"
}
}
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $vqb(resfields)]} {incr i} {
set crit [lindex $vqb(rescriteria) $i]
if {$crit!=""} {
if {$sup1==""} {set sup1 "where "}
if {[string length $sup1]>6} {set sup1 "$sup1 and "}
set sup1 "$sup1 ([lindex $vqb(restables) $i].\"[lindex $vqb(resfields) $i]\" $crit) "
}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd $sup1"
set sup2 {}
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $vqb(ressort)]} {incr i} {
set how [lindex $vqb(ressort) $i]
if {$how!="unsorted"} {
if {$how=="Ascending"} {set how asc} else {set how desc}
if {$sup2==""} {set sup2 " order by "} else {set sup2 "$sup2,"}
set sup2 "$sup2 [lindex $vqb(restables) $i].\"[lindex $vqb(resfields) $i]\" $how "
}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd $sup2"
set vqb(qcmd) $sqlcmd
return $sqlcmd
}
proc {deleteObject} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
# Checking if there is a highlighted object (i.e. is selected)
set obj [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili]
if {$obj==""} return
#
# Is object a link ?
if {[getTagInfo $obj link]=="s"} {
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -icon question -parent .pgaw:VisualQuery -message [intlmsg "Remove link ?"] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
set linkid [getTagInfo $obj lkid]
set vqb(links) [lreplace $vqb(links) $linkid $linkid]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete links
drawLinks
return
}
#
# Is object a result field ?
if {[getTagInfo $obj res]=="f"} {
set col [getTagInfo $obj col]
if {$col==""} return
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -icon question -parent .pgaw:VisualQuery -message [intlmsg "Remove field from result ?"] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
set vqb(resfields) [lreplace $vqb(resfields) $col $col]
set vqb(ressort) [lreplace $vqb(ressort) $col $col]
set vqb(resreturn) [lreplace $vqb(resreturn) $col $col]
set vqb(restables) [lreplace $vqb(restables) $col $col]
set vqb(rescriteria) [lreplace $vqb(rescriteria) $col $col]
drawResultPanel
return
}
#
# Is object a table ?
set tablealias [getTagInfo $obj tab]
set tablename $vqb(ali_$tablealias)
if {"$tablename"==""} return
if {[tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Warning] -icon question -parent .pgaw:VisualQuery -message [format [intlmsg "Remove table %s from query?"] $tablename] -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
for {set i [expr [llength $vqb(restables)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
if {"$tablealias"==[lindex $vqb(restables) $i]} {
set vqb(resfields) [lreplace $vqb(resfields) $i $i]
set vqb(ressort) [lreplace $vqb(ressort) $i $i]
set vqb(resreturn) [lreplace $vqb(resreturn) $i $i]
set vqb(restables) [lreplace $vqb(restables) $i $i]
set vqb(rescriteria) [lreplace $vqb(rescriteria) $i $i]
}
}
for {set i [expr [llength $vqb(links)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
set thelink [lindex $vqb(links) $i]
if {($tablealias==[lindex $thelink 0]) || ($tablealias==[lindex $thelink 2])} {
set vqb(links) [lreplace $vqb(links) $i $i]
}
}
for {set i 0} {$i<$vqb(ntables)} {incr i} {
set temp {}
catch {set temp $vqb(tablename$i)}
if {"$temp"=="$tablename"} {
unset vqb(tablename$i)
unset vqb(tablestruct$i)
unset vqb(tablealias$i)
break
}
}
unset vqb(ali_$tablealias)
#incr vqb(ntables) -1
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete tab$tablealias
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete links
drawLinks
drawResultPanel
}
proc {dragObject} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
if {"$PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)" == ""} {return}
set dx [expr $x - $PgAcVar(draginfo,x)]
set dy [expr $y - $PgAcVar(draginfo,y)]
if {$PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table)} {
$w move $PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag) $dx $dy
drawLinks
} else {
$w move $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) $dx $dy
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,y) $y
}
proc {dragStart} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
PgAcVar:clean draginfo,*
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) [$w find closest $x $y]
if {[getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) r]=="ect"} {
# If it'a a rectangle, exit
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
return
}
.pgaw:VisualQuery configure -cursor hand1
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c raise $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
set PgAcVar(draginfo,table) 0
if {[getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) table]=="header"} {
set PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table) 1
set taglist [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c gettags $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)]
set PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag) [lindex $taglist [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^tab\[0-9\]*"]]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c raise $PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c dtag [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili] hili
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c addtag hili withtag $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure hili -fill blue
} else {
set PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table) 0
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,x) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,y) $y
set PgAcVar(draginfo,sx) $x
set PgAcVar(draginfo,sy) $y
}
proc {dragStop} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
# when click Close, ql window is destroyed but event ButtonRelease-1 is fired
if {![winfo exists .pgaw:VisualQuery]} return;
.pgaw:VisualQuery configure -cursor left_ptr
set este {}
catch {set este $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)}
if {$este==""} return
# Re-establish the normal paint order so
# information won't be overlapped by table rectangles
# or link lines
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower rect
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower links
set vqb(panstarted) 0
if {$PgAcVar(draginfo,is_a_table)} {
set tabnum [getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) tabt]
foreach w [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag $PgAcVar(draginfo,tabletag)] {
if {[lsearch [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c gettags $w] outer] != -1} {
foreach [list vqb(tablex$tabnum) vqb(tabley$tabnum) x1 y1] [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c coords $w] {}
}
}
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete links
drawLinks
return
}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c move $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) [expr $PgAcVar(draginfo,sx)-$x] [expr $PgAcVar(draginfo,sy)-$y]
if {($y>$vqb(yoffs)) && ($x>$vqb(xoffs))} {
# Drop position : inside the result panel
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$vqb(xoffs)]
set newfld [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemcget $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) -text]
set tabtag [getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) tab]
set col [expr int(($x-$vqb(xoffs)-$resoffset)/$vqb(reswidth))]
set vqb(resfields) [linsert $vqb(resfields) $col $newfld]
set vqb(ressort) [linsert $vqb(ressort) $col unsorted]
set vqb(rescriteria) [linsert $vqb(rescriteria) $col {}]
set vqb(restables) [linsert $vqb(restables) $col $tabtag]
set vqb(resreturn) [linsert $vqb(resreturn) $col [intlmsg Yes]]
drawResultPanel
} else {
# Drop position : in the table panel
set droptarget [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]
set targettable {}
foreach item $droptarget {
set targettable [getTagInfo $item tab]
set targetfield [getTagInfo $item f-]
if {($targettable!="") && ($targetfield!="")} {
set droptarget $item
break
}
}
# check if target object isn't a rectangle
if {[getTagInfo $droptarget rec]=="t"} {set targettable {}}
if {$targettable!=""} {
# Target has a table
# See about originate table
set sourcetable [getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) tab]
if {$sourcetable!=""} {
# Source has also a tab .. tag
set sourcefield [getTagInfo $PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) f-]
if {$sourcetable!=$targettable} {
lappend vqb(links) [list $sourcetable $sourcefield $targettable $targetfield]
drawLinks
}
}
}
}
# Erase information about onbject beeing dragged
set PgAcVar(draginfo,obj) {}
}
proc {getTableList} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set tablelist {}
foreach name [array names vqb tablename*] {
regsub tablename $name "" num
lappend tablelist $vqb($name) $vqb(tablex$num) $vqb(tabley$num) t$num
}
return $tablelist
}
proc {getLinkList} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set linklist {}
foreach l $vqb(links) {
lappend linklist [lindex $l 0] [lindex $l 1] [lindex $l 2] [lindex $l 3]
}
return $linklist
}
proc {loadVisualLayout} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
init
foreach {t x y a} $PgAcVar(query,tables) {set vqb(newtablename) $t; addNewTable $x $y $a}
foreach {t0 f0 t1 f1} $PgAcVar(query,links) {lappend vqb(links) [list $t0 $f0 $t1 $f1]}
foreach {f t s c r} $PgAcVar(query,results) {addResultColumn $f $t $s $c $r}
repaintAll
}
proc {findField} {alias field} {
foreach obj [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag f-${field}] {
if {[lsearch [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c gettags $obj] tab$alias] != -1} {return $obj}
}
return -1
}
proc {getResultList} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set reslist {}
for {set i 0} {$i < [llength $vqb(resfields)]} {incr i} {
lappend reslist [lindex $vqb(resfields) $i]
lappend reslist [lindex $vqb(restables) $i]
lappend reslist [lindex $vqb(ressort) $i]
lappend reslist [lindex $vqb(rescriteria) $i]
lappend reslist [lindex $vqb(resreturn) $i]
}
return $reslist
}
proc {addResultColumn} {f t s c r} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
lappend vqb(resfields) $f
lappend vqb(restables) $t
lappend vqb(ressort) $s
lappend vqb(rescriteria) $c
lappend vqb(resreturn) $r
}
proc {drawLinks} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete links
set i 0
foreach link $vqb(links) {
# Compute the source and destination right edge
set sre [lindex [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox tab[lindex $link 0]] 2]
set dre [lindex [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox tab[lindex $link 2]] 2]
# Compute field bound boxes
set sbbox [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox [findField [lindex $link 0] [lindex $link 1]]]
set dbbox [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox [findField [lindex $link 2] [lindex $link 3]]]
# Compute the auxiliary lines
if {[lindex $sbbox 2] < [lindex $dbbox 0]} {
# Source object is on the left of target object
set x1 $sre
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1+10] $y1 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 [lindex $dbbox 0]
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line [expr $x2-10] $y2 $x2 $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line [expr $x1+10] $y1 [expr $x2-10] $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
} else {
# source object is on the right of target object
set x1 [lindex $sbbox 0]
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1-10] $y1 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 $dre
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line $x2 $y2 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -width 3 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line [expr $x1-10] $y1 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
}
incr i
}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower links
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind links <Button-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::linkClick %x %y}
}
proc {repaintAll} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete all
set posx 20
foreach tn [array names vqb tablename*] {
regsub tablename $tn "" it
drawTable $it
}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower rect
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line 0 $vqb(yoffs) 10000 $vqb(yoffs) -width 3
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create rectangle 0 $vqb(yoffs) 10000 5000 -fill #FFFFFF
for {set i [expr 15+$vqb(yoffs)]} {$i<500} {incr i 15} {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line $vqb(xoffs) $i 10000 $i -fill #CCCCCC -tags {resgrid}
}
for {set i $vqb(xoffs)} {$i<10000} {incr i $vqb(reswidth)} {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line $i [expr 1+$vqb(yoffs)] $i 10000 -fill #cccccc -tags {resgrid}
}
# Make a marker for result panel offset calculations (due to panning)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line $vqb(xoffs) $vqb(yoffs) $vqb(xoffs) 500 -tags {resmarker resgrid}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create rectangle 0 $vqb(yoffs) $vqb(xoffs) 5000 -fill #EEEEEE -tags {reshdr}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text 5 [expr 1+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [intlmsg Field] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags {reshdr}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text 5 [expr 16+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [intlmsg Table] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags {reshdr}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text 5 [expr 31+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [intlmsg Sort] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags {reshdr}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text 5 [expr 46+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [intlmsg Criteria] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags {reshdr}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text 5 [expr 61+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [intlmsg Return] -anchor nw -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags {reshdr}
drawLinks
drawResultPanel
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind mov <Button-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::dragStart %W %x %y}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind mov <B1-Motion> {VisualQueryBuilder::dragObject %W %x %y}
bind .pgaw:VisualQuery <ButtonRelease-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::dragStop %x %y}
bind .pgaw:VisualQuery <Button-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::canvasClick %x %y %W}
bind .pgaw:VisualQuery <B1-Motion> {VisualQueryBuilder::panning %x %y}
bind .pgaw:VisualQuery <Key-Delete> {VisualQueryBuilder::deleteObject}
}
proc {drawResultPanel} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$vqb(xoffs)]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete resp
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $vqb(resfields)]} {incr i} {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$vqb(xoffs)+$i*$vqb(reswidth)] [expr 1+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [lindex $vqb(resfields) $i] -anchor nw -tags [subst {resf resp col$i}] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$vqb(xoffs)+$i*$vqb(reswidth)] [expr 16+$vqb(yoffs)] -text $vqb(ali_[lindex $vqb(restables) $i]) -anchor nw -tags {resp rest} -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$vqb(xoffs)+$i*$vqb(reswidth)] [expr 31+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [lindex $vqb(ressort) $i] -anchor nw -tags {resp sort} -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
if {[lindex $vqb(rescriteria) $i]!=""} {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$vqb(xoffs)+$i*$vqb(reswidth)] [expr $vqb(yoffs)+46+15*0] -anchor nw -text [lindex $vqb(rescriteria) $i] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags [subst {resp cr-c$i-r0}]
}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$vqb(xoffs)+$i*$vqb(reswidth)] [expr 61+$vqb(yoffs)] -text [lindex $vqb(resreturn) $i] -anchor nw -tags {resp retval} -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c raise reshdr
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind resf <Button-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::resultFieldClick %x %y}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind sort <Button-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::toggleSortMode %W %x %y}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind retval <Button-1> {VisualQueryBuilder::toggleReturn %W %x %y}
}
proc {drawTable} {it} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
if {$vqb(tablex$it)==0} {
set posy 10
set allbox [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox rect]
if {$allbox==""} {set posx 10} else {set posx [expr 20+[lindex $allbox 2]]}
set vqb(tablex$it) $posx
set vqb(tabley$it) $posy
} else {
set posx [expr int($vqb(tablex$it))]
set posy [expr int($vqb(tabley$it))]
}
set tablename $vqb(tablename$it)
set tablealias $vqb(tablealias$it)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text $posx $posy -text "$tablename" -anchor nw -tags [subst {tab$tablealias f-oid mov tableheader}] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_bold)
incr posy 16
foreach fld $vqb(tablestruct$it) {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text $posx $posy -text $fld -fill #010101 -anchor nw -tags [subst {f-$fld tab$tablealias mov}] -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
incr posy 14
}
set reg [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox tab$tablealias]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create rectangle [lindex $reg 0] [lindex $reg 1] [lindex $reg 2] [lindex $reg 3] -fill #EEEEEE -tags [subst {rect outer tab$tablealias}]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create line [lindex $reg 0] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] [lindex $reg 2] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] -tags [subst {rect tab$tablealias}]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower tab$tablealias
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c lower rect
}
proc {getTagInfo} {obj prefix} {
variable vqb
set taglist [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c gettags $obj]
set tagpos [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^$prefix"]
if {$tagpos==-1} {return ""}
set thattag [lindex $taglist $tagpos]
return [string range $thattag [string length $prefix] end]
}
proc {init} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
catch { unset vqb }
set vqb(yoffs) 360
set vqb(xoffs) 50
set vqb(reswidth) 150
set vqb(resfields) {}
set vqb(resreturn) {}
set vqb(ressort) {}
set vqb(rescriteria) {}
set vqb(restables) {}
set vqb(critedit) 0
set vqb(links) {}
set vqb(ntables) 0
set vqb(newtablename) {}
}
proc {linkClick} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set obj [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find closest $x $y 1 links]
if {[getTagInfo $obj link]!="s"} return
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c dtag [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili] hili
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c addtag hili withtag $obj
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure $obj -fill blue
}
proc {panning} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set panstarted 0
catch {set panstarted $vqb(panstarted) }
if {!$panstarted} return
set dx [expr $x-$vqb(panstartx)]
set dy [expr $y-$vqb(panstarty)]
set vqb(panstartx) $x
set vqb(panstarty) $y
if {$vqb(panobject)=="tables"} {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c move mov $dx $dy
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c move links $dx $dy
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c move rect $dx $dy
} else {
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c move resp $dx 0
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c move resgrid $dx 0
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c raise reshdr
}
}
proc {resultFieldClick} {x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set obj [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find closest $x $y]
if {[getTagInfo $obj res]!="f"} return
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c dtag [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find withtag hili] hili
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c addtag hili withtag $obj
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure $obj -fill blue
}
proc {showSQL} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set sqlcmd [computeSQL]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete sqlpage
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create rectangle 0 0 2000 [expr $vqb(yoffs)-1] -fill #ffffff -tags {sqlpage}
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text 10 10 -text $sqlcmd -anchor nw -width 550 -tags {sqlpage} -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bind sqlpage <Button-1> {.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete sqlpage}
}
proc {toggleSortMode} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set obj [$w find closest $x $y]
set taglist [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c gettags $obj]
if {[lsearch $taglist sort]==-1} return
set how [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemcget $obj -text]
if {$how=="unsorted"} {
set how Ascending
} elseif {$how=="Ascending"} {
set how Descending
} else {
set how unsorted
}
set col [expr int(($x-$vqb(xoffs))/$vqb(reswidth))]
set vqb(ressort) [lreplace $vqb(ressort) $col $col $how]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure $obj -text $how
}
#rjr 8Mar1999 toggle logical return state for result
proc {toggleReturn} {w x y} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set obj [$w find closest $x $y]
set taglist [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c gettags $obj]
if {[lsearch $taglist retval]==-1} return
set how [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemcget $obj -text]
if {$how==[intlmsg Yes]} {
set how [intlmsg No]
} else {
set how [intlmsg Yes]
}
set col [expr int(($x-$vqb(xoffs))/$vqb(reswidth))]
set vqb(resreturn) [lreplace $vqb(resreturn) $col $col $how]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c itemconfigure $obj -text $how
}
proc {canvasClick} {x y w} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set vqb(panstarted) 0
if {$w==".pgaw:VisualQuery.c"} {
set canpan 1
if {$y<$vqb(yoffs)} {
if {[llength [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]]!=0} {set canpan 0}
set vqb(panobject) tables
} else {
set vqb(panobject) result
}
if {$canpan} {
.pgaw:VisualQuery configure -cursor hand1
set vqb(panstartx) $x
set vqb(panstarty) $y
set vqb(panstarted) 1
}
}
set isedit 0
catch {set isedit $vqb(critedit)}
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.pgaw:VisualQuery.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$vqb(xoffs)]
if {$isedit} {
set vqb(rescriteria) [lreplace $vqb(rescriteria) $vqb(critcol) $vqb(critcol) $vqb(critval)]
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c delete cr-c$vqb(critcol)-r$vqb(critrow)
.pgaw:VisualQuery.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$vqb(xoffs)+$vqb(critcol)*$vqb(reswidth)] [expr $vqb(yoffs)+46+15*$vqb(critrow)] -anchor nw -text $vqb(critval) -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -tags [subst {resp cr-c$vqb(critcol)-r$vqb(critrow)}]
set vqb(critedit) 0
}
catch {destroy .pgaw:VisualQuery.entc}
if {$y<[expr $vqb(yoffs)+46]} return
if {$x<[expr $vqb(xoffs)+5]} return
set col [expr int(($x-$vqb(xoffs)-$resoffset)/$vqb(reswidth))]
if {$col>=[llength $vqb(resfields)]} return
set nx [expr $col*$vqb(reswidth)+8+$vqb(xoffs)+$resoffset]
set ny [expr $vqb(yoffs)+76]
# Get the old criteria value
set vqb(critval) [lindex $vqb(rescriteria) $col]
entry .pgaw:VisualQuery.entc -textvar VisualQueryBuilder::vqb(critval) -borderwidth 0 -background #FFFFFF -highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal)
place .pgaw:VisualQuery.entc -x $nx -y $ny -height 14
focus .pgaw:VisualQuery.entc
bind .pgaw:VisualQuery.entc <Button-1> {set VisualQueryBuilder::vqb(panstarted) 0}
set vqb(critcol) $col
set vqb(critrow) 0
set vqb(critedit) 1
}
proc {saveToQueryBuilder} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
Window show .pgaw:QueryBuilder
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 delete 1.0 end
set vqb(qcmd) [computeSQL]
set PgAcVar(query,tables) [getTableList]
set PgAcVar(query,links) [getLinkList]
set PgAcVar(query,results) [getResultList]
.pgaw:QueryBuilder.text1 insert end $vqb(qcmd)
focus .pgaw:QueryBuilder
}
proc {executeSQL} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
set vqb(qcmd) [computeSQL]
set wn [Tables::getNewWindowName]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query) [subst $vqb(qcmd)]
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,updatable) 0
set PgAcVar(mw,$wn,isaquery) 1
Tables::createWindow
Tables::loadLayout $wn nolayoutneeded
Tables::selectRecords $wn $PgAcVar(mw,$wn,query)
}
proc {createDropDown} {} {
global PgAcVar
variable vqb
if {[winfo exists .pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf]} {
destroy .pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf
} else {
create_drop_down .pgaw:VisualQuery 70 27 200
focus .pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf.sb
foreach tbl [Database::getTablesList] {.pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf.lb insert end $tbl}
bind .pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf.lb <ButtonRelease-1> {
set i [.pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf.lb curselection]
if {$i!=""} {
set VisualQueryBuilder::vqb(newtablename) [.pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf.lb get $i]
VisualQueryBuilder::addNewTable
}
destroy .pgaw:VisualQuery.ddf
break
}
}
}
}
proc vTclWindow.pgaw:VisualQuery {base} {
global PgAcVar
if {$base == ""} {
set base .pgaw:VisualQuery
}
if {[winfo exists $base]} {
wm deiconify $base; return
}
toplevel $base -class Toplevel
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 759x530+10+13
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm deiconify $base
wm title $base [intlmsg "Visual query designer"]
bind $base <B1-Motion> {
VisualQueryBuilder::panning %x %y
}
bind $base <Button-1> {
VisualQueryBuilder::canvasClick %x %y %W
}
bind $base <ButtonRelease-1> {
VisualQueryBuilder::dragStop %x %y
}
bind $base <Key-Delete> {
VisualQueryBuilder::deleteObject
}
bind $base <Key-F1> "Help::load visual_designer"
canvas $base.c -background #fefefe -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -relief ridge -takefocus 0 -width 295
frame $base.fb -height 75 -width 125
label $base.fb.l12 -borderwidth 0 -text "[intlmsg {Add table}] "
entry $base.fb.entt -background #fefefe -borderwidth 1 -highlightthickness 1 \
-selectborderwidth 0 -textvariable VisualQueryBuilder::vqb(newtablename)
bind $base.fb.entt <Key-Return> {
VisualQueryBuilder::addNewTable
}
button $base.fb.bdd -borderwidth 1 \
-command VisualQueryBuilder::createDropDown -image dnarw
button $base.fb.showbtn \
-command VisualQueryBuilder::showSQL \
-text [intlmsg {Show SQL}]
button $base.fb.execbtn \
-command VisualQueryBuilder::executeSQL \
-text [intlmsg {Execute SQL}]
button $base.fb.stoqb \
-command VisualQueryBuilder::saveToQueryBuilder \
-text [intlmsg {Save to query builder}]
button $base.fb.exitbtn \
-command {Window destroy .pgaw:VisualQuery} \
-text [intlmsg Close]
place $base.c -x 5 -y 30 -width 750 -height 500 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.fb \
-x 5 -y 0 -width 753 -height 31 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
pack $base.fb.l12 \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.entt \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.bdd \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side left
pack $base.fb.exitbtn \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.fb.stoqb \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.fb.execbtn \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
pack $base.fb.showbtn \
-in .pgaw:VisualQuery.fb -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -side right
}
src/bin/pgaccess/maillist.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE></TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<P>The mailing list for PgAccess is : &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><TT>pgsql-interfaces@postgresql.org</TT></B></P>
<P>If you have some questions regarding PgAccess you should mail to this
address. I will also answer to messages addresed directly to me but it
would be better to post your messages here because it might be possible
to get an answer quickly from another user of PgAccess.</P>
<P>
<HR WIDTH="100%"></P>
<P>To subscribe please send a mail message to&nbsp;:</P>
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>pgsql-interfaces-request@postgresql.org
</FONT></TT></B>&nbsp;</P>
<P>having a single line in the body message :&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<B><TT><FONT SIZE=+1>subscribe</FONT></TT></B></P>
<P>In a couple of minutes , if everything is ok, you must receive something
like that :</P>
<P>
<HR WIDTH="100%"></P>
<P><TT>Welcome to the pgsql-interfaces mailing list!</TT></P>
<P><TT>Please save this message for future reference. Thank you.</TT></P>
<P><TT>If you ever want to remove yourself from this mailing list, you
can send mail to &lt;Majordomo@hub.org&gt; with the following command in
the body of your email message:</TT></P>
<P><TT>unsubscribe pgsql-interfaces yourname@yourdomain</TT></P>
<TT></TT>
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/main.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" "$@"
image create bitmap dnarw -data {
#define down_arrow_width 15
#define down_arrow_height 15
static char down_arrow_bits[] = {
0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,
0x00,0x80,0xf8,0x8f,0xf0,0x87,0xe0,0x83,
0xc0,0x81,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,
0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80
}
}
proc {intlmsg} {msg} {
global PgAcVar Messages
if {$PgAcVar(pref,language)=="english"} { return $msg }
if { ! [array exists Messages] } { return $msg }
if { ! [info exists Messages($msg)] } { return $msg }
return $Messages($msg)
}
proc {PgAcVar:clean} {prefix} {
global PgAcVar
foreach key [array names PgAcVar $prefix] {
set PgAcVar($key) {}
unset PgAcVar($key)
}
}
proc {find_PGACCESS_HOME} {} {
global PgAcVar env
if {! [info exists env(PGACCESS_HOME)]} {
set home [file dirname [info script]]
switch [file pathtype $home] {
absolute {set env(PGACCESS_HOME) $home}
relative {set env(PGACCESS_HOME) [file join [pwd] $home]}
volumerelative {
set curdir [pwd]
cd $home
set env(PGACCESS_HOME) [file join [pwd] [file dirname [file join [lrange [file split $home] 1 end]]]]
cd $curdir
}
}
}
if {![file isdir $env(PGACCESS_HOME)]} {
set PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) [pwd]
} else {
set PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) $env(PGACCESS_HOME)
}
}
proc init {argc argv} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
find_PGACCESS_HOME
# Loading all defined namespaces
foreach module {mainlib database tables queries visualqb forms views functions reports scripts users sequences schema help preferences} {
source [file join $PgAcVar(PGACCESS_HOME) lib $module.tcl]
}
set PgAcVar(currentdb,host) localhost
set PgAcVar(currentdb,pgport) 5432
set CurrentDB {}
set PgAcVar(tablist) [list Tables Queries Views Sequences Functions Reports Forms Scripts Users Schema]
set PgAcVar(activetab) {}
set PgAcVar(query,tables) {}
set PgAcVar(query,links) {}
set PgAcVar(query,results) {}
set PgAcVar(mwcount) 0
Preferences::load
}
proc {wpg_exec} {db cmd} {
global PgAcVar
set PgAcVar(pgsql,cmd) "never executed"
set PgAcVar(pgsql,status) "no status yet"
set PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg) "no error message yet"
if {[catch {
Mainlib::sqlw_display $cmd
set PgAcVar(pgsql,cmd) $cmd
set PgAcVar(pgsql,res) [pg_exec $db $cmd]
set PgAcVar(pgsql,status) [pg_result $PgAcVar(pgsql,res) -status]
set PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg) [pg_result $PgAcVar(pgsql,res) -error]
} tclerrmsg]} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Tcl error executing pg_exec %s\n\n%s"] $cmd $tclerrmsg]
return 0
}
return $PgAcVar(pgsql,res)
}
proc {wpg_select} {args} {
Mainlib::sqlw_display "[lindex $args 1]"
uplevel pg_select $args
}
proc {create_drop_down} {base x y w} {
global PgAcVar
if {[winfo exists $base.ddf]} return;
frame $base.ddf -borderwidth 1 -height 75 -relief raised -width 55
listbox $base.ddf.lb -background #fefefe -foreground #000000 -selectbackground #c3c3c3 -borderwidth 1 -font $PgAcVar(pref,font_normal) -highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 -yscrollcommand [subst {$base.ddf.sb set}]
scrollbar $base.ddf.sb -borderwidth 1 -command [subst {$base.ddf.lb yview}] -highlightthickness 0 -orient vert
place $base.ddf -x $x -y $y -width $w -height 185 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ddf.lb -x 1 -y 1 -width [expr $w-18] -height 182 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.ddf.sb -x [expr $w-15] -y 1 -width 14 -height 183 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
}
proc {setCursor} {{type NORMAL}} {
if {[lsearch -exact "CLOCK WAIT WATCH" [string toupper $type]] != -1} {
set type watch
} else {
set type left_ptr
}
foreach wn [winfo children .] {
catch {$wn configure -cursor $type}
}
update ; update idletasks
}
proc {parameter} {msg} {
global PgAcVar
Window show .pgaw:GetParameter
focus .pgaw:GetParameter.e1
set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,var) ""
set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,flag) 0
set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,msg) $msg
bind .pgaw:GetParameter <Destroy> "set PgAcVar(getqueryparam,flag) 1"
grab .pgaw:GetParameter
tkwait variable PgAcVar(getqueryparam,flag)
if {$PgAcVar(getqueryparam,result)} {
return $PgAcVar(getqueryparam,var)
} else {
return ""
}
}
proc {showError} {emsg} {
bell ; tk_messageBox -title [intlmsg Error] -icon error -message $emsg
}
proc {sql_exec} {how cmd} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB
if {[set pgr [wpg_exec $CurrentDB $cmd]]==0} {
return 0
}
if {($PgAcVar(pgsql,status)=="PGRES_COMMAND_OK") || ($PgAcVar(pgsql,status)=="PGRES_TUPLES_OK")} {
pg_result $pgr -clear
return 1
}
if {$how != "quiet"} {
showError [format [intlmsg "Error executing query\n\n%s\n\nPostgreSQL error message:\n%s\nPostgreSQL status:%s"] $cmd $PgAcVar(pgsql,errmsg) $PgAcVar(pgsql,status)]
}
pg_result $pgr -clear
return 0
}
proc {main} {argc argv} {
global PgAcVar CurrentDB tcl_platform
load libpgtcl[info sharedlibextension]
catch {Mainlib::draw_tabs}
set PgAcVar(opendb,username) {}
set PgAcVar(opendb,password) {}
if {$argc>0} {
set PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) [lindex $argv 0]
set PgAcVar(opendb,host) localhost
set PgAcVar(opendb,pgport) 5432
Mainlib::open_database
} elseif {$PgAcVar(pref,autoload) && ($PgAcVar(pref,lastdb)!="")} {
set PgAcVar(opendb,dbname) $PgAcVar(pref,lastdb)
set PgAcVar(opendb,host) $PgAcVar(pref,lasthost)
set PgAcVar(opendb,pgport) $PgAcVar(pref,lastport)
catch {set PgAcVar(opendb,username) $PgAcVar(pref,lastusername)}
if {[set openmsg [Mainlib::open_database]]!=""} {
if {[regexp "no password supplied" $openmsg]} {
Window show .pgaw:OpenDB
focus .pgaw:OpenDB.f1.e5
wm transient .pgaw:OpenDB .pgaw:Main
}
}
}
wm protocol .pgaw:Main WM_DELETE_WINDOW {
catch {pg_disconnect $CurrentDB}
exit
}
}
proc {Window} {args} {
global vTcl
set cmd [lindex $args 0]
set name [lindex $args 1]
set newname [lindex $args 2]
set rest [lrange $args 3 end]
if {$name == "" || $cmd == ""} {return}
if {$newname == ""} {
set newname $name
}
set exists [winfo exists $newname]
switch $cmd {
show {
if {$exists == "1" && $name != "."} {wm deiconify $name; return}
if {[info procs vTclWindow(pre)$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow(pre)$name $newname $rest"
}
if {[info procs vTclWindow$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow$name $newname $rest"
}
if {[info procs vTclWindow(post)$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow(post)$name $newname $rest"
}
}
hide { if $exists {wm withdraw $newname; return} }
iconify { if $exists {wm iconify $newname; return} }
destroy { if $exists {destroy $newname; return} }
}
}
proc vTclWindow. {base} {
if {$base == ""} {
set base .
}
wm focusmodel $base passive
wm geometry $base 1x1+0+0
wm maxsize $base 1009 738
wm minsize $base 1 1
wm overrideredirect $base 0
wm resizable $base 1 1
wm withdraw $base
wm title $base "vt.tcl"
}
init $argc $argv
Window show .
Window show .pgaw:Main
main $argc $argv
src/bin/pgaccess/pg93patch.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="Mozilla/4.5 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.36 i586) [Netscape]">
</head>
<body text="#000000" bgcolor="#FFFFFF" link="#0000FF" vlink="#FF0000" alink="#000088">
<h1>
PgAccess 0.93 patch to make it work with PostgreSQL 6.3.x
<hr WIDTH="100%"></h1>
<p><br>PgAccess 0.93 is working fine with PostgreSQL 6.4.x due to some
changes in libpgtcl !
<p>There is a small patch that you have to make in order to make it work
with 6.3.x !
<p>Replace in procedure <tt>wpg_exec</tt> the following line:
<p><tt>set pgsql(errmsg) [pg_result $pgsql(res) -error]</tt>
<p>with this one :
<p><tt>set pgsql(errmsg) "NO ERROR INFORMATION SUPPLIED"</tt>
<p>And it will work fine! In some error cases, you will not get the appropriate
error message from libpgtcl.
<p>&nbsp;<a href="index.html">Back</a>
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/pga-rad.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/4.04 [en] (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>
PgAccess - Scripts and Forms&nbsp;
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
Beginning with 0.70 version, I have introduced in PgAccess two new modules
for operating with scripts and forms.
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp; This would give to PgAccess the power of creating application
directly into PgAccess, defining new modules, procedures, forms and possibly
making it a rapid development tool for PostgreSQL. The "scripts" and "forms"
modules are using two new tables called pga_forms and pga_scripts. PgAccess
take care of creating them if user is opening a new database and grant
ALL permissions on them to PUBLIC.
<BR>&nbsp;
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; Of course, when Designing a script, a simple text editor
is opened and text is saved as is in pga_scripts table. When "designing"
a form, a "form editor" that would be very similar with "Visual Tcl" is
invoked.
<P>&nbsp;&nbsp; This mechanism and the extremely versatile scripting mode
of Tcl/Tk would give PgAccess a great power for creating end user application
using PostgreSQL. The most important thing is that the user could call
procedures and functions that I have used for building up PgAccess !
<H3>
Forms</H3>
&nbsp;&nbsp; Forms are used for creating windows and placing widgets inside
it. When PgAccess interpret them, a new window appear, with buttons as
defined that could call "user defined scripts", "user defined procedures"
or "internal PgAccess procedures".
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; Forms can hold all the widgets allowed in Tcl/Tk , buttons,
check-boxes, radio-buttons, list-boxes, frames, canvases, etc. With these
forms, you can control your application so PgAccess would become just a
"shell", a startup point for you applications. See the&nbsp; <A HREF="forms.html">special
section concerning forms.</A>
<H3>
Scripts</H3>
&nbsp;&nbsp; Scripts are normal Tcl/Tk code that is interpreted by Tcl/Tk.
You can define your own procedures inside a script called "Library" for
example. You can call your procedures from within another script, from
another procedure.
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; The most important thing is that you have total access
to the PgAccess core of functions and procedures used by me in building
PgAccess as an application. Just write <B><TT><FONT COLOR="#000080">open_table
"Your sample table"</FONT></TT></B> and you'll see the result.
<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp; If you are writing a script called "Autoexec" then it
will be executed every time the database is opened. You can put inside
different commands that you want to be executed such as : running scripts
that would define your own procedures such as <B><TT><FONT COLOR="#000080">execute_script
"My own procedure library"</FONT></TT></B> or open a form with <B><TT><FONT COLOR="#000080">open_form
"Main window with menu buttons"</FONT></TT></B> , and so on.
<P>
<HR WIDTH="100%">
<BR>Remember : I'm waiting your messages at <A HREF="mailto:teo@flex.ro">teo@flex.ro</A>
<P>
<HR WIDTH="50%">
</BODY>
</HTML>
src/bin/pgaccess/pgaccess deleted 100755 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
#!/bin/sh
PATH_TO_WISH=/usr/bin/wish
PGACCESS_HOME=/usr/local/pgaccess
export PATH_TO_WISH
export PGACCESS_HOME
exec ${PATH_TO_WISH} ${PGACCESS_HOME}/main.tcl "$@"
src/bin/pgaccess/pgaccess.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
This source diff could not be displayed because it is too large. You can view the blob instead.
src/bin/pgaccess/qbtclet.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<html>
<title> Visual Query Builder in Tcl/Tk </title>
<body bgcolor=white>
<h1> Visual Query Builder</h1>
<hr>
This visual query builder is included in <a href='http://www.flex.ro/pgaccess'>
PgAccess</a>, a visual interface to
<a href='http://www.postgreSQL.org'> PostgreSQL</a> written entirely in
vTcl , (Visual Tcl).
<p align="center">
<embed src="qbtclet.tcl" width=590 height=485>
</p>
<br>
Visual Query Designer demo<br>
Click <a href='qbtclet.tar.gz'>here</a> to download the source </a>
created by Constantin Teodorescu with vTcl (visual Tcl), teo@flex.ro
<hr>
Facitilies<br>
- drag and drop selection of fields<br>
- drag and drop fields from a table to another do create links<br>
- move table position by dragging<br>
- point and click any link or table then press delete to delete them<br>
- modify sort order by clicking on (unsorted)<br>
- enter filter conditions as criteria (>2000 , ='item')<br>
- easy panning of table and result panels<br>
- show SQL command<br>
<br>
If you want to use it for your database, modify ql_read_struct in order to read
your table structure.
<br>
Feel free to use, modify or copy this software for non-commercial purposes.<br>
In any other case, please contact me.
<br>
FLEX Consulting Braila, ROMANIA is able to deliver high end interfaces
and any other commercial products written in Tcl/Tk just like that you have seen.
</body>
</html>
src/bin/pgaccess/qbtclet.tcl deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
#################################
# GLOBAL VARIABLES
#
global qlvar;
global widget;
#################################
# USER DEFINED PROCEDURES
#
proc init {argc argv} {
global qlvar
set qlvar(yoffs) 360
set qlvar(xoffs) 50
set qlvar(reswidth) 150
}
init $argc $argv
proc main {argc argv} {
}
proc show_message {usrmsg} {
global msg
set msg $usrmsg
after 2000 {set msg {}}
}
proc ql_delete_object {} {
global qlvar
# Checking if there
set obj [.c find withtag hili]
if {$obj==""} return
if {[ql_get_tag_info $obj link]=="s"} {
# if {[tk_messageBox -title WARNING -icon question -message "Remove link ?" -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
show_message "Deleting the link from tables ..."
set linkid [ql_get_tag_info $obj lkid]
set qlvar(links) [lreplace $qlvar(links) $linkid $linkid]
.c delete links
ql_draw_links
} else {
set tablename [ql_get_tag_info $obj tab]
if {$tablename==""} return
# if {[tk_messageBox -title WARNING -icon question -message "Remove table $tablename from query ?" -type yesno -default no]=="no"} return
show_message "Deleting table from query ..."
for {set i [expr [llength $qlvar(restables)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
if {$tablename==[lindex $qlvar(restables) $i]} {
set qlvar(resfields) [lreplace $qlvar(resfields) $i $i]
set qlvar(restables) [lreplace $qlvar(restables) $i $i]
set qlvar(rescriteria) [lreplace $qlvar(rescriteria) $i $i]
}
}
for {set i [expr [llength $qlvar(links)]-1]} {$i>=0} {incr i -1} {
set thelink [lindex $qlvar(links) $i]
if {($tablename==[lindex $thelink 0]) || ($tablename==[lindex $thelink 2])} {
set qlvar(links) [lreplace $qlvar(links) $i $i]
}
}
.c delete tab$tablename
.c delete links
ql_draw_links
ql_draw_res_panel
}
}
proc ql_dragit {w x y} {
global draginfo
if {"$draginfo(obj)" != ""} {
set dx [expr $x - $draginfo(x)]
set dy [expr $y - $draginfo(y)]
if {$draginfo(is_a_table)} {
set taglist [.c gettags $draginfo(obj)]
set tabletag [lindex $taglist [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^tab"]]
$w move $tabletag $dx $dy
ql_draw_links
} else {
$w move $draginfo(obj) $dx $dy
}
set draginfo(x) $x
set draginfo(y) $y
}
}
proc ql_dragstart {w x y} {
global draginfo
catch {unset draginfo}
set draginfo(obj) [$w find closest $x $y]
if {[ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) r]=="ect"} {
# If it'a a rectangle, exit
set draginfo(obj) {}
return
}
. configure -cursor hand1
.c raise $draginfo(obj)
set draginfo(table) 0
if {[ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) table]=="header"} {
set draginfo(is_a_table) 1
.c itemconfigure [.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.c dtag [.c find withtag hili] hili
.c addtag hili withtag $draginfo(obj)
.c itemconfigure hili -fill blue
} else {
set draginfo(is_a_table) 0
}
set draginfo(x) $x
set draginfo(y) $y
set draginfo(sx) $x
set draginfo(sy) $y
}
proc ql_dragstop {x y} {
global draginfo qlvar
. configure -cursor top_left_arrow
set este {}
catch {set este $draginfo(obj)}
if {$este==""} return
# Re-establish the normal paint order so
# information won't be overlapped by table rectangles
# or link linkes
.c lower $draginfo(obj)
.c lower rect
.c lower links
set qlvar(panstarted) 0
if {$draginfo(is_a_table)} {
set draginfo(obj) {}
.c delete links
ql_draw_links
return
}
.c move $draginfo(obj) [expr $draginfo(sx)-$x] [expr $draginfo(sy)-$y]
if {($y>$qlvar(yoffs)) && ($x>$qlvar(xoffs))} {
# Drop position : inside the result panel
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$qlvar(xoffs)]
set newfld [.c itemcget $draginfo(obj) -text]
set tabtag [ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) tab]
set col [expr int(($x-$qlvar(xoffs)-$resoffset)/$qlvar(reswidth))]
set qlvar(resfields) [linsert $qlvar(resfields) $col $newfld]
set qlvar(ressort) [linsert $qlvar(ressort) $col unsorted]
set qlvar(rescriteria) [linsert $qlvar(rescriteria) $col {}]
set qlvar(restables) [linsert $qlvar(restables) $col $tabtag]
ql_draw_res_panel
} else {
# Drop position : in the table panel
set droptarget [.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]
set targettable {}
foreach item $droptarget {
set targettable [ql_get_tag_info $item tab]
set targetfield [ql_get_tag_info $item f-]
if {($targettable!="") && ($targetfield!="")} {
set droptarget $item
break
}
}
# check if target object isn't a rectangle
if {[ql_get_tag_info $droptarget rec]=="t"} {set targettable {}}
if {$targettable!=""} {
# Target has a table
# See about originate table
set sourcetable [ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) tab]
if {$sourcetable!=""} {
# Source has also a tab .. tag
set sourcefield [ql_get_tag_info $draginfo(obj) f-]
if {$sourcetable!=$targettable} {
lappend qlvar(links) [list $sourcetable $sourcefield $targettable $targetfield $draginfo(obj) $droptarget]
ql_draw_links
}
}
}
}
# Erase information about onbject beeing dragged
set draginfo(obj) {}
}
proc ql_draw_links {} {
global qlvar
.c delete links
set i 0
foreach link $qlvar(links) {
# Compute the source and destination right edge
set sre [lindex [.c bbox tab[lindex $link 0]] 2]
set dre [lindex [.c bbox tab[lindex $link 2]] 2]
# Compute field bound boxes
set sbbox [.c bbox [lindex $link 4]]
set dbbox [.c bbox [lindex $link 5]]
# Compute the auxiliary lines
if {[lindex $sbbox 2] < [lindex $dbbox 0]} {
# Source object is on the left of target object
set x1 $sre
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1+10] $y1 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 [lindex $dbbox 0]
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.c create line [expr $x2-10] $y2 $x2 $y2 -tags {links} -width 3
.c create line [expr $x1+10] $y1 [expr $x2-10] $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
} else {
# source object is on the right of target object
set x1 [lindex $sbbox 0]
set y1 [expr ([lindex $sbbox 1]+[lindex $sbbox 3])/2]
.c create line $x1 $y1 [expr $x1-10] $y1 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 3
set x2 $dre
set y2 [expr ([lindex $dbbox 1]+[lindex $dbbox 3])/2]
.c create line $x2 $y2 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -width 3 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}]
.c create line [expr $x1-10] $y1 [expr $x2+10] $y2 -tags [subst {links lkid$i}] -width 2
}
incr i
}
.c lower links
.c bind links <Button-1> {ql_link_click %x %y}
}
proc ql_draw_lizzard {} {
global qlvar
ql_read_struct
.c delete all
set posx 20
for {set it 0} {$it<$qlvar(ntables)} {incr it} {
ql_draw_table $it
# set posy 10
# set tablename $qlvar(tablename$it)
# .c create text $posx $posy -text $tablename -anchor nw -tags [subst {tab$tablename f-oid mov tableheader}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
# incr posy 16
# foreach fld $qlvar(tablestruct$it) {
# .c create text $posx $posy -text $fld -anchor nw -tags [subst {f-$fld tab$tablename mov}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
# incr posy 14
# }
# set reg [.c bbox tab$tablename]
# .c create rectangle [lindex $reg 0] [lindex $reg 1] [lindex $reg 2] [lindex $reg 3] -fill #EEEEEE -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
# .c create line [lindex $reg 0] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] [lindex $reg 2] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
# set posx [expr $posx+40+[lindex $reg 2]-[lindex $reg 0]]
}
.c lower rect
.c create line 0 $qlvar(yoffs) 10000 $qlvar(yoffs) -width 3
.c create rectangle 0 $qlvar(yoffs) 10000 5000 -fill #FFFFFF
for {set i [expr 15+$qlvar(yoffs)]} {$i<500} {incr i 15} {
.c create line $qlvar(xoffs) $i 10000 $i -fill #CCCCCC -tags {resgrid}
}
for {set i $qlvar(xoffs)} {$i<10000} {incr i $qlvar(reswidth)} {
.c create line $i [expr 1+$qlvar(yoffs)] $i 10000 -fill #cccccc -tags {resgrid}
}
# Make a marker for result panel offset calculations (due to panning)
.c create line $qlvar(xoffs) $qlvar(yoffs) $qlvar(xoffs) 500 -tags {resmarker resgrid}
.c create rectangle 0 $qlvar(yoffs) $qlvar(xoffs) 5000 -fill #EEEEEE -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 1+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Field: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 16+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Table: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 31+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Sort: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c create text 5 [expr 46+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text Criteria: -anchor nw -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags {reshdr}
.c bind mov <Button-1> {ql_dragstart %W %x %y}
.c bind mov <B1-Motion> {ql_dragit %W %x %y}
bind . <ButtonRelease-1> {ql_dragstop %x %y}
bind . <Button-1> {qlc_click %x %y %W}
bind . <B1-Motion> {ql_pan %x %y}
bind . <Key-Delete> {ql_delete_object}
set qlvar(resfields) {}
set qlvar(ressort) {}
set qlvar(rescriteria) {}
set qlvar(restables) {}
set qlvar(critedit) 0
set qlvar(links) {}
set qlvar(linktodelete) {}
}
proc ql_draw_res_panel {} {
global qlvar
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$qlvar(xoffs)]
.c delete resp
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} {incr i} {
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr 1+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text [lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i] -anchor nw -fill navy -tags {resf resp} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr 16+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text [lindex $qlvar(restables) $i] -anchor nw -tags {resp rest} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr 31+$qlvar(yoffs)] -text [lindex $qlvar(ressort) $i] -anchor nw -tags {resp sort} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
if {[lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $i]!=""} {
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$i*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr $qlvar(yoffs)+46+15*0] -anchor nw -text [lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $i] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags [subst {resp cr-c$i-r0}]
}
}
.c raise reshdr
.c bind sort <Button-1> {ql_swap_sort %W %x %y}
}
proc ql_draw_table {it} {
global qlvar
set posy 10
set allbox [.c bbox rect]
if {$allbox==""} {set posx 10} else {set posx [expr 20+[lindex $allbox 2]]}
set tablename $qlvar(tablename$it)
.c create text $posx $posy -text $tablename -anchor nw -tags [subst {tab$tablename f-oid mov tableheader}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Bold-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
incr posy 16
foreach fld $qlvar(tablestruct$it) {
.c create text $posx $posy -text $fld -anchor nw -tags [subst {f-$fld tab$tablename mov}] -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
incr posy 14
}
set reg [.c bbox tab$tablename]
.c create rectangle [lindex $reg 0] [lindex $reg 1] [lindex $reg 2] [lindex $reg 3] -fill #EEEEEE -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
.c create line [lindex $reg 0] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] [lindex $reg 2] [expr [lindex $reg 1]+15] -tags [subst {rect tab$tablename}]
}
proc ql_get_tag_info {obj prefix} {
set taglist [.c gettags $obj]
set tagpos [lsearch -regexp $taglist "^$prefix"]
if {$tagpos==-1} {return ""}
set thattag [lindex $taglist $tagpos]
return [string range $thattag [string length $prefix] end]
}
proc ql_link_click {x y} {
global qlvar
set obj [.c find closest $x $y 1 links]
if {[ql_get_tag_info $obj link]!="s"} return
.c itemconfigure [.c find withtag hili] -fill black
.c dtag [.c find withtag hili] hili
.c addtag hili withtag $obj
.c itemconfigure $obj -fill blue
}
proc ql_pan {x y} {
global qlvar
set panstarted 0
catch {set panstarted $qlvar(panstarted) }
if {!$panstarted} return
set dx [expr $x-$qlvar(panstartx)]
set dy [expr $y-$qlvar(panstarty)]
set qlvar(panstartx) $x
set qlvar(panstarty) $y
if {$qlvar(panobject)=="tables"} {
.c move mov $dx $dy
.c move links $dx $dy
.c move rect $dx $dy
} else {
.c move resp $dx 0
.c move resgrid $dx 0
.c raise reshdr
}
}
proc ql_read_struct {} {
global qlvar
set qlvar(ntables) 3
set qlvar(tablename0) Facturi
set qlvar(tablename1) Nommat
set qlvar(tablename2) Incasari
set qlvar(tablestruct0) [list factura client valoare tva]
set qlvar(tablestruct1) [list cod denumire pret greutate procent_tva]
set qlvar(tablestruct2) [list data valoare nrdoc referinta]
}
proc ql_show_sql {} {
global qlvar
set sqlcmd "select "
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} {incr i} {
if {$sqlcmd!="select "} {set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd, "}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd[lindex $qlvar(restables) $i].[lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i]"
}
set tables {}
for {set i 0} {$i<$qlvar(ntables)} {incr i} {
lappend tables $qlvar(tablename$i)
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd from [join $tables ,] "
set sup1 {}
if {[llength $qlvar(links)]>0} {
set sup1 "where "
foreach link $qlvar(links) {
if {$sup1!="where "} {set sup1 "$sup1 and "}
set sup1 "$sup1 ([lindex $link 0].[lindex $link 1]=[lindex $link 2].[lindex $link 3])"
}
}
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} {incr i} {
set crit [lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $i]
if {$crit!=""} {
if {$sup1==""} {set sup1 "where "}
if {[string range $sup1 0 4]=="where"} {set sup1 "$sup1 and "}
set sup1 "$sup1 ([lindex $qlvar(restables) $i].[lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i]$crit) "
}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd $sup1"
set sup2 {}
for {set i 0} {$i<[llength $qlvar(ressort)]} {incr i} {
set how [lindex $qlvar(ressort) $i]
if {$how!="unsorted"} {
if {$how=="Ascending"} {set how asc} else {set how desc}
if {$sup2==""} {set sup2 " order by "} else {set sup2 "$sup2,"}
set sup2 "$sup2 [lindex $qlvar(resfields) $i] $how "
}
}
set sqlcmd "$sqlcmd $sup2"
set qlvar(sql) $sqlcmd
#tk_messageBox -message $sqlcmd
.c delete sqlpage
.c create rectangle 0 0 2000 [expr $qlvar(yoffs)-1] -fill #ffffff -tags {sqlpage}
.c create text 10 10 -text $sqlcmd -anchor nw -width 550 -tags {sqlpage} -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
.c bind sqlpage <Button-1> {.c delete sqlpage}
}
proc ql_swap_sort {w x y} {
global qlvar
set obj [$w find closest $x $y]
set taglist [.c gettags $obj]
if {[lsearch $taglist sort]==-1} return
set cum [.c itemcget $obj -text]
if {$cum=="unsorted"} {
set cum Ascending
} elseif {$cum=="Ascending"} {
set cum Descending
} else {
set cum unsorted
}
set col [expr int(($x-$qlvar(xoffs))/$qlvar(reswidth))]
set qlvar(ressort) [lreplace $qlvar(ressort) $col $col $cum]
.c itemconfigure $obj -text $cum
}
proc qlc_click {x y w} {
global qlvar
set qlvar(panstarted) 0
if {$w==".c"} {
set canpan 1
if {$y<$qlvar(yoffs)} {
if {[llength [.c find overlapping $x $y $x $y]]!=0} {set canpan 0}
set qlvar(panobject) tables
} else {
set qlvar(panobject) result
}
if {$canpan} {
. configure -cursor hand1
set qlvar(panstartx) $x
set qlvar(panstarty) $y
set qlvar(panstarted) 1
}
}
set isedit 0
catch {set isedit $qlvar(critedit)}
# Compute the offset of the result panel due to panning
set resoffset [expr [lindex [.c bbox resmarker] 0]-$qlvar(xoffs)]
if {$isedit} {
set qlvar(rescriteria) [lreplace $qlvar(rescriteria) $qlvar(critcol) $qlvar(critcol) $qlvar(critval)]
.c delete cr-c$qlvar(critcol)-r$qlvar(critrow)
.c create text [expr $resoffset+4+$qlvar(xoffs)+$qlvar(critcol)*$qlvar(reswidth)] [expr $qlvar(yoffs)+46+15*$qlvar(critrow)] -anchor nw -text $qlvar(critval) -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -tags [subst {resp cr-c$qlvar(critcol)-r$qlvar(critrow)}]
set qlvar(critedit) 0
}
catch {destroy .entc}
if {$y<[expr $qlvar(yoffs)+46]} return
if {$x<[expr $qlvar(xoffs)+5]} return
set col [expr int(($x-$qlvar(xoffs)-$resoffset)/$qlvar(reswidth))]
if {$col>=[llength $qlvar(resfields)]} return
set nx [expr $col*$qlvar(reswidth)+8+$qlvar(xoffs)+$resoffset]
set ny [expr $qlvar(yoffs)+76]
# Get the old criteria value
set qlvar(critval) [lindex $qlvar(rescriteria) $col]
entry .entc -textvar qlvar(critval) -borderwidth 0 -background #FFFFFF -highlightthickness 0 -selectborderwidth 0 -font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*
place .entc -x $nx -y $ny -height 14
focus .entc
bind .entc <Button-1> {set qlvar(panstarted) 0}
set qlvar(critcol) $col
set qlvar(critrow) 0
set qlvar(critedit) 1
}
proc Window {args} {
global vTcl
set cmd [lindex $args 0]
set name [lindex $args 1]
set newname [lindex $args 2]
set rest [lrange $args 3 end]
if {$name == "" || $cmd == ""} {return}
if {$newname == ""} {
set newname $name
}
set exists [winfo exists $newname]
switch $cmd {
show {
if {$exists == "1" && $name != "."} {wm deiconify $name; return}
if {[info procs vTclWindow(pre)$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow(pre)$name $newname $rest"
}
if {[info procs vTclWindow$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow$name $newname $rest"
}
if {[info procs vTclWindow(post)$name] != ""} {
eval "vTclWindow(post)$name $newname $rest"
}
}
hide { if $exists {wm withdraw $newname; return} }
iconify { if $exists {wm iconify $newname; return} }
destroy { if $exists {destroy $newname; return} }
}
}
set base ""
bind $base <B1-Motion> {
ql_pan %x %y
}
bind $base <Button-1> {
qlc_click %x %y %W
}
bind $base <ButtonRelease-1> {
ql_dragstop %x %y
}
bind $base <Key-Delete> {
ql_delete_object
}
canvas $base.c \
-background #fefefe -borderwidth 2 -height 207 -relief ridge \
-takefocus 0 -width 295
label $base.msg -textvar msg -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
button $base.b2 \
-borderwidth 1 -command ql_draw_lizzard \
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text {Paint demo tables}
button $base.showbtn \
-borderwidth 1 -command ql_show_sql \
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-* -padx 9 \
-pady 3 -text {Show SQL}
###################
# SETTING GEOMETRY
###################
place $base.c \
-x 5 -y 30 -width 578 -height 425 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.b2 \
-x 5 -y 5 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.showbtn \
-x 130 -y 5 -height 26 -anchor nw -bordermode ignore
place $base.msg \
-x 5 -y 460 -width 578 -anchor nw
main $argc $argv
src/bin/pgaccess/specialchars.html deleted 100644 → 0
View file @ c60ecd8f
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Special locale characters</TITLE>
<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="Mozilla/3.04Gold (X11; I; Linux 2.0.32 i586) [Netscape]">
</HEAD>
<BODY TEXT="#000000" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" LINK="#0000EF" VLINK="#51188E" ALINK="#FF0000">
<H1>Special locale characters and PgAccess
<HR WIDTH="100%"></H1>
<P>The problem is related with some special characters used in different
countries because PgAccess did not use fonts with `-ISO8859-1' encoding
-- </P>
<P>The sollution was proposed by H.P.Heidinger ( hph@hphbbs.ruhr.de) and
it's very simple.</P>
<P>If you look into PgAccess, you will find fonts declared as follows :</P>
<P><TT>$ grep -e '-font' -i pgaccess.tcl<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \<BR>
-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* \</TT></P>
<P>It should be something like: -adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1</P>
<P>You can achieve this by running the following script :</P>
<P><TT>#!/bin/sh<BR>
cp pgaccess.tcl pgaccess.tcl-org<BR>
cat pgaccess.tcl |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\ /\-iso8859\-1\ /g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\}/\-iso8859\-1}/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*\]/\-iso8859\-1]/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-\*\-\*$/\-iso8859\-1/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/\-Clean\-/\-Fixed\-/g' |\<BR>
sed -e's/clean/fixed/g' &gt;pgaccess.iso<BR>
mv pgaccess.iso pgaccess.tcl<BR>
chmod +x pgaccess.tcl</TT></P>
<P>The final version of PgAccess (1.0) will let the user decide what fonts
will be used through a &quot;preferences&quot; dialog window.</P>
</BODY>
</HTML>
Markdown is supported
0% or
You are about to add 0 people to the discussion. Proceed with caution.
Finish editing this message first!
Please register or to comment